Westpac 2021 Group Annual Report
ASX Release
1 November 2021
Westpac 2021 Group Annual Report
Westpac Banking Corporation (“Westpac”) today provides the attached Westpac
2021 Group Annual Report.
For further information:
David Lording Andrew Bowden
Group Head of Media Relations Head of Investor Relations
0419 683 411 0438 284 863
This document has been authorised for release by Tim Hartin, General Manager & Company
Secretary.
Level 18, 275 Kent Street
Sydney, NSW, 2000
WESTPAC
2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Simpler,
stronger
bank
About this report
Westpac’s 2021 Annual Report is our primary statutory and regulatory
reporting disclosure. It comprises information about our activities,
strategy, and financial and non-financial results over the reporting period.
Cover story
Westpac Strathpine branch
manager, Rachel, helping a
customer. Read about how she
supported a customer who was
a victim of a scam on page 25.
Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457 141
In this Annual Report a reference to ‘Westpac’, ‘Group’, ‘Westpac Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ is to Westpac Banking Corporation ABN 33 007 457
141 and its subsidiaries unless it clearly means just Westpac Banking Corporation. All figures in this Annual Report are for the 12 months ended
30 September 2021 unless otherwise indicated. All comparisons are against results for the 12 months ended 30 September 2020 unless otherwise
indicated. All dollar amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise indicated. For certain information about the basis of preparing the financial
information in this Annual Report see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2. In addition, this Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-
looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For an explanation of forward-looking statements
and the risks, uncertainties and assumptions to which they are subject, see ‘Reading this report’ in Section 2. Information contained in or accessible
through the websites mentioned in this Annual Report does not form part of this report unless we specifically state that it is incorporated by
reference and forms part of this report. All references in this report to websites are inactive textual references and are for information only.
2021 has been a year of
progress for Westpac.
We reset our purpose and strategy last year and are delivering on our plans.
Our major program to strengthen our management of risk and culture is well
underway and we’ve simplified our business through asset sales and consolidations.
While there is still more to do to restore value and the trust you have placed in us,
these changes are making us a simpler, stronger bank.
1 STRATEGIC REVIEW 01
Strategic Review 01
About Westpac 02
2021 Year in review 04
Performance review 06
Chairman’s report 08
Chief Executive Officer’s report 10
External environment 12
Our strategy 14
Our strategic priorities 16
Fix 16
Simplify 20
Perform 24
Corporate Governance 33
Directors’ Report 36
Board of Directors 37
Executive team 40
Remuneration Report
50
Information on Westpac
7
744
Significant developments
74
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
8
811
8822
8844
9966
1111
22
RReeaaddiinngg tthhiiss rreeppoorrtt
Review of Group operations
Divisional performance
Risk and risk management
Other Westpac business
information
1
1
3333
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1
13377
Financial statements
1
13388
Notes to the financial statements
1
1
4444
Statutory statements
2
266
55
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
2
27755
227766
2288
33
Shareholding information
Additional information
Glossary of abbreviations
and defined terms
Contact us
2
288
44
inside back cover
WESTPAC’S ANNUAL REPORTING SUITE
Our annual reporting suite brings together the Group’s financial, non-financial, risk and sustainability
performance for the year. It includes our Annual Report, Financial Results Announcement, Presentation and
Investor Discussion Pack, Pillar 3 Report, Sustainability Supplement, and our Corporate Governance Statement.
Access the full suite online at westpac.com.au/2021annualreport.
Key information
Annual
Report
Corporate
Governance
Statement
Pillar 3
Report
FY21 Results
Announcement
Sustainability
Supplement
Operational performance
Strategy
Risk
Governance
Climate action
Sustainability
People and community
Financial performance
Shareholder information
Case study
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
About Westpac
Founded in 1817, Westpac is Australia’s first bank and oldest
company. We were established as the Bank of NSW in Sydney
before expanding across Australia and New Zealand over the
next century.
Over that time, we continued our expansion,
acquiring several banks and growing our network
across the region. In 1982 we changed our name
to Westpac.
In 2008 we completed a merger with St.George
Bank, acquiring the brands of St.George and
BankSA and we relaunched the Bank of Melbourne
brand in 2011.
In 2021, after resetting our purpose and strategy,
we began to simplify our operations to refocus
on banking in Australia and New Zealand.
This year we exited several businesses, closed
some international operations and are working
to simplify our banking business through our
lines of business operating model. Further
simplification is expected in the year ahead.
Today we are one of the four major banks in
Australia and one of the five major banks in
New Zealand – supporting over 13.9 million
customers.
We have branches, affiliates and controlled entities
throughout Australia, New Zealand, Asia and in the
Pacific region, and maintain branches and offices
in some of the key financial centres around the
world.
WESTPAC COMPRISES SIX MAJOR DIVISIONS
Consumer
Serving consumers in Australia with a range of
banking products under the brands of Westpac,
St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and RAMS.
Business
Serving the needs of small to medium businesses
and commercial and agribusiness customers across
Australia. This division also includes Private Wealth,
supporting the needs of high-net-worth individuals.
Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB)
Delivering a broad range of financial services to
commercial, corporate, institutional, and government
customers operating in, and with connections to,
Australia and New Zealand.
New Zealand
Delivering banking, wealth and insurance services to
consumer, business and institutional customers across
New Zealand.
Group Businesses
Comprising our head office and Australian corporate
and support functions including treasury, technology,
operations, property services, strategy, finance, risk,
compliance, legal, human resources, and customer
and corporate relations.
Specialist Businesses
Bringing together the Group’s non-core businesses
that we ultimately plan to divest. These include
superannuation, wealth platforms and investments,
Auto finance, along with our operations in Fiji
and Papua New Guinea. For part of the year, the
division included our Vendor Finance and Australian
insurance operations (General and Lenders Mortgage
Insurance) which were sold during the year. The sale
of Life Insurance and Auto finance is expected to be
completed in 2022.
2WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Australia
Household deposits
2
21%
Mortgages
3
21%
Business credit
3
15%
Customers
4
12.6m
New Zealand
Consumer lending
5
18%
Deposits
5
18%
Business lending
5
16%
Customers 1.3m
$3,081m
$1,789m
($670m)
$950m
(A$ EQUIVALENT)
$9m
$193m
MARKET SHARE DATABRANDSFY21 CASH EARNINGS
1
1 See cash earnings definition on page 6 of this Report.
2 APRA Banking Statistics, September 2021.
3 RBA Financial Aggregates, September 2021.
4 Includes customers outside Australia and New Zealand.
5 RBNZ, September 2021.
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
3WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2021
Year in
review
Overview
It has been another challenging year as
COVID-19, and its associated lockdowns,
continued to create uncertainty for economies
and customers.
The pandemic’s human impact has been tragic,
however the Australian and New Zealand
economies have been much more resilient than
originally expected. The combined support of
governments, regulators and the banking sector
helped to insulate these economies from the worst
of the financial impacts.
Westpac continued to help customers – individuals
and businesses – through the uncertainty with a
range of targeted financial support. We remained
open and available to customers in many branches
and processing centres, while supporting over half
of our people to work from home.
2021 has also been a year of progress for
Westpac. Our major program to strengthen our
management of risk and culture is well underway,
we’ve simplified our business and performance
has improved.
We have faced some setbacks. As we have worked
to improve our management of risk, new issues
have emerged. In addition, we have looked to
accelerate the pace of change in line with both our
own and regulator expectations. We have adjusted
our plans and are meeting the milestones we have
set ourselves – although we recognise there is still
much to do.
Our Fix, Simplify and Perform strategic priorities
are helping to frame what we do and provide
clarity for our people. As part of Fix we are
addressing our shortcomings, and dealing with risk
and legacy issues, under Simplify we are focusing
on banking in Australia and New Zealand and
making things easier for customers and our people
while Perform is our program to lift underlying
performance and returns.
HIGHS
Entered into an enforceable
undertaking with APRA,
after the regulator required
a more comprehensive risk
and culture program
Weaknesses in risk
management and culture
highlighted by Reserve
Bank of New Zealand
LOWS
Fix
CORE program
1
to strengthen risk
management and risk culture
121 of 327
activities undertaken
2
Addressed all items in
AUSTRAC’s Statement
of Claim
Substantially completed two
major advice remediation
programs. Over
$1bn paid or
offered to approximately
1 million customers
>30%
Increase in financial crime
specialists since 2019
Reduced average time
to resolve complaints to
5.4 days
from 6.5 days
84%
of complaints resolved
at first point
Remediation required
in our management
of liquidity
Additional legal cases
and investigations
by ASIC
Potential external fraud
relating to a portfolio
of equipment leases
1 Customer Outcomes and Risk Excellence.
2 Activities undertaken and submitted to independent reviewer, Promontory Australia.
4WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
4
non-core
businesses sold
3
3
non-core businesses
announced for sale
3
Reduced correspondent
banking group
relationships by
286
Closed
2
international offices –
a further 3 to be finalised
by the end of 2022
calendar year
Helped over
17,200
customers manage
through COVID-19
loan deferrals
4
Organisational
Health Index
74from 70
over the year
Restored growth in
Australian mortgages
Plan to reduce cost
base to
$8bn by FY24
Panorama over
$100bn
in funds under
management
284
products closed
Embedded lines of
businesses operating
model
Brought
>1,000
jobs back to Australia
Proposed sale of
Westpac Pacific was
not granted regulatory
approval
Lagged peers in
mortgage processing
via brokers
4th
Consumer NPS remains
at the bottom of the
peer group
Significant increase in
costs in FY21 related to
Fix priority spend
Significant
write-offs in our
institutional
business and
non-core assets
PerformSimplify
Multi-day BT
Panorama platform
outage disrupted
many customers
Strong common equity
tier 1 capital ratio
12.3%
$1.9bn
in new lending to
climate change
solutions
5
Women in leadership
6
50%
Largest bank lender to
greenfield renewable
energy projects in
Australia for past
7
5 years
New 5 minute digital
process to set up
deposit accounts
3 See page 21 of this Report for full list.
4 During 2021 COVID-19 lock-down, from July to September 2021.
5 ‘Climate change solutions’ definition can be found in 2021 Sustainability Appendix – Glossary available online.
6 The proportion of women in leadership roles across the Group. It includes the CEO, Group Executives, General Managers, senior leaders with
significant influence on business outcomes (direct reports to General Managers and their direct reports), large (3+) team people leaders
three levels below General Manager, and Bank and Assistant Bank Managers. Senior Executive refers to the proportion of women in the
combined Group Executives and General Manager populations.
7 IJGlobal and Westpac Research data.
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
5WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
FY21 performance overview
In FY21, we recorded a net profit attributable to the
owners of Westpac of $5,458 million, an increase of
138% on FY20.
The higher net profit was principally due to lower notable
items and from released impairment provisions raised
in 2020 as COVID-19’s financial impact was much lower
than expected.
Notable items are larger infrequent items that we remove
when assessing underlying earnings. In FY21 notable
items were $1.6 billion, mostly related to the write-down
of intangible items (goodwill and capitalised software)
as detailed in section 3 of this Report. In FY20, notable
items were $2.6 billion including costs associated with the
AUSTRAC matter.
In FY21 there was a $3.8 billion turnaround in impairment
charges as FY20 included a significant impairment charge
reflecting the expected losses linked to the impacts of
COVID-19. In FY21 we recorded an impairment benefit as
the impact of COVID-19 has been much less than originally
expected and some impairment provisions were reversed.
Cash earnings
The table below is on a ‘Reported’ earnings basis, however
in assessing performance, we use ‘cash earnings’ – a
measure of profit determined by adjusting reported
earnings by three factors:
1.Material items that do not reflect ongoing performance.
2. Items that may not be considered when determining
dividends including the amortisation of intangible items,
treasury shares or economic hedging impacts.
3. Accounting classifications between individual
items
that do not impact reported results.
Cash earnings excluding notable items was up 33%
(see cash earnings chart on opposite page) mostly
from the turnaround in impairment charges.
Net interest income was lower, down 2%, on a cash
earnings basis. While lending improved through the year,
average interest earning assets were relatively flat and net
interest margins were 4 basis points lower from historically
low interest rates and strong competition, particularly in
mortgages.
Non-interest income was higher from an improvement
in insurance earnings while expenses were higher as we
employed more people to support our strategic priorities,
particularly Fix.
Asset quality improved over the year with stressed assets
as a percentage of total committed exposures falling
to 1.36%, from 1.91%. This ratio is still higher than pre-
COVID-19 levels. Other indicators of asset quality have also
improved including mortgage 90+ day delinquencies and
total impaired assets.
Westpac had an income tax expense of $3.0 billion for
Full Year 2021, with an effective tax rate of 36%. Including
the Bank Levy our adjusted effective tax rate was 40%.
Together, higher earnings, the 2020 final dividend being
underwritten, and the exit of non-core businesses, have
further strengthened the Group’s capital base with our
common equity tier 1 ratio of 12.3%, comfortably above
APRA’s unquestionably strong benchmark of 10.5%.
FULL YEAR
SEPT 2021
FULL YEAR
SEPT 2020
% MOV’T
SEPT 21
–SEPT 20
Net interest income16,85816,696
1
Non interest income4,3643,48725
Net operating income21,22220,183
5
Operating expenses(13,311)(12,739)4
Net profit before impairment charges and income tax7,9117,444
6
Impairment (charges)/benefits590(3,178)large
Profit before income tax8,5014,266
99
Income tax expense(3,038)(1,974)54
Net profit for the period5,4632,292
138
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)(5)(2)150
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC5,4582,290
138
Total cash earnings adjustments (post tax)(106)318
large
Cash earnings5,3522,608
105
Add back notable items (after tax)1,6012,619(39)
Cash earnings excluding notable items6,9535,227
33
REPORTED NET PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF WESTPAC ($m)
Reported earnings
6WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
16.50
11.13
15.85
10.67
STRONG BALANCE SHEET (%)
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
Reported Internationally comparable
Sept 19Sept 20Sept 21
12.32
18.17
2.082.042.12
NET INTEREST MARGIN (%)
Cash earnings basis
FY19FY20FY21
GROSS LENDING ($bn)
Sept 19Sept 20
441449
148152
82
78
1710
17
456
148
89
6
15
21
Sept 21
Australian
housing
Australian
business
Australian
personal
New
Zealand
Other
overseas
CASH EARNINGS FY20-FY21 ($m)
FY20Add back
notable
items
FY20
ex-notable
items
FY21
ex-notable
items
Notable
items
Net
interest
income
Non-
interest
income
ExpensesImpairment
charges
Tax
& NCI
FY21
5,227
(775)
(642)
4
3,768
(629)
6,953
(1,601)
5,352
2,608
2,619
Up 33% ex-notable items
Up 105%
2,608
2,290
5,352
5,458
6,849
6,784
WESTPAC MEASURES OF PROFIT ($m)
Reported profit Cash earnings
FY19FY20FY21
CONTRIBUTION OF NET OPERATING INCOME BY DIVISION
(%
)
Consumer
Business
Westpac NZ (in A$)
WIB
Specialist Businesses
Group Businesses
42
22
10
11
9
6
(3,178)
590
(794)
IMPAIRMENT (CHARGES)/BENEFIT ($m)
FY19FY20FY21
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
7WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Dear fellow shareholders,
It has been a privilege to complete my first full year
as your Chairman. I am genuinely pleased at the
progress the Company is making in its transformation
and value creation, but equally disappointed at
current and historical issues that persist as we pursue
this journey.
Pleasingly, our earnings have recovered, our capital
position is strong, and our share price has improved.
Accordingly, we have been able to determine a higher
dividend of 60 cents for the second half, and 118 cents
for the year.
Our efforts to strengthen the balance sheet and exit
non-core businesses have created surplus capital and
enabled us to announce an off-market share buy-back
of up to $3.5 billion. The buy-back will make us more
capital-efficient while retaining sufficient capital for
growth and unplanned events.
Reported profit was materially higher in FY21, up
138%. The better result was principally due to lower
impairments and notable items. FY20 included
provisions for the AUSTRAC civil penalty, large
customer remediation-related provisions and write-
downs linked to business exits as well as large credit
impairment provisions as the COVID-19 pandemic
emerged.
Through the year we restored growth in mortgages
although we suffered margin attrition, as well as higher
temporary costs to implement the Fix, Simplify and
Perform priorities. Our main concern is the possibility
of further margin attrition should interest rates remain
low and competition remain intense. However, we
remain committed to maintaining our market position,
whilst securing a significantly reduced cost base with
our $8 billion target for 2024.
Shareholders will also recall that on my appointment as
Chair and Peter King’s as CEO last year, we announced
a comprehensive program to transform Westpac into a
simpler, more agile accountable organisation, building
on our strong domestic banking franchises in Australia
and New Zealand.
We announced plans for the exit of businesses that
were inconsistent with that focus. This program is
being executed well and is ahead of schedule. This is
radically simplifying the bank and allows for increased
management focus on our traditional core businesses.
To deliver our agenda, there is no substitute for a
strong management team. Peter King has consolidated
his position as CEO and has grown in the role. He
has overseen a significant change in the senior
management team as well as in the executives
reporting to them. I believe we now have the right
management team for the future.
The team is genuinely making progress including
moving from a heavily centralised model to a
decentralised one that is closer to customers and
where decision making is faster.
Unfortunately, with all transformation programs, as
we turn over stones, more issues reveal themselves.
We faced several issues, particularly, but not
exclusively, risk related, that continue to detract from
our reputation and performance, while also absorbing
considerable management attention, time, and
remediation cost. These issues are not acceptable for
a company of our quality and heritage.
For example, this year we entered into an enforceable
undertaking with our regulator to lift our risk
governance, while the Reserve Bank of New Zealand
has required us to remediate similar weaknesses
in our New Zealand operations. Other regulatory
investigations are also underway that highlight the
inadequacy of our past risk practices. Disappointingly,
we also uncovered a significant potential external fraud
relating to a portfolio of equipment leases and we are
investigating how that happened, and strengthening
our corresponding processes and controls. Drawing a
line under these matters is a major priority for us and
we are working towards a future where the news is
predominantly good rather than mixed.
Chairman’s
report
8WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
1 IJGlobal and Westpac Research data.
The challenges created by COVID-19 remained during
the year, and our teams continued to manage both its
health and economic impacts. The Board and I have
been proud of the way management has led and our
people have responded. We kept our doors open to
help customers in need and provided comprehensive
support packages. These efforts have contributed to
Australia and New Zealand’s economic resilience and
demonstrate that our purpose – helping Australians
and New Zealanders succeed – is reflected in our
actions.
While uncertainty remains around the pandemic’s
lasting impact, the rise in vaccination rates towards the
end of the year has been cause for optimism about the
path forward to economic recovery.
Operating sustainably has long been a part of
Westpac’s culture and aligns with our purpose
although expectations from the community, customers,
shareholders and regulators have been increasing
rapidly. We built on our plans during the year with the
Board approving a detailed environmental, social and
governance plan to deepen the integration of these
areas into the business.
On the topic of climate change, we are carefully
balancing our responsibility to move to a net
zero economy, while supporting customers and
the economy as they transition to a low carbon
environment. In 2021 we provided $1.9 billion in new
lending to climate change solutions and retained our
position as largest bank lender to greenfield renewable
energy projects in Australia for the past five years.
1
Diversity also remains a focus and this year we joined
the investor-led ‘40:40 Vision’ initiative to achieve
40:40:20 gender balance by 2030 for the Executive
Team. As part of this commitment we set clear interim
targets of 30% female representation by 2023 and
35% by 2027 and are tracking ahead of these targets
with an expected 36% female representation by
December this year. We have also reinforced our target
of 50% Women in Leadership – an objective we have
consistently achieved for the last 5 years.
Balancing the skills and diversity of the Board has also
been a priority. We have also agreed the target of
40:40:20 gender balance for Board members, and by
the end of calendar 2021 our female representation is
expected to be 40%.
During the year, there were changes to the Board.
Alison Deans stepped down at last year’s Annual
General Meeting (AGM), Steven Harker retired in
October, and Craig Dunn retires at this year’s meeting
in December. I would like to thank them all for their
dedication and service to the Company.
Two new Directors have joined us since last year’s
AGM, Nora Scheinkestel and Audette Exel. Both are
contributing well to the Board and committees.
Nora is an experienced company director and currently
serves on several major Australian boards. She has
experience across a range of public, private and
government entities as well as the not-for-profit sector.
Nora was an Associate Professor at the Melbourne
Business School and has been a member of the
Takeovers Panel.
Audette brings senior banking experience as Managing
Director of Bermuda Commercial Bank and as a non-
executive Director at Suncorp. She is the founder and
CEO of Adara Group and was formerly Chair of the
Bermuda Stock Exchange and a board member of the
Bermuda Monetary Authority.
I would like to thank my colleagues on the Board
and the management team for their commitment to
Westpac’s success and for their effective participation
in incredibly difficult circumstances due to COVID-19.
I also thank our employees for continuing to serve
customers both face-to-face and remotely.
Turning to the future, we are reshaping Westpac to
be a bolder, different company for our customers and
other stakeholders. We are embracing digital ways
of dealing with customers, which we expect to have
future economic benefits.
Our current view is that the Australian and New
Zealand economies will continue to do well over
the next few years, but this is partly dependent on
COVID-19 which is likely to be with us for some time,
in various forms.
At the same time, we expect that margins will
continue to be under competitive pressure. At some
point however, it is inevitable that interest rates will
rise, which would create a more favourable banking
environment.
For Westpac, we are working to lift returns as we
simplify our business, harness improved performance
from the new management team, dispose of non-core
businesses and improve capital and expense efficiency.
Together they should augur well for shareholders and
customers over the next few years.
Yours sincerely,
John McFarlane
Chairman
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
9WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Dear shareholders,
2021 has been both a challenging and significant year
for Westpac, as we progress to become a simpler,
stronger bank.
Managing through the uncertainties of COVID-19 has
been a dominant feature of the last two years and our
decisions have been focused on supporting customers
whilst keeping our people safe and adapting the
way we work. During the year we improved financial
returns, continued to reshape our Company, and
maintained a strong balance sheet.
Much of our effort has been directed to strengthening
our foundations – particularly in the areas of risk
management and financial crime – as part of our
Fix strategic priority. We have made significant
progress and are now increasingly shifting our focus
to simplifying Westpac and improving financial
performance and shareholder returns.
Managing the impacts of COVID-19
COVID-19, and associated lockdowns, has disrupted
life for many of us. With the support of governments,
regulators and the banking sector, the economies
of Australia and New Zealand have proved resilient,
although the effects on individual customers have
been varied and, in some instances, devastating.
We have worked hard to support businesses and
consumers through this uncertainty. Since the onset
of the pandemic, we have provided approximately
160,000 mortgage deferrals and processed over
200,000 requests for early release of superannuation.
For businesses, we have granted over 35,000
loan deferrals, provided more than $564 million in
government guaranteed business loans and waived
certain fees.
Keeping our people safe has also been a priority.
We have introduced additional protections for those
working in branches and operational sites whilst
enabling over 20,000 employees to work from home.
We were also one of the first companies to set up
workplace-based vaccination hubs for employees
and their families and have been trialling rapid
antigen testing.
Transforming Westpac
In 2020, we announced a major change in our strategy
to focus on banking in Australia and New Zealand
and become a simpler, stronger bank. This included
a new purpose and strategic priorities, establishing a
‘lines of business’ operating model, and commencing
a program to improve our management of risk and
our culture.
Our focus in 2021 has been on implementing these
changes and embedding them in everything we do.
Our strategic priorities of Fix, Simplify and Perform
are providing clarity for the Company and we explain
these in more detail in this Annual Report.
There is much to do, but we have a clear plan and
are making progress.
Having the right executive team to lead our
transformation is critical, and over the year we
welcomed Scott Collary as our Chief Operating Officer,
Anthony Miller to run our Institutional Bank, while
Chris de Bruin is now responsible for our Consumer
and Business divisions. In 2022 we will also welcome
Shannon Finch as our Group General Counsel and
Catherine McGrath as our new CEO for Westpac
New Zealand. This will see 73% of Group Executives
new to the bank or new to the Group Executive team
since December 2019 when I commenced in the
CEO role, and I am very pleased with the calibre and
external experience I have in this team.
A key plank of our plan is the simplification of the
Westpac business portfolio. Having completed the
sale of four businesses, we have a further three sales
due for completion by the end of the 2022 calendar
year. We have also reduced our international footprint,
closing our Mumbai and Jakarta offices. Three more
international offices are expected to close by the
end of the 2022 calendar year.
Central to our plans is the digitisation of our business.
In 2021 we launched a new mobile banking app, made
better use of intelligent technologies, and improved
the stability of our infrastructure. This has been
particularly important in making banking easier and
more accessible for customers who have been in
lockdown for much of the year.
CEO’s
report
10WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Looking ahead, our digitisation roadmap will help us
develop single product solutions for all our brands
supported by a common infrastructure. We now
have a new mortgage origination process with plans
underway across our other lines of business as part of
a multi-year program of work.
Our simplification program also includes consolidating
products and streamlining our processes. We retired
more than 200 products through the year and began
to optimise end-to-end processes through our lines
of business.
Our management of risk and risk culture has been
a weakness, and this was reinforced by APRA’s
review of our risk governance in late 2020. We are
addressing this through our Customer Outcomes and
Risk Excellence (CORE) program. The program has
oversight of over 300 activities which aim to improve
how risks are captured and managed, provide clarity
on risk ownership and accountability, lift the quality of
our data, and enhance oversight. We are one year into
this program, and it will remain a priority for the next
few years.
Strengthening our financial crime approach has also
been an imperative. Through the year we rebuilt our
processes, systems and practices and closed out all the
matters referenced in AUSTRAC’s statement of claim.
As with the CORE program, the end goal is to embed
financial crime risk management into everything we do.
These changes and initiatives require significant
investment, particularly in the early stages. We are
balancing this with an ambitious plan to reduce
expenses to meet our $8 billion cost target by 2024
(compared with $13.3 billion in FY21). Part of this
reduction will be from the exit of businesses, but we will
also improve efficiency by streamlining our head office
to reflect our more simplified and focused business.
We are also dealing with a range of regulatory matters,
mostly historical, and expect these to reduce next year.
Alongside these changes we are stepping up our
actions on climate change. Reflecting the increased
urgency for all our stakeholders, we have elevated
our management of climate change to a key priority.
This has been backed with Board-approved initiatives
that will strengthen our actions, accelerate our
understanding, and clarify our plans to support the
transition to a net zero emissions economy by 2050.
The success of our change program relies on our
people, and I could not be prouder of the way they
have stepped up to the COVID-19 related challenges
and embraced our transformation.
This was reflected this quarter with our OHI
(Organisational Health Index) score of 74, up 4 points
from our September 2020 baseline of 70. The OHI
is part of our culture measurement approach which
monitors our progress against our desired culture.
Performance
Full Year cash earnings increased 105% to $5.3 billion.
As the Chairman indicated, the result was due to
lower notable items and a turnaround in impairment
provisioning. The lower notable items was due to lower
write downs and lower provisioning for remediation
and litigation and reflected some large items in Full
Year 2020.
Cash earnings excluding notable items were
$7.0 billion, 33% higher this year, mostly due to the
turnaround in impairment charges. In FY20 impairment
charges were high (at $3.2 billion) as we expected a
large increase in stress linked to COVID-19. In FY21
there was an impairment benefit as some of the
increase in provisions was no longer required.
Excluding notable items, core earnings (net profit
before impairment charges and tax) were down 12%
from lower income and higher expenses. Operating
income was impacted by low interest rates, heightened
competition, and a change in the mix of mortgages
to lower spread fixed rate products. Higher expenses
were primarily due to increased resourcing for our
Fix priority.
Outlook
The economic environment remains difficult to predict.
To date, the Australian and New Zealand economies
have managed through COVID-19 well, however there
is still much uncertainty, particularly as economic
stimulus measures unwind.
For Westpac, lending demand is expected to be
sound as the economy rebounds, although net interest
margins will remain under pressure from low interest
rates and competition. Expenses are expected to be
lower as we simplify our business and work towards
our $8 billion cost target by 2024. Our asset sales will
improve our capital position however they will also
reduce earnings.
Reflecting the strength of our capital position, we
announced an off-market buy-back of up to $3.5 billion
that will reduce our share count and which is expected
to support our return metrics in the future.
It’s a privilege to lead Westpac through this defining
time and I thank our 40,000 people, management
team and Board for their commitment and passion.
I am especially grateful to shareholders for your
ongoing support and confidence as we steer the
business onto the path of improved performance.
Yours sincerely,
Peter King
CEO
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
11WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
This year has again been framed by the impact of
COVID-19. The economic impact of the pandemic, while
significant, has been much less than originally feared
in 2020. This reflects government stimulus measures
including payments to workers and businesses and very
low interest rates. The banking sector has also played
its part through repayment deferrals, fee waivers and
helping customers move to contactless banking.
At the time of writing, several states are emerging
from lockdown as vaccination rates have reached
target levels. While the final impact of these lockdowns
remains uncertain, it is expected that the economy will
rebound relatively quickly.
In Australia and New Zealand, banks have recovered
from the low returns of 2020. This was mostly because
the material increases in credit impairment provisions
in 2020 proved to be conservative (2021 saw relatively
low levels of customer stress) and so provisions have
been released. In addition, low interest rates have
supported increased demand for housing and higher
house prices – this in turn has contributed to higher
system credit growth.
The regulatory environment continues to bring
strong scrutiny for financial services companies and
the increasing engagement of investors and global
regulators on environmental, social and governance
issues will see a greater focus on this important area,
particularly on climate change.
Competition
Banking across Australia and New Zealand has
remained highly competitive across price, engagement
and innovation.
Low interest rates and significant market liquidity have
been the major contributors as relatively easy access
to funding has supported price-based competition for
lending across both banks and non-banks.
Digital innovation has also continued to redefine the
competitive landscape. The delivery of services and the
infrastructure used to facilitate finance and transactions
is evolving rapidly beyond the services typically
supplied by banks.
This has led to several new entrants over recent years
across home loans, business lending, buy now pay later,
personal finance and transaction services. At the same
time, some existing competitors have diverted more
resources to key sectors, particularly home lending.
An active lending broker market and new technologies
have also contributed to competition, allowing
consumers and businesses to easily compare offers
and to apply for lending faster.
Outlook
Uncertainty remains around the outlook for 2022 as
Australia and New Zealand emerge from lockdown and
government stimulus measures unwind.
That said, as the path out of previous lockdowns has
been relatively fast there is some confidence that the
economy will rebound relatively quickly and the level of
stress for both consumers and businesses is unlikely to
be a major concern.
We expect the lockdowns in Australia’s most populous
regions will continue to unwind through November and
December with most of the domestic economy to open
in the 2022 new year.
Progress with international borders is expected to be
gradual and Australia will experience challenges in
attracting back students and workers.
Given these circumstances we expect GDP growth in
Australia of 8.3% in the year to September 2022. This
reflects the strong rebound in activity following the
severe 4% GDP contraction expected in the September
quarter of 2021 when both Sydney and Melbourne were
in lockdown.
We expect the level of Australian GDP will return to its
pre-delta path by the second half of 2022 although the
losses in activity in the September 2021 quarter will not
be fully recouped.
Recovery prospects are however likely to be tempered
by shortages of skilled and unskilled labour (created by
border closures) along with supply chain disruptions.
Unemployment has been remarkably resilient through
2021, partly reflecting falls in the participation rate as
discouraged workers exited the workforce.
Despite a sharp contraction in employment following
the lockdowns in the September 2021 quarter, the
unemployment rate is expected to hold around 5%
and decline through 2022 as labour shortages persist,
despite moves to reopen international borders.
Australian house prices have risen 21% in 2021 despite
the ongoing pandemic. Low interest rates, a price
competitive financial system, and supply shortages
are driving the market. This momentum is expected
to be sustained into 2022 although APRA has already
introduced policies to slow growth and further actions
are expected in the new year.
2021 was another challenging year as we navigated a resurgence in
COVID-19, managed through lock downs and very low interest rates
and saw asset prices rise.
External environment
12WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Credit growth for the Australian financial system was
5.3% for the year to September 2021 with growth
concentrated in mortgages as consumers responded
to low interest rates. In the year to September 2022,
total financial system credit is expected to grow by
6.2%. Housing credit growth is likely to reach 8.4%
while business credit growth will hold around 3%.
Personal credit, which has been in decline for some
years, is expected to fall further in 2022 as consumers
remain cautious on debt and use alternative sources of
financial credit.
Very low interest rates will continue to weigh on
banks and place pressure on net interest margins. The
Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) has indicated that
the cash rate will not be increased until its objectives
of full employment and inflation sustained around
2.5% are achieved. While the RBA does not expect this
until 2024, Westpac is looking to early 2023 given the
positive outlook for the unemployment rate and the
likely emergence of some inflationary pressure.
The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) recently
increased the overnight cash rate by 0.25% to 0.5%
recognising emerging inflationary forces and a
tight labour market. We expect there will be further
increases in 2021 and 2022.
In 2022, the banking sector will increase its wholesale
funding activities given completion of the RBA’s Term
Funding Facility (TFF) and the withdrawal of the
Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) by the end of 2022.
The CLF allowed banks to utilise internal securitisation
to meet their liquidity requirements. These
requirements will now need to be met by additional
purchases of high quality liquid assets.
Westpac outlook
In Full Year 2022, Westpac is looking to grow lending
broadly in line with its major bank peers, leveraging
the momentum built up over the last year. The level
of growth will depend on the scale of the economic
recovery in Australia and New Zealand, measures put
in place by regulators to slow mortgage lending, and
Westpac’s own performance.
Net interest margins are expected to reduce further
in the year ahead given very low interest rates, strong
competition for loans and deposits and the return to
more normal levels of term wholesale funding.
Revenue and costs (particularly non-interest income) in
Full Year 2022 will also be impacted by the completion
of sales of businesses. Over the past year we announced,
and completed, the sale of four businesses, while a
further three sales have been announced but have yet
to complete. We are also working on the sale of other
businesses in the Specialist Businesses division and
further sales may be announced in the year ahead.
In May 2021 we announced a target cost base of $8 billion
by 2024. This is an ambitious target, and we will begin to
see the impact on our costs of simplification initiatives
designed to meet this goal. This includes the further
exit of businesses, completion of activities to fix our risk
management shortcomings, business simplification and
digitisation of processes.
In the past year, we devoted significant time and
resources to improving the management of risk and
addressing legacy issues. While we have made major
inroads, costs related to this activity will likely continue
in the period ahead. In particular, some litigation and
regulatory investigations are ongoing and further costs
or fines may emerge.
In Full Year 2021, impairment charges were a benefit,
reflecting sound asset quality and the release of
provisions built up in Full Year 2020 as we prepared for
an expected rise in COVID-19 related stress. In Full Year
2022, impairment charges will likely increase with any rise
dependent on a variety of factors including the speed of
the recovery and the potential for ongoing government
support. Regardless, the Group’s provision levels are
adequate, and we are well placed to respond to any
potential increase in stress.
Having materially increased capital ratios over recent
years, we have surplus capital and have announced an
off-market buy-back. This buy-back is expected to utilise
a portion of our surplus capital and franking credits and
reduce the share count. This should help to improve the
Group’s return on equity and earnings per share while
ensuring we retain sufficient capital for growth and
uncertainties in the period ahead.
In 2022 we expect to devote additional resources to our
Simplify and Perform strategic priorities. This will include
further business sales, digitising more processes and
continuing to streamline our operations.
With a sharper focus on banking in our core markets of
Australia and New Zealand, a strong balance sheet and a
highly committed team, we are well placed to see these
plans through and improve the strength of our franchise.
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
13WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Our strategy supports our purpose, harnesses our strengths and refocuses
where change is required. Delivery is well underway and we are making
progress for all our stakeholders.
Our strategic priorities: Fix, Simplify and Perform, recognise our need to address
our shortcomings, reshape the business to concentrate on our core businesses
and markets, while lifting service and creating a stronger performance ethic.
This will help us to become a simpler, stronger bank.
Fix
Address outstanding issues
— Risk management
— Risk culture
— Customer remediation & pain points
— IT complexity
Simplify
Streamline and focus
the business
— Exit non-core businesses and
consolidate international
— Reduce products, simplify
customer offers
— Lines of Business operating model
— Transform using digital and data to
enhance the customer experience
Complaints driving change
Our new complaints
system is helping us resolve
customer complaints faster
and ensures they don't fall
through the cracks.
See page 19 for
more information.
Digital home loan process
Making it easier for
customers with a new
digital home loan
application process.
See page 23 for
more information.
Our values
Our five values (or HELPS)
–guide the way and help us
achieve our purpose.
HELPFUL
Passionate about
providing a great
customer experience
ETHICAL
Trusted to do
the right thing
Our strategy
14WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Perform
Sustainable long-term returns
— Customer service – market leading
— Growth in key markets
— Reset cost base
— Enhance returns, optimise capital
— Strong balance sheet
— Climate change – focus on net zero
Our purpose
Helping Australians and
New Zealanders succeed.
Our focus
Banking for Australian and
New Zealand consumers, businesses
and institutional customers.
Foiling scammers
Protecting customers
from scams through
updated transaction
monitoring, training and
customer education.
See page 25 for
more information.
Stakeholder outcomes
$6.0bn paid
to employees
$580bn in
customer deposits
50% Women in
Leadership roles
$710bn in lending
1
$8.0bn total supply
chain spend
$1.6m spent towards
Indigenous-owned
businesses
Suppliers
149.4 cents
2
earnings per share
118 cents dividends
per share
Shareholders
$4.6bn mortgage
deferrals
$3.4bn paid globally in various
taxes and the Bank Levy
The economy
$10.9bn lending
to climate change
solutions
Climate Change Position
Statement and 2023 Action
Plan
Environment
$144m in community
investment
$12.1m towards Safer
Children, Safer Communities
program
Communities
Employees
Customers
1 Includes held for sale.
2 146.3 cents on a cash earnings basis.
LEADING CHANGE
Determined to make it
better and be better
PERFORMING
Accountable to
get it done
SIMPLE
Inspired to keep it
simple and easy
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
15WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Fix
Fix is focused on addressing our
shortcomings, improving our
management of risk and culture,
reducing customer pain points and
completing historical customer
remediation.
97%
EMPLOYEES COMPLETED
RISK LEARNING MODULES
600
STATEMENTS OF
ACCOUNTABILITY HELD
BY SENIOR LEADERS
1
63%
REDUCTION IN HIGH RATED
ISSUES THAT WERE OPEN
AT THE START OF FY21
~600
IMPROVED CRITICAL
DATA ELEMENTS
Enhanced risk
dashboards
SIMPLER AND
STANDARDISED
REPORTING TO EXECUTIVE
TEAM AND BOARD
3 lines of defence
MODEL IMPLEMENTED
ACROSS RISK CLASSES
AND DIVISIONS
1 Statements of Accountability (SoA) outline the accountabilities and outcomes that leaders are required to deliver in their individual
roles. The SoA provides clarity on delegations and authorities.
16WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Our CORE program
Our CORE program is central to improving our
management of risk and building a strong culture.
To become a simpler, stronger bank we are rectifying
our shortcomings at their source – and our Customer
Outcomes and Risk Excellence (CORE) program is
leading the change.
The CORE program was first established in 2020 and
expanded in 2021 to address the issues identified
by our own assessments and the findings of our
regulators. This includes the Australian Prudential
Regulation Authority’s (APRA) Risk Governance
Review, completed in December 2020, which resulted
in a court enforceable undertaking agreed with APRA.
The CORE program is a significant piece of work
comprising 19 workstreams, underpinned by
80 deliverables and 327 activities. Each activity
progresses through the three stages of ‘Design,
Implement and Embed’. 80% of the Design activities
are now complete with 95% expected to be reached
by the end of the calendar year. At 30 September
2021, 121 of the 327 activities had been undertaken
and submitted to the independent reviewer.
More than a set of activities, the CORE program is
focused on achieving sustained improvement in our
risk management effectiveness, and real outcomes
including:
—A strong culture where accountability is clear
—Effective end-to-end risk management resulting
in better customer outcomes
—A three lines of defence model where everyone
is clear on their accountabilities and understands
their role in identifying and managing risk
—Better insights, underpinned by high quality data
—Stronger risk oversight and better execution.
The quarterly reports of the CORE program’s
independent reviewer, Promontory Australia, are
being provided to APRA and released publicly every
six months.
Strengthening our management
of risk and risk culture through
our CORE program.
A stronger risk culture
Creating a strong risk culture is an important objective
of the CORE program. Our people must more
proactively identify and manage risks, and work in
an environment where they feel safe to speak up. We
have updated our Code of Conduct, strengthened
our whistleblower protections, and amended our
performance management framework and recruitment
approach. We are building the right workforce based on
their values and behaviours.
Transforming these values and behaviours into a
stronger culture must start at the top. Our senior
leaders are expected to be role models in their attitudes
and actions if we are to deliver genuine change. While it
is early in the program, we are seeing improved results
in our employee surveys and our leaders’ actions.
CHANGE STARTS AT THE TOP
Culture change initiatives for our most senior
leaders have included:
—Refreshed Code of Conduct and
incorporated new behaviours in our
performance management framework.
The roll-out of our Code of Conduct has
been driven by our leaders
—Statements of Accountability for the Group’s
top 600 leaders
—Leadership Culture Development training
program for 500 of our most senior
leaders to clarify the mindsets, skills
and behaviours required
—Leadership dashboards incorporate new
behaviours and are more transparent.
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
17WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Rebuilding our management of financial
crime risk
Over the past 18 months, we have rebuilt our approach
to financial crime. This program has been extensive,
including elevating the Financial Crime, Compliance &
Conduct function, with the Group Executive reporting
directly to the CEO, and increasing the number
of financial crime specialists by around one-third
since 2019.
The rebuild has included upgrades to our technology,
dedicating more resources to controls and transaction
monitoring, and new training to increase the
understanding of financial crime risk throughout
the Group.
This transformation is part of a significant multi-year
program of work aimed at improving Westpac’s
management of financial crime risk, including
addressing issues highlighted in the civil proceedings
commenced by AUSTRAC against Westpac on
20 November 2019 in relation to alleged contraventions
of the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism
Financing Act 2006. These civil proceedings were
settled in 2020.
Our program has now addressed all the matters
referenced in AUSTRAC’s Statement of Claim and
remediated over 350 issues.
These activities have materially improved our ability
to detect and report potential financial crime. On the
back of these steps, we are working to embed our
new financial crime approach in everything we do.
Fix
OUR ‘SHOULD WE?’ TEST
This year we incorporated the ‘Should We?’ test
into our Code of Conduct to help our people
make decisions and encourage them to speak up.
After ensuring an issue complies with law
and regulation as well as Westpac’s policies,
processes, and guidance, we encourage our
people to ask these ‘Should We?’ questions:
—Am I sure it helps us to fulfil our purpose,
values and behaviours?
—Am I sure it helps us achieve each of our
Code of Conduct outcomes?
—Are we doing the right thing for our
customers, communities as well as
shareholders now and in the long term?
—Would I feel comfortable if I had to tell
my manager or my family or friends?
40,000+
HOURS OF FINANCIAL CRIME AWARENESS TRAINING
DELIVERED IN FY21
60
TRANSACTION MONITORING RULES UPDATED
OR NEWLY IMPLEMENTED
UPGRADED TRANSACTION SCREENING SOFTWARE
AND SETTINGS TO BETTER DETECT REPORTABLE
CUSTOMER ACTIVITY
18WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Improving the way we identify,
manage and resolve complaints.
Putting things right for customers
We get things wrong from time-to-time and when
we do, we want to put it right. We are carrying out
remediation programs to resolve historical issues.
We put things right for approximately one million
customers by paying or offering more than $1 billion in
compensation in 2021, and have paid over $1.5 billion
across all programs to date. We have substantially
completed payments associated with the two largest
financial advice programs.
Resolving customer pain points
A significant component of our Fix agenda has
been to remove obstacles standing in the way of
great customer experiences. We are removing these
customer pain points by improving our management
and mitigation of complaints.
We continue to embed a culture where frontline
teams own and resolve complaints for customers at
first point. Our new digital complaints management
system guides bankers on resolutions to create
more consistent outcomes, our Artificial Intelligence
complaints bot assists bankers to solve complaints in
the moment and automated system controls ensure
compliance. In addition, we’ve made the complaints
process more accessible for customers with new tools
and resources, such as Easy English Guides and Auslan
translation videos. These changes are contributing to:
—Reduced average time to resolve complaints
to 5.4 days in Full Year 2021, from 6.5 days in
Full Year 2020
—84% of complaints are resolved at first point
—Addressing the top three complaint pain points,
implementing 113 improvement initiatives
—Through driving our culture of encouraging
complaints and improving logging behaviour,
total number of complaints increased 33% over
the year.
Resolving complaints faster is contributing to a better
customer experience and is reinforcing a culture where
employees own and act upon complaints faster.
COMPLAINTS DRIVING CHANGE
Our new digital complaints management
system allows employees to manage and own
every complaint – improving the experience
for customers. By analysing the system’s data,
we identified over 400 improvements to our
products, services, and processes to reduce
customer pain points and fix issues before they
impact others.
For example, an out-of-service 1300 number was
mistakenly included in a customer letter. After
a customer called to complain about the error
and it was logged, our complaints team fixed the
issue before the same letter was sent to a further
13,000 customers.
One new system supports faster complaint
resolution and ensures customer complaints
do not fall through the cracks.
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
19WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Simplify
Simplify is about returning to
our core business of banking
in Australia and New Zealand,
exiting non-core businesses and
consolidating our international
footprint. It also includes making
banking easier for customers by
rationalising our products and
simplifying processes via digital.
284
PRODUCTS CLOSED
BROUGHT
>1,000
JOBS BACK TO AUSTRALIA
20WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
A simpler bank
To become a simpler bank, we are exiting non-core
businesses and consolidating our international footprint.
In 2020, we established our Specialist Businesses
division to bring together the businesses we plan to
exit. This year, we completed four business sales and
exited two investments in Zip Co. and Coinbase Inc. In
addition, we have announced the sale of three more
businesses and expect to complete these sales by the
end of the 2022 calendar year.
In December 2020, we also announced the sale of
our Westpac Pacific business, however following the
decision by Papua New Guinea’s Independent Consumer
and Competition Commission to deny authorisation
for the proposed acquisition, the parties agreed to
terminate the relevant sale agreements. We will continue
to operate our Fiji and PNG operations and support our
Pacific customers while considering other options.
Together, the businesses sold have added around 34
basis points to the Group’s common equity tier 1 capital
ratio, while businesses scheduled for sale are expected
to add a further 29 basis points once completed.
During the year, we began the consolidation of our
international presence by closing offices in Mumbai and
Jakarta. We are currently underway with the closure of
our Beijing, Shanghai and Hong Kong offices, which we
expect to complete by the end of the 2022 calendar
year. We will support customers in Asia from our
Singapore office.
Our major institutional offices outside of Australia and
New Zealand include Singapore, London and New York
and we are in the process of opening a Frankfurt office
to support customer relationships in Europe.
Embedding our new operating model
Last year we introduced our Lines of Business operating
model, restructuring our business along major customer
offerings. This model creates better end-to-end
responsibility for product lines and is allowing us to
simplify processes.
Our focus through the year was to embed the model
across our Australian businesses. This included
delegating more responsibility to each line of business
and continuing to map and refine end-to-end processes.
For example, in our mortgage line of business, we have
made over 70 changes to simplify processes and speed
up approval times for customers.
Implementation of the lines of business operating model
is underway in New Zealand.
Returning to our core business of
banking in Australia and New Zealand
and simplifying everything we do.
OUR LINES OF BUSINESSES
Consumer Business
Institutional
Specialist BusinessesNew Zealand
Status of Implementation:
Consumer & Small Business
Customer Engagement
Mortgages
Consumer Finance
Cash & Transactional
Banking
Business Lending
Financial Markets
Global Transaction
Services
Corporate and
Institutional Banking
Insurance
Specialist Finance
Platforms, Investment
and Operations
Super
Treasury
Consumer Banking
and Wealth
Corporate and
Institutional Banking
Commercial
Relationships
Private
Wealth
CompleteFinalising interfacesScoping support interfaces
Businesses/investments soldCompleted
Zip Co. Ltd.
Oct 2020
Coinbase Inc.
May 2021
General Insurance
Jul 2021
Vendor Finance
Jul 2021
Westpac LMI
Aug 2021
Westpac NZ Wealth Advisory
Dec 2020
Announced sale
Completion expected
Motor Vehicle Finance
First half of 2022
Westpac NZ Life Insurance
First half of 2022
Westpac Life Insurance
Second half of 2022
PROGRESS ON PORTFOLIO SIMPLIFICATION
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
21WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Simplify
Migrating more activity to digital means making it
available to customers when they choose to bank.
It’s a faster, easier, and more intuitive digital customer
experience. It is also simpler for customers and the
bank.
Our technology roadmap sets out our pathway to
transform our technology to a modern single multi-
brand environment, from the multiple systems we
currently operate. Key steps in this change include
reducing the number of products and services we offer
and streamlining our processes. Fewer products and
clearer processes help to optimise the change required.
Harnessing digital to make things simpler
COVID-19 has accelerated society’s move to digital
and customer trends over the year reflect this. From
online shopping to banking, since September 2020
the number of digitally active customers rose to
5.24 million and digital transactions increased to
316 million, up 3% and 14% respectively.
Given more banking can be completed online – and
due to lockdowns – we are seeing fewer physical
transactions and services. Over the year, ATM
transactions were down 15% and over-the-counter
transactions in branches and call centre volumes fell
7% and 11% respectively. The use of cash and cheques
has also declined.
TRANSFORMING TECHNOLOGY UNDERPINNED
BY FOUR PRINCIPLES:
End-to-end, insight-led digital
experiences – designed for both
customers and employees.
Simplified and digitised processes
designed to be instant.
Modular technology – designed to
easily evolve.
Digital to
the core
Automation
Built to
change
Evergreen
technology
Systems built with embedded
continuous currency. Designed to be
secure, enduring and available.
Create leading
digital experiences
—Completed roll-out of new Mobile Banking app for Westpac
—New insights engine to provide right time and personalised
insights to customers
Seeking to build
world-class data
platforms
—Moved our data platform to the latest cloud technology
—Open banking enabled for our major brands
Create flexible
platforms focusing on:
1.Mortgages
2.Business lending
3.Transaction services
4.Payments
—Completed the roll-out of customer service hub – new mortgage
origination platform for all major brands
—New, simple, cloud-based Banking as a Service (BaaS) savings
and transaction products based on the 10X platform
Flexible bank
platforms
Data
Digital
DIGITAL FOCUS AREAS AND 2021 PROGRESS
22WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
NEW DIGITAL HOME LOAN EXPERIENCE
Our end-to-end digital mortgage application
process is making it easier and faster for customers
to apply for a home loan and to track its progress
along the way. Launched in December 2020, the
new process is paperless, allowing documents to
be uploaded and once approved, loan offers can
be accepted online. Customers can also request
help along the way with customers and bankers
all having access to the same information. Moving
to digital is freeing up our people to spend more
valuable time with customers. Westpac Home
Finance Manager, Rebecca, received a home loan
application late one Friday afternoon. Instead of
preparing paperwork in the branch, the customer
completed the digital application over the weekend
and met with Rebecca on the following Monday
morning – the same day the loan was approved.
PRODUCT SIMPLIFICATION FOR SELECT PRODUCT LINES
1
– FY21 VS FY20
Sep 20Sep 21
339
329
161
68
109
47
Cash & Transactional
Banking
2
MortgagesConsumer Finance
221
195
New Zealand
1 Includes both products for sale and products not for sale.
2 Includes cash management.
We continued to strengthen our technology,
simplifying and increasing reliability. In 2021,
developments included:
—Launched a state-of-the-art integrated command
centre helping us to more quickly identify and
respond to issues
—Upgraded branch network, improving bandwidth
by ten-times, reducing operating costs by 50%
and increasing transaction speed
—Decommissioned 116 applications to simplify our
technology
—Two thirds of infrastructure services (networks,
servers, workplace technology) have shifted to
evergreen models.
Stability of our infrastructure has also improved with a
reduction in major technology incidents from 51 to 31
over the year, while delivering and executing 19% more
changes.
Fewer, simpler products
Creating an easier and more streamlined experience for
customers is a vital aspect of our simplification agenda.
Over many years we became complex with too many
products, too many manual process variations, and
an excessive number of fees. This complexity added
risk, increased cost, and made it difficult for both our
employees and customers.
To better serve customers, we are working to simplify
fees and processes. Over the year we removed
284 products and associated fees across consumer
and business banking.
The chart below illustrates the reduction over the
year in select products. In addition, in WIB we exited
or restricted 286 correspondent banking group
relationships. In our Specialist Businesses division, we
migrated over $56 billion in funds from the BT Wrap
platform to BT Panorama and completed the migration
of Advance Retirement Suite members to BT Super,
which resulted in 3,070 accounts and $209 million
in funds management transferred.
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
23WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Perform
Perform is growing our
customer franchise through
great service, sharpening our
focus on returns, and resetting
the cost base. A strong balance
sheet and engaged workforce
forms the foundations of our
performance. We are also
focused on responding to
climate change and building the
pathway to support a net zero
emissions economy by 2050.
$4.6bn
HOME LOAN DEFERRALS
WITH 10,500 CUSTOMERS
SUPPORTED
$135m
BUSINESS DEFERRALS
WITH 2,600 BUSINESSES
SUPPORTED
327
INTEREST FREE
TEMPORARY OVERDRAFTS
TO SMALL BUSINESS
CUSTOMERS
209
BUSINESS COVID-19
GRANTS AT A TOTAL
VALUE OF $627,000
Supporting customers
1
1 During 2021 COVID-19 lock down, from July to September 2021.
24WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Committed to helping
Our purpose – helping Australians and New Zealanders
succeed – guides what we do. It was reaffirmed
over the year as we continued to support customers
through the challenges posed by the pandemic.
COVID-19 has impacted customers in a variety of
ways. For individuals and businesses in difficulty, we
provided targeted support. This included repayment
deferrals, fee waivers and special loans or overdrafts
for business.
Our people have remained resilient and dedicated
in the face of uncertainty. They have overcome
disruptions to their own working arrangements
and remained focused on supporting customers. In
addition, our people have also helped customers with
contactless banking, to better manage their finances
and protected them from scams.
Our people have embraced the changes underway
across the Company, as reflected this quarter by the
lift in our Organisational Health Index score (OHI) up
4 points to 74 from our September 2020 baseline
of 70.
Strong employee commitment and engagement
are the foundation for improved service and this
improvement positions us well for the period ahead.
Our people have worked hard to
support customers through another
challenging year.
14
VACCINATION HUBS
1,430
RAPID ANTIGEN TESTS
ADMINISTERED
3,140
PARTICIPANTS IN
VACCINATION PROGRAM
+20k
EMPLOYEES WORKED
FROM HOME
Supporting employees
PROTECTING CUSTOMERS FROM SCAMS
In the past year, the number of scams reported
by customers doubled. From cons based on
investments, buying and selling, and email
compromise – scams are becoming more
sophisticated and can be devastating for victims.
Through our transaction monitoring, training
and customer education, we’re helping to
protect customers from scams.
In our Westpac Strathpine branch in Queensland,
Branch Manager, Rachel, has seen first-hand the
impact of scams. She recently helped a customer
who was the victim of a telecommunications
scam.
"Ray*” came to the branch and was very
distressed. We sat down and he explained what
had happened. I contacted our Scams Assist
team who had thankfully blocked his account
after detecting unusual activity," said Rachel.
The scammer claimed he was calling from
Ray’s internet provider and gained access to
his computer and online banking. Over $3,500
was transferred from Ray’s account triggering
several fees.
Rachel worked with our specialist Scams team to
halt the transfers, recover his funds, and reverse
the fees. She also took Ray through a checklist to
help him spot future scammers.
“Recovering Ray’s funds was an incredible relief
and as a token of his appreciation, he donated
some of the money to the Westpac Foundation,”
said Rachel.
“Helping customers through times like these is
the most rewarding part of my job”.
*Customer’s name has been changed
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
25WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Perform
A better experience for customers
Our customer satisfaction rankings have been
challenged by the need to address our shortcomings
and the impacts of the pandemic.
Our primary measure of customer satisfaction is
the Net Promoter Score
1,2
(NPS) and while our score
improved over the year to -3.3 from -6.9, our rank
for Westpac remains at the lower end of peers.
Encouragingly, the trend has been improving and
our St.George brand scores are ahead of the major
banks but further improvement is required. Our
scores partially reflect lower service levels, as we
were not able to increase resourcing fast enough to
meet increased COVID-19 related demands. They also
reflect negative sentiment around branch closures
and regulatory actions on historical matters.
To help improve service, we have boosted our front-
line teams, and brought back over 1,000 roles to
Australia in key contact and processing roles. As part
of our Fix and Simplify agendas, we are addressing the
root causes of service issues. This includes working
to resolve customer complaints faster, simplify key
processes and improve the customer experience
through digital.
#3
Business Banking
NPS ranking
1,3
#5
New Zealand
Consumer and
Business Banking
NPS rankings
4,5
1 Net Promoter Score measures the net likelihood of recommendation to others of the customer’s main financial institution for retail or
business banking. Net Promoter Score
SM
is a trademark of Bain & Co Inc., Satmetrix Systems, Inc., and Mr Frederick Reichheld. Using a
11 point numerical scale where 10 is ‘Extremely likely’ and 0 is ‘Extremely unlikely’, Net Promoter Score is calculated by subtracting the
percentage of Detractors (0-6) from the percentage of Promoters (9-10).
2 Source: DBM Consultants Consumer Atlas, August 2020 and August 2021, 6MMA. MFI customers.
3 Source: DBM Consultants Business Atlas, 6 months to August 2021. MFI customers, all businesses.
4 Source: 3 month rolling Retail Market Monitor data (survey conducted by Camorra Research). Respondents are asked about likelihood
to recommend their main bank to family and friends on a scale of 1 (extremely unlikely) to 10 (extremely likely). Net Promoter Score is
represents % of Promoters (recommend score of 9 or 10) minus % of Detractors (recommend score of 1 to 6).
5 Source: 6 month rolling Business Finance Monitor data (survey conducted by Kantar TNS among businesses with an annual turnover
of $5 to $150 million). Respondents are asked about likelihood to recommend their main business bank to business colleagues and
associates on a scale of 1 (extremely unlikely) to 10 (extremely likely). Net Promoter Score is represents % of Promoters (recommend
score of 9 or 10) minus % of Detractors (recommend score of 1 to 6).
Improving service is a priority.
SUPPORTING VULNERABLE CUSTOMERS
We have specialist teams that support customers
through tough times – like divorce and losing a
loved one – and through domestic and family
violence, elder abuse and scams. Over the
year, 33,400 cases were escalated through
our specialist vulnerability teams. Over 81,000
applications for financial assistance packages
were approved for customers experiencing
financial hardship.
Some initiatives include:
—Piloting a savings buffer of at least $100 a
month to help mortgage customers who
seek hardship support when they are in
financial difficulty. Financial Counselling
Australia welcomed the initiative, which has
now been included in the Australian Banking
Association’s financial difficulty guidelines.
—Stopping threatening and abusive messages
attached to payments. A bank account is no
place for abuse, and over 700 warnings and
suspensions have been issued to customers
who sent abuse via digital banking.
—Introducing in-app functionality for our
customers to block gambling transactions on
eligible credit and debit cards across all brands.
The block has been applied to over 30,000
cards.
26WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Restoring growth in our core businesses
Restoring mortgage and business lending growth
was a major focus this year and we are building
momentum in both areas.
We reached our target to grow mortgages in line with
the major banks in the second half of the year. Through
the year we employed more mortgage bankers,
addressed key processing bottlenecks, and ensured
our pricing was responsive to the competitive pressure
in the market.
A key element of this turnaround has been the
establishment of our Mortgage line of business.
With clearer end-to-end accountability for key
processes, this business has been able to make faster
and more targeted decisions to support growth.
Growth in total Australian business lending across
the industry was 4.6% for the year to September 2021
compared to 1.9% over the prior year.
We are making progress in business lending. In
Australia, business and institutional lending was up
1% over the year and was 4% higher over the last
six months.
While momentum has improved, additional
opportunities remain. This includes further process
improvements and directing more of our people from
programs designed to resolve issues to front-line
customer roles.
Strong balance sheet and improved
capital efficiency
In banking, strong financial foundations across capital,
liquidity and funding are paramount. We ended this
financial year with a common equity tier 1 capital
ratio of 12.3%, which was comfortably above APRA’s
unquestionably strong benchmark of 10.5%. We had
$9 billion in capital above this benchmark. This
strength has supported the determination of a 60 cent
per share dividend and enabled us to announce an
off-market buy-back of up to $3.5 billion.
The buy-back will help us to optimise our capital base
for the more focused business we are becoming,
helping to improve per share metrics and future returns.
Cost reset
Digitisation and low interest rates are changing
the banking industry and its returns. To remain
competitive, we need to reduce costs. In May 2021, we
set a cost target of $8 billion in expenses by 2024. This
is an ambitious target given costs in 2021 were more
than $13 billion.
Part of the cost reduction will be putting behind us
significant remediation expenses and business write-
downs. Costs will also be lower as we exit businesses.
The final gains to reach our target are expected to flow
from simplifying our operations and reconfiguring our
head office to reflect our more focused business.
Elevating climate change action
Westpac has focused on climate change for many
years. This year, we made a significant addition to our
strategic priorities – elevating climate change as part
of our Perform priority. Its importance to investors,
customers and society more broadly has accelerated,
and it was therefore appropriate to recognise in our
major priorities. This includes explaining how we are
supporting the transition to a net zero economy.
Climate forms part of our broader environmental,
social and governance agenda, and we recognise that
managing climate-related risks and opportunities is
vital to the long-term sustainability of our Company.
We were the first Australian bank to release a
climate change position statement in 2008. In 2015
we supported the Paris Agreement and in 2017 we
committed to managing our business in line with the
Paris Agreement and the need to transition to a net
zero emissions economy by 2050.
AUSTRALIAN GROSS MORTGAGE MOVEMENT ($bn)
(3.5)
1H202H201H212H21
(4.7)
2.6
12.0
xx
AUSTRALIAN GROSS MORTGAGE MOVEMENT ($bn)
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
27WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Climate change is one of the most
significant issues that will impact the
long-term prosperity of the global
economy and our way of life.
We are committed to managing our business in alignment
with the Paris Agreement and the need to transition to a
net zero emissions economy by 2050.
As a major financial institution, we recognise that we have
an important role to play in supporting customers and
communities in transition, through providing products
and services.
This year, we continued to deliver on our Climate Change
Position Statement and 2023 Action Plan (Climate
Action Plan) while recognising the significant increase
in the importance of climate change to our business
and stakeholders. This includes:
—Helping customers and communities respond to
climate change
—$15 billion target in new lending to climate change
solutions by 2030
1
—Aiming to reduce our exposure to thermal coal
mining to zero by 2030
—Financing of electricity generation sector to support
Paris-aligned transition pathways to a net zero
emissions economy by 2050
—Sourcing equivalent of 100% of Westpac’s electricity
consumption through renewable energy sources
by 2025.
Below is a summary of major developments this year,
and further detail can be found in the Climate Change section
of our 2021 Sustainability Supplement.
Developments on governance and oversight
of sustainability matters
—Established a CEO-led Group ESG and Reputation
Committee that will oversee our Climate Action Plan
and wider ESG agenda. The Committee meets at least
four times a year
—During the year the Board:
• attended a workshop led by industry experts on climate
change risks, and related Directors’ responsibilities
• reviewed our Climate Action Plan progress as part of its
six-monthly sustainability strategy update
• endorsed extra resources to support our Climate
Action Plan.
Climate
change
1 Over time period 2020 to 2030.
2 IJGlobal and Westpac Research data.
3 Includes Westpac Group operations in Australia, New Zealand, United Kingdom and Pacific. 2021 is the first year Westpac is reporting market based emissions to account
for renewable energy investment. The base year of our Scope 1 & 2 and Scope 3 Supply Chain GHG reduction targets is calculated applying the location-based accounting
method. Historic location-based data is used as a proxy for a market-based method, as electricity supplier emission factors or residual emission factors for some
international operations are not available.
IN NEW LENDING TO CLIMATE
CHANGE SOLUTIONS
Strategy
Progress on our Climate Action Plan and how we are
helping our customers transition, included:
$1.9bn
LARGEST BANK LENDER TO GREENFIELD
RENEWABLE ENERGY PROJECTS
IN AUSTRALIA FOR PAST FIVE YEARS
2
ELEVATED CLIMATE CHANGE RESPONSE
TO A COMPANY-WIDE STRATEGIC
PRIORITY
CONTINUED TO DEVELOP PARIS-
ALIGNED FINANCING STRATEGIES AND
PORTFOLIO TARGETS FOR SECTORS
REPRESENTING THE MAJORITY OF OUR
FINANCED EMISSIONS, WITH A FOCUS
DURING THE YEAR ON OIL AND GAS,
METALS AND MINING SECTORS
PARTICIPATED IN A RANGE OF INDUSTRY
FORUMS INCLUDING THE UNITED
NATIONS ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMME
FINANCE INITIATIVE PRINCIPLES FOR
RESPONSIBLE BANKING AND THE
AUSTRALIAN SUSTAINABLE FINANCE
INITIATIVE
REDUCED SCOPE 1 & 2 EMISSIONS
3
BY 58% AGAINST A 2016 BASE YEAR
AND 43% AGAINST 2020
ADVANCED WORK TO UNDERSTAND
HOW BEST TO SUPPORT AGRIBUSINESS
CUSTOMERS TO MANAGE CLIMATE RISK
28WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Developments on Risk Management
—Continued to embed sustainability and climate risk
management in the Group’s Risk Management Framework,
and aligned with the Three Lines of Defence model
—Worked to manage transition and physical risks across
key loan portfolios – overseen by the Climate Change
Financial Risk Committee
—Continued to support our existing thermal coal mining
customers, managing our portfolio in line with a
commitment to reduce our exposure to zero by 2030
—Continued to participate in APRA’s Climate Vulnerability
Assessment
—Continued to build our understanding of physical risk in
agribusiness and residential mortgage portfolios.
Metrics and targets
Further detail on climate metrics and targets is in
our Sustainability Supplement.
Looking ahead
In 2022, we will continue developing Paris-aligned financing
strategies and portfolio targets, particularly for sectors
representing the majority of our financed emissions. We
will work with customers and industry experts. The analysis
will consider a range of factors, including the IPCC Sixth
Assessment Report, the IEA’s Net Zero by 2050, A Roadmap
for the Global Energy Sector Report, as well as the impact on
the bank and customers, including in hard-to-abate sectors.
BUILDING OUR UNDERSTANDING OF TRANSITION CLIMATE RISKS
We seek to engage customers, particularly those in the most emissions intensive and climate-vulnerable
sectors, to develop financing strategies to support their response to climate change impacts. We seek to
provide our business customers
1
with a range of innovative sustainable finance structures including green
deposits, green bonds and sustainability-linked loans.
This year, we undertook further analysis to understand our Scope 3 financed emissions, which estimates that:
—manufacturing, utilities and mining are the sectors
2
with the highest emissions intensity per dollar lent
—the majority of our lending is to relatively low-emissions intensity sectors such as property and residential
mortgages.
ENERGY SECTOR VALUE CHAIN
Lending to the energy sector value chain
3
can be described
in the categories below. Overall, we saw a decrease in
exposures to non-renewable energy sectors and an increase
in exposures to renewable energy over the year.
1 Customers from our Institutional, Corporate and Commercial segments.
2 Manufacturing includes primary metal production and petroleum refining. Utilities includes electricity generation. Mining includes coal, oil and gas extraction.
3 All figures are Total Committed Exposures (TCE) at 30 September 2021 for WIB only.
4 For oil and gas extraction customers with LNG terminal operations, the exposures to LNG terminals is reported in the Transport category.
5 Coal exposures within diversified miners are apportioned by the percentage EBITDA contribution of coal in their latest annual financial statements. Thermal coal exposures
in diversified miners is immaterial.
6 Australia and New Zealand only. Customers with operations across several sectors are attributed across those activities based on business segment contribution.
7 Other mining includes iron ore, metal ore, construction material, exploration and services.
8 Thermal coal mining is 43% of coal mining exposure (WIB only).
LENDING TO ELECTRICITY GENERATION AUS & NZ (%)
LENDING TO ELECTRICITY GENERATION
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
(%)
0.5
RENEWABLENON-RENEWABLE
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
20212020201920182017201620152014201320122011
The share of renewables in our lending to the electricity sector
has increased to 79%.
Total mining is 0.75% of Group TCE, lending to coal mining is
0.05% and lending to oil and gas extraction is 0.21% of Group TCE.
COAL MINING –THERMAL
AND METALLURGICAL
8
OIL AND GAS
EXTRACTION
OTHER MINING
7
TOTAL
9.7
10.7
10.5
9.0
8.4
5.3
5.4
6.1
5.5
5.7
3.8
3.9
3.6
2.4
2.8
0.6
1.4
0.8
0.5
0.5
MININGEXPOSURE
($bn)
20172018201920202021
MINING EXPOSURE ($bn)
Oil and Gas
Extraction
4
FY21 $1.84bn
FY20 $2.22bn
Exploration
FY21 $0.33bn
FY20 $0.56bn
Coal
Metallurgical coal
FY21 $0.29bn
FY20 $0.21bn
Metallurgical
coal in diversified
miners
5
FY21 $0.02bn
FY20 $0.03bn
Thermal coal
FY21 $0.22bn
FY20 $0.30bn
Uranium
FY21 $0.08bn
FY20 $0.03bn
LNG Terminal
FY21 $0.52bn
FY20 $0.57bn
Coal
Rail
FY21 $0.30bn
FY20 $0.28bn
Port
FY21 $0.32bn
FY20 $0.44bn
Gas
FY21 $0.58bn
FY20 $0.67bn
Black coal
FY21 $0.19bn
FY20 $0.27bn
Brown coal
FY21 $0.03bn
FY20 $0.03bn
Liquid fuel
FY21 $0.12bn
FY20 $0.12bn
Hydro
FY21 $1.26bn
FY20 $1.30bn
Other
renewables
FY21 $2.23bn
FY20 $1.89bn
Electricity
and Gas
Networks
FY21 $3.80bn
FY20 $4.53bn
Retailers
FY21 $1.01bn
FY20 $0.77bn
Oil and Gas
FY21 $2.10bn
FY20 $1.32bn
Mining and
extraction
Oil and gas
refining
FY21 $0.58bn
FY20 $2.02bn
Electricity
generation
6
Transport
Distribution
and retail
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
29WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Human
rights
We are committed to respecting human
rights through our business and activities,
including as a financial services provider,
purchaser of goods and services,
employer, and supporter of communities.
Our third Human Rights Position Statement and 2023
Action Plan (Human Rights Action Plan) sets out the
principles that guide our approach.
Our Human Rights Action Plan commits to 19 actions that
are underpinned by a commitment to respect human
rights as set out in the UN Guiding Principles on Business
and Human Rights. Under these actions we review our
salient human rights issues annually to help prevent,
mitigate and account for any adverse human rights
impacts, and to inform our areas of focus.
This year’s review highlighted the need to continue
supporting customers and employees through the
impacts of COVID-19, as well as focusing on rights
of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples,
privacy, workplace diversity and discrimination, human
rights grievance mechanisms, and modern slavery.
Actions included:
—Improved our management of privacy risks by
enhancing our policies, processes and systems, and
through updated training to lift the understanding of
our employees of the requirements and risks
—Launched our Access and Inclusion Plan 2021-2024
to set out our actions for enhancing inclusion and
accessibility practices
—Expanded our mental health support for employees
in responding to the pandemic with a new mental
health plan
—Updated our Responsible Sourcing Program to
strengthen management and monitoring processes,
to address ESG risks in our supply chain and take
action to raise awareness in our supply chain of
Speaking Up channels
—Conducted training with natural resources teams
on Indigenous consent
—Published our fifth Modern Slavery Statement,
and the first under the requirements of the
Modern Slavery Act 2018 (Cth).
For further information on our salient human rights
issues and specific management actions, please see
our Sustainability Supplement.
TAKING ACTION ON MODERN SLAVERY
We published our first statement under the Modern
Slavery Act 2018 (Cth) in March 2021. This statement
was also in accordance with the Modern Slavery
Act 2015 (UK). This was recognised by the Monash
University Centre for Financial Studies as among
the strongest for disclosure quality amongst the
S&P/ASX 100.
Modern slavery is a challenge that no one
organisation can solve alone. Cross industry
collaboration through sharing of information and
resources can help to drive effective change and
reduce instances of modern slavery across industries.
As part of our Safer Children, Safer Communities
program, this year we partnered with the
International Centre for Missing and Exploited
Children (ICMEC). ICMEC’s work focuses on the
development of capability and technology tools
across and within jurisdictions, working with diverse
stakeholders across the area of child protection
law enforcement and regulatory partners, private
industry, the education community, primary
healthcare and the medical profession and civil
society partners.
Our partnership, which builds on scoping and
discovery work conducted in FY20, aims to drive
cross-industry data and knowledge sharing to better
detect, monitor, report and prevent the use of the
Australian payments platforms being used to process
payments that relate to Child Sexual Exploitation
(CSE). Modern slavery includes the worst forms
of child labour, including the commercial sexual
exploitation of children. The three-year $25 million
data-sharing and innovation grant, managed by
ICMEC, will be used to design, build, deploy and
maintain a platform and analytic tools to aggregate
insights and data from multiple industry participants
to help identify perpetrators of Online Sexual
Exploitation of Children (OSEC).
This is one way that we may provide for or cooperate
in remedy. Access to ‘remedy’ is one of the key
principles guiding our approach and commitment
to respecting human rights. Our Human Rights
Action Plan notes that remedy may take many forms,
depending on how we identify our role in causing or
contributing to human rights harm.
30WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Supporting
local
communities
Westpac Foundation
1
awarded $1.95 million in
job creation grants to social enterprises and $1
million in grants to 100 local organisations helping
Australians become job-ready through education,
training and employment opportunities.
As one of the region’s largest
companies and providers of capital, we
believe it is important we use our scale
and reach to create positive impact
across Australia and New Zealand.
This includes providing support in times of emergency
and natural disasters and positively contributing to
complex social and economic issues where we can
have an impact.
Backing diverse business and social enterprise
Through our supplier inclusion and diversity program
we support a variety of suppliers including Aboriginal
and Torres Strait Islander businesses, social enterprises,
Australian Disability Enterprises, women-led businesses
and businesses with a B-corps certification. Despite
some large contracts coming to an end and COVID-19
restrictions impacting some activities, in FY21 we spent
$11.6 million with diverse suppliers.
Backing communities through our foundations
Westpac supports a number of foundations to support
local communities. This includes:
—Westpac Foundation
1
: supporting social enterprises
and community organisations that create jobs,
training and education pathways for Australia’s most
under-represented
—St.George Foundation
2
: providing grants to eligible
Australian charities and community organisations
to help improve the lives of children experiencing
disadvantage
—BankSA Foundation
3
: supporting small, local
charities helping to create a brighter future for South
Australians and Northern Territorians experiencing
disadvantage
—Bank of Melbourne Foundation
4
: supporting local
charities and programs that deliver sustainable
benefits to Victorians experiencing disadvantage.
Tomorrow’s leaders
Established to mark Westpac’s 200th anniversary in
2017, this year Westpac Scholars Trust
5
awarded its
500th scholarship. The Trust, together with some of
the nation’s leading universities, has now provided
$31 million in scholarships to invest in individuals with
leadership potential in areas important to Australia’s
growth and prosperity – technology and innovation,
Australia-Asia ties, and positive social change.
500+
WESTPAC SCHOLARS AWARDED IN FIRST FIVE YEARS
1 Westpac Foundation is administered by Westpac Community Limited (ABN 34 086 862 795) as trustee for Westpac Community Trust
(ABN 53 265 036 982). The Westpac Community Trust is a Public Ancillary Fund, endorsed by the ATO as a Deductible Gift Recipient.
None of Westpac Foundation, Westpac Community Trust Limited nor the Westpac Community Trust are part of Westpac Group.
Westpac provides administrative support, skilled volunteering, donations and funding for operational costs of Westpac Foundation.
2 St.George Foundation is administered by St.George Foundation Limited (ABN 46 003 790 761) as trustee for St George Foundation Trust
(ABN 44 661 638 970), a Public Ancillary Fund, endorsed by the ATO as a Deductible Gift Recipient. While St George Foundation Limited
is a related body corporate of Westpac Group, neither St.George Foundation nor St George Foundation Trust are part of Westpac Group.
Westpac provides administrative support, donations and funding for operational costs of the Foundation.
3 BankSA Foundation is part of St.George Foundation and is administered by St.George Foundation Limited (ABN 46 003 790 761) as
trustee for St George Foundation Trust (ABN 44 661 638 970), a Public Ancillary Fund, endorsed by the ATO as a Deductible Gift Recipient.
While St George Foundation Limited is a related body corporate of Westpac Group, neither BankSA Foundation, St.George Foundation nor
St George Foundation Trust are part of Westpac Group. Westpac provides administrative support, donations and funding for operational
costs of the Foundation.
4 Bank of Melbourne Foundation is part of St.George Foundation and is administered by St.George Foundation Limited (ABN 46 003 790
761) as trustee for St George Foundation Trust (ABN 44 661 638 970), a Public Ancillary Fund, endorsed by the ATO as a Deductible Gift
Recipient. While St George Foundation Limited is a related body corporate of Westpac Group, neither Bank of Melbourne Foundation,
St.George Foundation nor St George Foundation Trust are part of Westpac Group. Westpac provides administrative support, donations
and funding for operational costs of the Foundation.
5 Westpac Scholars Trust (ABN 35 600 251 071) is administered by Westpac Scholars Limited (ABN 72 168 847 041) as trustee for the
Westpac Scholars Trust. Westpac Scholars Trust is a private charitable trust and neither the Trust nor the Trustee are part of Westpac
Group. Westpac provides administrative support, skilled volunteering, and funding for operational costs of Westpac Scholars Trust.
Su from Green Connect, a social and environmental enterprise in
Illawarra region, NSW
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
31WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Safer Children, Safer Communities
The Safer Children, Safer Communities program
involves a series of actions and investments in Australia
and across Asia-Pacific over three years to help make
a meaningful impact on child safety and protection.
The program was a commitment in our Response
Plan to the AUSTRAC proceedings.
Now in its second year, progress includes:
—$12.1 million invested in the overall work program,
of which $9.2 million was committed over three
years to 26 organisations in Australia through
our grants program
—Finalised a $25 million grant for cross-industry data
sharing projects with the International Centre for
Missing and Exploited Children (ICMEC)
—Continued our partnership with International Justice
Mission (IJM) who supported 33 police operations,
141 victim rescues and 36 suspect arrests in the
Philippines
—Supported Save the Children’s ‘Protect Children –
Philippines’ project to deliver training sessions to
687 young people and parents on issues relating to
online exploitation in the first six months of 2021.
Sustainability Supplement
In December 2020, we updated our Sustainability Strategy outlining our
sustainability priorities for the next three years. These priorities are centred
around how we can best serve our customers, communities and nation, and
contribute to solving global challenges.
More on our sustainability approach
Our Annual Report covers our most material sustainability topics in our strategic update. Our
2021 Sustainability Supplement provides additional detail on our sustainability approach,
sustainability materiality assessment, progress against our 2023 Sustainability Strategy priorities,
and additional climate change and human rights disclosures.
Sustainability metrics and glossary can be found in our 2021 Sustainability Datasheet, and our
mapping to sustainability benchmarks and indices as well as performance scorecards can be
found in our 2021 Sustainability Appendix.
Skilled volunteering and employee giving
Volunteering and supporting charities is an important
part of our company culture, and an opportunity for
our people to contribute to creating positive social
impact. More than 530 employees participated in our
volunteering programs to share their skills and time on
causes important to them.
Supporting local communities
$144m
IN COMMUNITY
INVESTMENT
96%
EMPLOYEE VOLUNTEERS
FOUND THE EXPERIENCE
REWARDING
$2.1m
DONATED TO MORE THAN 770 CHARITIES
THROUGH OUR MATCHING GIFTS PROGRAM
950+
WESTPAC EMPLOYEES HAVE COMPLETED A JAWUN
SKILLED VOLUNTEERING SECONDMENT WITH AN
INDIGENOUS COMMUNITY ORGANISATION SINCE 2001
Helping when it
matters most
Backing a
stronger Australia
Collaborating
for impact
32WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Corporate
Governance
Our approach to Corporate Governance
Corporate governance is the framework of systems,
policies, and processes by which we operate, make
decisions, and hold people to account. Our framework
establishes the roles and responsibilities of Westpac’s
Board, management team, employees and suppliers.
It also establishes the systems, policies, and processes
for monitoring and evaluating Board and management
performance and the practices for corporate reporting,
disclosure, remuneration, risk management and
engagement of security holders.
Our approach to corporate governance is based on
a set of values and behaviours that underpin our
day-to-day activities and are designed to promote
transparency, fair dealing, and the protection of
stakeholder interests, including our customers, our
shareholders, our employees and our community.
It includes aspiring to the highest standards of
corporate governance, which we see as fundamental to
the sustainability of our business and our performance.
While our frameworks and policies are critical elements
of corporate governance, the outcomes achieved are
also directly influenced by decisions made by our
people. Providing context and guidance to assist our
people with their decisions has been a significant focus
for Westpac in 2021. We have continued to embed our
purpose – Helping Australians and New Zealanders
succeed’ – as well as our supporting values and
behaviours.
WESTPAC’S BOARD AND BOARD COMMITTEE STRUCTURE
Board
Independent Assurance and AdviceChief Executive Officer
External
Auditors
Group
Audit
Independent
Assurance and
External Advice
Group Executives
Board Committees
Nominations
& Governance
RemunerationAuditRiskTechnology
Legal, Regulatory
& Compliance
Sub-Committee
Provide relevant periodic assurances
and reports (as appropriate)
Provide assurance
on the remuneration
disclosures in the
Remuneration Report
Provide assurance on
risk components of
the annual report and
interim/annual financial
results announcements
Delegation
Assurance,
Oversight through
Reporting
Accountability
Accountability
Delegation
Delegation
Board Committees will refer matters to the Board or other Board Committee where appropriate.
Specific reporting
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
33WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Board areas of focus in FY21
This year the Board (including with assistance from
its Board Committees) has focused on overseeing:
—The delivery of key priorities under our Fix, Simplify
and Perform strategic priorities;
—Westpac’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic,
including measures taken to support our
customers and our people;
—The development and implementation of the
expanded CORE program to uplift outcomes for
customers and our governance of financial and
non-financial risk;
—Ongoing work to improve Westpac’s management
of financial crime risk following the AUSTRAC
proceedings;
—The implementation and performance of the Lines
of Business operating model, which was introduced
in 2020 to clarify responsibilities and accountability
for end-to-end performance;
—The simplification of our business and operations
through the exit of non-core businesses and the
consolidation of our international locations;
—The program of work to reset the bank’s cost base
to $8 billion by FY24;
—The renewal of the Board and Executive team, with
three Directors and three members of the Executive
team commencing this year; and
—Approving the Group’s 2023 Sustainability Strategy.
Board skills
Westpac’s Board of Directors brings together a broad
range of financial and other skills, knowledge, and
experience necessary to guide the business of the
Group. The Board uses a skills matrix to illustrate
the key skills and experience the Board seeks in its
collective membership and the number of Directors
with each skill and experience.
1 At 30 September 2021.
Corporate Governance
Board diversity
1
During the year, the Board Nominations & Governance
Committee approved an objective to have a gender
mix of 40:40:20; 40% women, 40% men and 20%
of any gender on the Board. At 30 September 2021,
33% of the Group’s Board were women.
In addition Westpac joined the investor-led ‘40:40
Vision’ initiative with a target of at least 40% women
on the Executive team by 2030.
Board tenure
1
The average Board tenure is 2.8 years. The
length of service of each Director is in Section 1
of the Directors’ Report.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
Westpac’s 2021 Corporate
Governance Statement
describes our corporate
governance framework,
policies and practices
at 31 October 2021. The
Statement is available – along
with Board and Committee
Charters, principles and
policies – on our website at
westpac.com.au/corpgov.
NUMBER OF FEMALE DIRECTORS
ON THE BOARD (4 OUT OF 12)
Note as at 30 September 2021
33%
AVERAGE BOARD TENURE
Note as at 30 September 2021
2.8 yrs
0-3 years 66% 3-6 years 17%6-9 years 17%
34WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Skills and experienceDescriptionNumber of directors
Strategic
and
commercial
acumen
An ability to define strategic objectives,
constructively question business plans and
implement strategy using commercial judgement
Financial
services
experience
Experience working in, or advising, the banking
and financial services industry (including wealth
management), with strong knowledge of its
economic drivers and global business perspectives
Financial
acumen
Highly proficient in accounting or related financial
management and reporting for businesses of
significant size
Risk
Experience in anticipating, recognising and
managing risks, including regulatory, financial
and non-financial risks, and monitoring risk
management frameworks and controls
Technology
Experience in developing or overseeing the
application of technology in large complex
businesses, with particular reference to innovation
and the Group’s digital transformation strategic
priority
Governance
Commitment to, and knowledge of, governance,
environmental and social issues, with particular
reference to the legal, compliance, regulatory and
voluntary frameworks applicable to listed entities
and highly regulated industries
People,
culture and
conduct
Experience in people matters including workplace
cultures, morale, management development,
succession and remuneration, with particular
reference to the Group’s talent retention and
development initiatives and the ability to consider
and respond to matters relating to inclusion and
diversity
Executive
leadership
Being appointed as CEO or a similar senior
leadership role in a large complex organisation, and
having experience in that position in managing the
business through periods of significant change
Listed
company
experience
Held two or more Non-Executive Directorships on
Australian or international listed companies
International
Senior leadership experience involving
responsibility for operations across borders, and
exposure to a range of political, cultural, regulatory
and business environments in that position
Customer
focus
Experience in developing and overseeing the
embedding of a strong customer-focused culture in
large complex organisations, and a demonstrable
commitment to achieving customer outcomes
9/12
9/12
9/12
10/12
11/12
12/12
9/12
11/12
10/12
10/12
12/12
FIGURE 1 – BOARD SKILLS, EXPERIENCE AND ATTRIBUTES AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2021
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
35WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Includes Board and Executive Team biographies, report on the
business, Directors’ interests, environmental and human rights
disclosures, political engagement, Directors’ meetings and
Remuneration Report.
Our Directors present their report together with the financial statements
of the Group for the financial year ended 30 September 2021.
Directors
The names of the persons who have been Directors, or appointed as
Directors, during the period since 1 October 2020 and up to the date of
this report are: John McFarlane, Peter King, Nerida Caesar, Catriona Alison
Deans (Alison Deans) (appointed as a Director on 1 April 2014 and retired
as a Director on 11 December 2020), Craig Dunn, Audette Exel AO (Director
from 1 September 2021), Steven Harker (appointed as a Director on 1 March
2019 and retired as a Director on 26 October 2021), Michael Hawker AM
(Director from 1 December 2020), Christopher Lynch, Peter Marriott, Peter
Nash, Nora Scheinkestel (Director from 1 March 2021), and Margaret Seale.
Particulars of the skills, experience, expertise and responsibilities of the
Directors at the date of this report, including all directorships of other listed
companies held by a Director at any time in the three years immediately
before 30 September 2021, and the period for which each directorship has
been held, are set out in the following pages.
Board Committee Member Key
Chairman of each committee is
noted with a red icon.
Board Nominations & Governance
Board Risk
Board Technology
Board Legal, Regulatory and
Compliance
Board Remuneration
Board Audit
Directors’
report
36WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Craig Dunn
BCom, FCA
Age: 58
Independent Non-
Executive Director
Appointed: Director since
June 2015.
Experience: Craig has more
than 20 years’ experience in
financial services, including
as CEO of AMP Limited. He
was formerly a director of
Financial Literacy Australia
Limited, and a Board
member of the Australian
Japanese Business
Cooperation Committee,
Jobs for New South Wales,
and the New South Wales
Government’s Financial
Services Knowledge Hub.
Craig was Chairman of
Stone and Chalk Limited
and of the Investment
and Financial Services
Association (now the
Financial Services Council).
He was also a member
of the Financial Services
Advisory Committee, the
Australian Financial Centre
Forum, the Consumer and
Financial Literacy Taskforce
and a Panel member of the
Australian Government’s
Financial System Inquiry.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Telstra Corporation
Limited (since April 2016).
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Director of Lion Pty Limited
and Lion Global Craft
Beverages Pty Limited.
Chairman of The Australian
Ballet, Chairman of the
International Standards
Technical Committee on
Blockchain and Distributed
Ledger Technologies (ISO/
TC 307), and consultant to
King & Wood Mallesons.
Board Committees:
John M
c
Farlane
MA, MBA
Age: 74
Chairman and Independent
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: Director
since February 2020 and
Chairman since April 2020.
Experience: John is a senior
figure in global banking and
financial services and has
46 years of experience in
the sector. He was formerly
Chairman of Barclays plc,
Aviva plc and FirstGroup
plc, and Chairman of The
City UK. He was also a
Non-Executive Director of
Westfield Group/Westfield
Corporation, The Royal
Bank of Scotland Group,
Capital Radio plc and was
a council member of The
London Stock Exchange.
John served as Chief
Executive Officer of
Australia and New Zealand
Banking Group Limited
from 1997 to 2007, and as
Group Executive Director
at Standard Chartered. He
also held senior positions
at Citicorp including as
Managing Director of
Citicorp Investment Bank
Ltd and Head of Citicorp
and Citibank in the UK and
Ireland. He began his career
at Ford Motor Co.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Unibail-Rodamco-
Westfield SE (since June
2018) and Barclays plc
(January 2015 to May 2019).
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Director of Old Oak
Holdings Ltd.
Board Committees:
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed: Director since
December 2019.
Experience: Peter was
appointed Westpac Group
Chief Executive Officer in
April 2020. Peter previously
held this role on an acting
basis between December
2019 and March 2020.
Since joining the Westpac
Group in 1994, Peter also
held senior finance roles
including Chief Financial
Officer with responsibility
for Westpac’s Finance,
Tax, Treasury and Investor
Relations functions. Prior
to this, he was Deputy
Chief Financial Officer for
three years. He has also
held senior positions across
the Group including in
Group Finance, Business
and Consumer Banking,
Business and Technology
Services, Treasury and
Financial Markets. Peter
commenced his career at
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.
He has a Bachelor of
Economics from Sydney
University and completed
the Advanced Management
Programme at INSEAD. He
is a Fellow of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Nil.
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Director of the Australian
Banking Association
Incorporated, Institute
of International Finance
and The Financial Markets
Foundation for Children.
Board Committees:
Nil.
Independent Non-
Executive Director
Appointed: Director since
September 2017.
Experience: Nerida has
over 34 years of broad
ranging commercial and
business management
experience, with particular
depth in technology-led
businesses. Nerida was
Group Managing Director
and Chief Executive Officer,
Australia and New Zealand,
of Equifax (formerly the
ASX-listed Veda Group
Limited) and was also a
former director of Genome.
One Pty Ltd and Stone
and Chalk Limited. Before
joining Equifax, Nerida held
several senior management
roles at Telstra, including
Group Managing Director,
Enterprise and Government
and Group Managing
Director, Wholesale. Nerida
also held several Executive
and senior management
positions with IBM within
Australia and internationally,
including as Vice President
of IBM’s Intel Server Division
for the Asia Pacific region.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Nil.
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Chair of Workplace Giving
Australia Limited, Director
of CreditorWatch and Spark
Investment Holdco Pty Ltd.
Advisor to startups in the
technology sector.
Board Committees:
Peter King
BEc, FCA
Age: 51
Nerida Caesar
BCom, MBA, GAICD
Age: 57
Board of Directors
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
37WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Peter Marriott
BEc (Hons.), FCA
Age: 64
Independent Non-
Executive Director
Appointed: Director since
June 2013.
Experience: Peter has over
40 years’ experience in
senior management roles
in the finance industry,
encompassing international
banking, finance and
auditing. He joined Australia
and New Zealand Banking
Group Limited (ANZ)
in 1993 and was Chief
Financial Officer from July
1997 to May 2012. Prior to
his career at ANZ, Peter was
a banking and finance, audit
and consulting partner at
KPMG Peat Marwick. Peter
was formerly a Director of
ANZ National Bank Limited
in New Zealand and various
ANZ subsidiaries.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: ASX Limited (since
July 2009).
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Director of ASX Clearing
Corporation Limited, ASX
Settlement Corporation
Limited and Austraclear
Limited. Member of Monash
University Council and
Chairman of the Monash
University Council’s
Resources and Finance
Committee.
Board Committees:
Audette Exel AO
BA, LLB (Hons)
Age: 58
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: Director since
September 2021.
Experience: Audette
has more than 35 years’
experience in the global
financial services markets
as a senior executive, a non-
executive director and as a
social entrepreneur. Audette
was formerly the Managing
Director of BSX-listed
Bermuda Commercial Bank
(1993–1996), Chair of the
Bermuda Stock Exchange
(1995–1996) and a Director
and Chair of the Investment
Committee of the Bermuda
Monetary Authority (1999–
2005). She was a Director
and Chair of the Investment
Committee of Steamship
Mutual (1999–2017). She
began her career as a lawyer
specialising in international
finance. Audette is the
founder and Chair of the
Adara Group, a pioneering
social enterprise which exists
to support people living in
extreme poverty, and is the
Chief Executive Officer of its
corporate advice businesses.
She is the recipient of
numerous awards, including
an honorary Order of
Australia for service to
humanity.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Suncorp Group
Limited (June 2012 to
September 2020).
Other principal directorships
and interests: Founder and
Chair of Adara Development
Australia, Adara
Development USA, Adara
Development Bermuda,
Adara Development UK and
Adara Development Uganda.
CEO and Director of Adara
Advisors Pty Limited and
Adara Partners (Australia)
Pty Limited.
Board Committees:
Independent Non-
Executive Director
Appointed: Director since
December 2020.
Experience: Michael has
substantial experience,
with over 35 years' in the
financial services industry,
including as Chief Executive
Officer and Managing
Director of Insurance
Australia Group from 2001
to 2008. Prior to this, he
held senior positions at
Westpac, and with Citibank
in Australia and Europe.
Michael was a Director of
Macquarie Bank Limited and
Macquarie Group Limited,
and a Director of Aviva plc.
Michael was also President
of the Insurance Council of
Australia, Chairman of the
Australian Financial Markets
Association, a Board
member of the Geneva
Association and a member
of the Financial Sector
Advisory Council.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Washington H. Soul
Pattinson and Company
Ltd (since October 2012),
Macquarie Group Limited
(March 2010 – September
2020), Macquarie Bank
Limited (March 2010 –
September 2020), Aviva
plc (January 2010 – March
2019).
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Director of BUPA Global
Board UK, Deputy Chairman
of BUPA ANZ Group,
and a Non-Executive
Director of the Museum of
Contemporary Art Australia.
Board Committees:
Independent Non-Executive
Director
Appointed: Director since
September 2020.
Experience: Chris has
significant experience in
mineral resources and
infrastructure, having spent
over 30 years working in
these fields globally. Chris
was formerly the Global
Chief Financial Officer of
Rio Tinto Group, based in
London, and an Executive
Director. Prior to this, he was
a Non-Executive Director
of Rio Tinto Group. Chris
was the Chief Executive
Officer of Transurban Group,
an international toll road
developer and manager with
interests in Australia and
North America from 2008
to 2012. His executive career
also included seven years at
BHP Billiton where he was
Chief Financial Officer and
then Executive Director and
Group President - Carbon
Steel Materials. Chris spent
20 years with Alcoa Inc.
where he held a number of
executive positions, including
Vice-President and Chief
Information Officer based in
Pittsburgh, USA and Chief
Financial Officer of Alcoa
Europe in Switzerland. He
was also managing director
of KAAL Australia Limited,
a joint venture company
formed by Alcoa and Kobe
Steel. Chris was formerly
a Commissioner of the
Australian Football League
from 2008 until 2014.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past
three years: Nil.
Other principal directorships
and interests: Director of
Business for Millennium
Development Ltd, Chairman
of the National Water Grid
Authority Advisory Board.
Board Committees:
Michael Hawker AM
BSc, FAICD, SF Fin, FAIM,
FIoD
Age: 62
Chris Lynch
BCom, MBA, FCPA
Age: 68
Board of Directors
38WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Peter Nash
BCom, FCA, F Fin
Age: 59
Independent Non-
Executive Director
Appointed: Director since
March 2018.
Experience: Peter was
formerly a Senior Partner
with KPMG, having been
admitted to the Australian
partnership in 1993. He
served as the National
Chairman of KPMG Australia
and served on KPMG’s
Global and Regional Boards.
His previous positions with
KPMG included Regional
Head of Audit for Asia
Pacific, National Managing
Partner for Audit in Australia
and head of KPMG Financial
Services. Peter has worked
in geographically diverse
and complex operating
environments providing
advice on a range of topics
including business strategy,
risk management, internal
controls, business processes
and regulatory change. He
has also provided financial
and commercial advice to
many State and Federal
Government businesses.
Peter is a former member
of the Business Council of
Australia and its Economic
and Regulatory Committee.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Johns Lyng Group
Limited (Chairman since
October 2017), Mirvac
Group (since November
2018) and ASX Limited
(since June 2019).
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Director of Golf Victoria
Limited and General Sir
John Monash Foundation.
Board member of the Koorie
Heritage Trust.
Board Committees:
Independent Non-
Executive Director
Appointed: Director since
March 2021.
Experience: Nora is an
experienced company
director with a background
as a senior banking
executive in international
and project financing.
Nora has served as Chair
and Director in a range
of companies across
various industry sectors
and in the public, private
and government arena.
Previously, Nora was a
director of a number of
other major ASX-listed
companies, an Associate
Professor at the Melbourne
Business School at
Melbourne University and
was formerly a member
of the Takeovers Panel. In
2003, Nora was awarded
a centenary medal for
services to Australian
society in business
leadership.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Telstra Corporation
Limited (since August
2010), AusNet Services Ltd
(since November 2016),
Brambles Limited (since
June 2020), Atlas Arteria
Limited (August 2014 to
November 2020), Atlas
Arteria International Limited
(April 2015 to November
2020) and OceanaGold
Corporation (April 2018 to
December 2019).
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Nil.
Board Committees:
Independent Non-
Executive Director
Appointed: Director since
March 2019.
Experience: Margie is an
experienced company
director and has served on
the boards of companies
across a range of industries.
She previously worked
in senior executive roles
in Australia and overseas
including in the consumer
goods, health and global
publishing sectors, and
sales and marketing, and in
the successful transition of
traditional business models
to digital environments.
Immediately prior to her
non-executive career,
Margie was Managing
Director of Random House
ANZ and President, Asia
Development for Random
House Inc. She was a
Director and then Chair of
Penguin Random House
Australia Pty Limited,
and a Director of Ramsay
Health Care Limited, Bank
of Queensland Limited and
the Australian Publishers’
Association. She also
served on the boards of
Chief Executive Women,
the Powerhouse Museum
and the Sydney Writers
Festival. She has been
on the Advisory Board of
J P Morgan ANZ, and the
Advisory Board for the
Australian Public Service
Commission Centre for
Learning and Leadership.
Directorships of listed
entities over the past three
years: Telstra Corporation
Limited (May 2012 to
October 2021) and Scentre
Group Limited (since
February 2016).
Other principal
directorships and interests:
Nil.
Board Committees:
Nora Scheinkestel
LLB (Hons), PhD, FAICD
Age: 61
Margaret (Margie) Seale
BA, FAICD
Age: 61
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
39WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Group General Counsel
& Enterprise Executive
Rebecca is responsible for
leading Westpac’s legal
function globally, as well as
leading the CEO’s office.
Rebecca joined Westpac
in 2002 and has held a
variety of other senior
leadership roles including
General Manager, Human
Resources for St.George
Bank and General Manager,
St.George Private Clients.
Rebecca began her
career at Blake Dawson
Waldron (now Ashurst)
before joining the US firm
Skadden Arps where she
worked in both New York
and London. Rebecca then
moved into an in-house
role in investment banking
at Goldman Sachs in
London before returning
to Australia and joining
Westpac.
Rebecca is a member of
Chief Executive Women.
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer,
Westpac Group
Peter was appointed
Westpac Group Chief
Executive Officer in April
2020, after holding the role
on an acting basis between
December 2019 and March
2020.
In his 25 years at Westpac,
Peter has held senior
finance roles including
Chief Financial Officer
with responsibility for
Westpac’s Finance, Group
Audit, Tax, Treasury
and Investor Relations
functions. Prior to this he
was Deputy Chief Financial
Officer for three years and
worked in senior positions
across the Group including
in Group Finance, Business
and Consumer Banking,
Business and Technology
Services, Treasury and
Financial Markets.
Peter commenced his
career at Deloitte Touche
Tohmatsu. He has a
Bachelor of Economics
from Sydney University and
completed the Advanced
Management Programme
at INSEAD.
He is a Fellow of the
Institute of Chartered
Accountants.
Chief Operating Officer
Scott joined Westpac
in November 2020 as
Chief Operating Officer
and leads our corporate
services, operations and
technology functions.
Scott has over 30 years’
global banking experience,
with a breadth of expertise
across technology,
operations, risk mitigation
and commercial
functions. Before joining
Westpac, Scott was Chief
Information & Operations
Officer for North America
Consumer Businesses
at Bank of Montreal,
Canada. Prior to that,
Scott held senior executive
positions at a number of
multinational financial
institutions including ANZ,
Citibank, Fifth Third Bank
and Bank of America.
Scott holds a Bachelor’s
Degree from the University
of Maryland in the
United States.
Chief Executive, Consumer
& Business Banking
Chris de Bruin joined
Westpac Group as Chief
Executive, Consumer, in
February 2021 and became
Chief Executive, Consumer
& Business Banking in
March 2021.
With nearly 25 years in the
financial services sector
globally, Chris’ experience
spans retail banking,
consumer product
portfolios, fintech and
digital banking.
He spent 13 years at
Standard Chartered Bank,
where he held a variety
of roles across Asia and
the Middle East, including
as Global Head of Retail
Products and Digital
Banking. Before joining
Westpac, Chris was Chief
Executive Officer of
Deem Finance, one of the
largest non-bank financial
institutions in the Middle
East. Prior to that, Chris
was President of Canadian
fintech Zafin and had been
an Associate Principal at
McKinsey & Company.
Chris was educated in
South Africa and holds an
MBA from the University of
Cape Town, and a Bachelor
of Science (Honours) from
Stellenbosch University.
Peter King
BEc, FCA
Age: 51
Scott Collary
BA, Humanities
Age: 57
Chris de Bruin
MBA, B.Sc. (Hons)
Age: 58
Rebecca Lim
B Econ, LLB (Hons)
Age: 49
Executive team
40WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Chief Executive,
Westpac Institutional
Bank
Anthony joined Westpac
Group as Chief Executive,
Westpac Institutional Bank
in October 2020. He has
responsibility for Westpac’s
global relationships with
corporate, institutional
and government clients,
as well as all products
across financial and capital
markets, transactional
banking, structured finance
and working capital
payments.
In addition, Anthony
has responsibility for
Westpac’s offices and
branches in Asia, London
and New York. Before
joining Westpac Group,
Anthony was CEO of
Australia & New Zealand
and Co-Head of Investment
Bank, Asia Pacific at
Deutsche Bank from 2017.
Prior to Deutsche Bank,
Anthony was a partner
at Goldman Sachs based
in Hong Kong within
the investment banking
division and previously
held a number of roles at
Goldman Sachs in Australia
and New Zealand having
joined the organisation
in 2001. Before joining
Goldman Sachs, Anthony
worked at Credit Suisse.
Anthony holds a Bachelor
of Law (Honours) from
Queensland University
of Technology, and
Bachelor of Arts (Japanese
Language, Modern Asian
Studies) from Griffith
University.
Group Executive,
Customer & Corporate
Relations
Carolyn was appointed
as Westpac’s Group
Executive, Customer and
Corporate Relations in
2018 and is responsible
for customer advocacy,
corporate affairs and
sustainability. The division
brings together customer
complaints, customer
remediation and the
customer advocate,
alongside corporate
affairs, government
relations, communications,
sustainability and
community.
Carolyn has more than
20 years’ experience in
corporate affairs, mainly
in the financial services
industry. This year Carolyn
also became responsible
for the Group’s COVID
response.
Carolyn joined Westpac
in 2013, as General
Manager, Corporate
Affairs and Sustainability.
Prior to joining Westpac,
Carolyn spent 13 years
at Insurance Australia
Group in various positions,
including Group General
Manager, Corporate Affairs
and Investor Relations.
She began her career
in consulting and has
extensive in-house and
consulting experience in
financial services. Carolyn
has a Bachelor of Arts
from The University of
Queensland, a Bachelor of
Business from Queensland
University of Technology,
and a Graduate Diploma
of Applied Finance and
Investment from the
Securities Institute of
Australia.
Group Executive,
Human Resources
Christine was appointed to
Westpac Group’s Executive
Team in October 2011. As
Group Executive, Human
Resources, Christine leads
the HR function for the
Group, responsible for
strengthening our service
oriented and inclusive
culture, attracting and
retaining the best talent,
developing and helping our
workforce to grow skills for
the future, rewarding and
recognising our people and
ensuring their health and
wellbeing. Christine has
responsibility for the office
of the Banking Executive
Accountability Regime
(BEAR) and also supports
the CEO and Board on
culture and conduct. Since
joining Westpac in 2007,
Christine has held a variety
of senior leadership roles
including Group General
Manager, Human Resources
and General Manager,
Human Resources for
Westpac New Zealand
Limited. Before joining
Westpac, Christine held
senior HR roles in a number
of high-profile organisations
and across a range of
industries, including Carter
Holt Harvey and Restaurant
Brands New Zealand.
Christine initially trained
as an Accountant and
continued her professional
development with a range of
post graduate qualifications
in HR Management,
Leadership and Quality
Management. Christine
is currently Chair of the
St.George Foundation,
Director of Orygen Youth
Mental Health Foundation,
and was previously a
Director of Women’s
Community Shelters and
member of the Veterans’
Employment Industry
Advisory Committee.
Acting Chief Executive
Officer, Westpac
New Zealand Limited
Simon has been Acting
Chief Executive Officer
of Westpac New Zealand
since June 2021. Prior to
his appointment as Acting
CEO he was General
Manager of Institutional &
Business Banking, and he
has also held the positions
of General Manager of
Consumer Banking &
Wealth, and General
Manager of Business Bank,
Private Bank, Wealth &
Insurance.
Prior to his banking career,
Simon spent 12 years as
a New Zealand Member
of Parliament. Between
2008-2011 he served
as Minister of Justice,
Minister of Commerce
and Minister of State-
Owned Enterprises. Simon
attended Wellington’s
Victoria University where
he obtained degrees in
both Law and Politics.
He has completed the
Advanced Management
Programme at Harvard
Business School, as well
as programmes at the
Australian Graduate
School of Management
and Melbourne Business
School.
Anthony Miller
LLB (Hons), BA
Age: 51
Carolyn McCann
BBus (Com), BA,
GradDipAppFin, GAICD
Age: 49
Christine Parker
BGDipBus (HRM)
Age: 61
Simon Power
BA, LLB, MA (Dist.)
Age: 52
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
41WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Group Executive,
Financial Crime,
Compliance & Conduct
Les was appointed Group
Executive, Financial
Crime, Compliance
and Conduct in June
2020. In this role, Les is
responsible for overseeing
and strengthening
the governance and
management of these risks.
Les has over 25 years’
executive experience
across transformation and
program delivery, risk and
governance, operations
and line management.
Joining Westpac in 2008,
Les has held a variety
of senior roles including
Chief Operating Officer,
Consumer Division and
Chief Risk Officer, BT
Financial Group. Prior to
Westpac, Les was Group
Executive for External
Funds at Investa Property
Group and Chief Executive
for Gaming at TAB Limited.
Les commenced his career
as a solicitor at the legal
firm Freehills.
Les holds a Bachelor of
Commerce and a Bachelor
of Laws with Honours,
both from University of
Queensland.
Chief Financial Officer
Michael joined Westpac
Group as Chief Financial
Officer in September
2020. He is responsible
for Westpac’s Finance,
Investor Relations, Tax and
Treasury functions.
Before joining Westpac,
Michael was a Partner in
Management Consulting
at KPMG. Before that he
held a number of senior
executive positions at ANZ
from 1999 to 2013. This
included CFO Institutional
Banking, CFO Wealth,
CFO New Zealand,
CFO Personal Financial
Services, and business
leadership roles as CEO
Pacific, Managing Director
Mortgages and General
Manager, Transformation.
Michael commenced his
career at KPMG, where he
was promoted to become a
Tax Partner in 1993.
Michael holds a Bachelor
of Commerce, University of
Melbourne and a Graduate
Diploma of Taxation Law,
Monash University. He is a
Fellow of the Institute of
Chartered Accountants in
Australia and New Zealand.
Chief Risk Officer
David was appointed Chief
Risk Officer in October
2018, with responsibility for
risk management across
the Group.
Prior to this, David was
the Chief Risk Officer for
Royal Bank of Scotland
(RBS) from 2013, having
joined in 2010 as the
Deputy Chief Risk Officer.
David has also previously
held other senior roles at
both retail and investment
banks in the UK, USA,
Hong Kong and Australia,
including serving as Chief
Risk Officer at ANZ and
Chief Credit Officer at
Credit Suisse Financial
Products. David has a
Bachelor of Business in
Banking and Finance from
Monash University and is
a Board member of the
International Financial Risk
Institute.
Chief Executive,
Specialist Businesses
& Group Strategy
Jason was appointed
Chief Executive, Specialist
Businesses in May 2020.
He is responsible for Group
Strategy, Corporate &
Business Development
and the Strategic Reviews
and potential divestments
of the Group’s Specialist
Businesses. Specialist
Businesses support
customers with wealth
needs including Insurance,
Superannuation and
Platforms and Investments,
as well as Auto Finance
and Pacific banking.
Most recently, Jason was
Chief Executive Officer
NewCo, CBA, where
he was appointed to
lead the demerger of
its wealth management
and mortgage broking
businesses. Prior to that, he
was Chief Executive Officer
& Managing Director,
SocietyOne, an early
financial services disrupter
and consumer finance
marketplace lender.
Jason was previously
with the Westpac Group
for more than 20 years,
holding a number of senior
positions including Group
Executive, Westpac Retail
& Business Banking, and a
range of senior executive
positions in BT Financial
Group. Jason holds a
Bachelor of Commerce
(Marketing & Finance)
from the University of New
South Wales and Graduate
Diploma in Applied Finance
and Investment from the
Securities Institute of
Australia.
Les Vance
BCom, LLB (Hons)
Age: 51
Michael Rowland
B.Comm, FCA
Age: 60
David Stephen
BBus
Age: 57
Jason Yetton
B.Comm (Finance & Mktg),
GradDipAppFin
Age: 50
Executive team
42WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
43WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Company Secretary
Tim was appointed
Company Secretary in
November 2011. Before
that appointment, Tim
was Head of Legal – Risk
Management & Workouts,
Counsel & Secretariat
and prior to that, he was
Counsel, Corporate Core.
Before joining Westpac
in 2006, Tim was a
Consultant with Gilbert +
Tobin, where he provided
corporate advisory
services to ASX-listed
companies. Tim was
previously a lawyer at
Henderson Boyd Jackson
W.S. in Scotland and in
London in Herbert Smith’s
corporate and corporate
finance division.
Tim Hartin
LLB (Hons.)
Age: 46
Company Secretary
EXECUTIVE TEAM
As at 30 September 2021 our Executive Team was:
NAMEPOSITION
YEAR
JOINED
GROUP
YEAR
APPOINTED
TO
POSITION
Peter King
Managing Director & Chief Executive
Officer
19942020
Scott Collary
Chief Operating Officer 20202020
Chris de Bruin
Chief Executive, Consumer
& Business Banking
20212021
Rebecca Lim
Group General Counsel & Enterprise
Executive
20022020
Carolyn McCann
Group Executive, Customer
& Corporate Relations
20132018
Anthony Miller
Chief Executive, Westpac
Institutional Bank
20202020
Christine Parker
Group Executive, Human Resources20072011
Simon Power
Acting Chief Executive Officer,
Westpac New Zealand Limited
20122021
Michael Rowland
Chief Financial Officer20202020
David Stephen
Chief Risk Officer20182018
Les Vance
Group Executive, Financial Crime,
Compliance & Conduct
20082020
Jason Yetton
Chief Executive, Specialist
Businesses & Group Strategy
20202020
There are no family relationships between or among any of our Directors or Executive Team.
44WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
Directors’ report
3. Operating and financial review
a) Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the
financial year ended 30 September 2021 were the
provision of financial services including lending, deposit
taking, payments services, investment platforms,
superannuation and funds management, insurance
services, leasing finance, general finance, interest rate
risk management and foreign exchange services.
During the period Westpac sold its general insurance
and lenders mortgage insurance businesses and
ceased to provide these services once the transactions
completed. Other than these changes, there have been
no significant changes in the nature of the principal
activities of the Group during 2021.
b) Operations and financial performance
Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking
Corporation for 2021 was $5,458 million, an increase of
$3,168 million or 138% compared to 2020.
The increase in net profit was predominantly due to
a credit impairment benefit of $590 million in 2021
compared to a charge of $3,178 million in 2020. Over
recent years, Westpac has incurred certain items that
have been called “notable items”. The net after tax
impact of these items was lower in 2021 ($1,601 million)
compared to 2020 ($2,619 million). 2021 items included:
•The write-down of assets (goodwill, capitalised
software and certain other assets);
•Additional provisions for estimated customer
refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation;
and
•Separation and transaction costs related to
divestment of the Group’s Specialist Businesses;
partly offset by
•Gains on sale of assets and non-core businesses.
The following is a summary of the movements in the
major line items in net profit for 2021 compared to 2020.
•Net interest income increased $162 million
compared to 2020 reflecting a 3 basis point
increase in reported net interest margin (to 2.06%)
partly offset by a small decline in average interest
earning assets of $2.3 billion (down less than 1%).
The decline in average interest earning assets was
mostly from lower business lending early in the year
and from a decline in other overseas assets as we
consolidated our operations in Asia. The rise in net
interest income was predominantly due to:
–A $667 million change in unrealised gains on
fair value economic hedges, from a charge of
$477 million in 2020 to a benefit of $190 million
in 2021; and
–Lower wholesale funding and deposit costs;
partly offset by
–Lower spreads on mortgages and business
lending from intense competition, and a shift in
the mix of the portfolio to lower spread fixed
rate lending; and
–Reduced returns on hedged capital and liquid
assets from lower interest rates.
•Non-interest income increased $877 million
compared to 2020. The rise was mainly due to:
–Gains on sale of assets and non-core businesses;
and
–Higher net wealth and insurance income due to
favourable life policyholder liability revaluation
and lower general insurance severe weather
claims; partly offset by
–Lower financial markets trading income from
lower volatility and the exit from energy trading;
and
–Lower net fee income from fee simplification
initiatives.
•Operating expenses increased $572 million or 4%
compared to 2020. The rise was mainly due to:
–Asset impairments (including goodwill and
capitalised software);
–An increase in full time equivalent (FTE)
employees and associated costs, principally to
improve risk management as part of our Fix
priority and increased mortgage volumes; partly
offset by
–Costs of the AUSTRAC proceedings including a
penalty in 2020.
The Group recognised a credit impairment benefit of
$590 million in 2021 compared to a charge of $3,178
million in 2020. In 2020, the Group materially increased
provisions in response to the expected economic
impact of COVID-19, including forecasts of prolonged
deterioration in economic activity, a rise in unemployment
and a decline in property prices. The improvement in
credit quality along with a better economic outlook has
meant that some of the provisions booked in 2020 are no
longer required. The Group also fully provided for a large
equipment finance fraud in 2021.
The effective tax rate of 35.7% was lower than the 2020
effective tax rate of 46.3% predominantly due to the
non-deductible items in 2020.
A review of the operations of the Group and its
divisions and their results for the financial year ended
30 September 2021 is set out in Section 2 of the Annual
Report under the sections ‘Review of Group operations’
(see pages 84 to 95), ‘Divisional performance’ (see
pages 96 to 111) and ‘Risk and risk management’ (see
pages 112 to 132), which form part of this report.
Further information about our financial position and
financial results is included in the financial statements
in Section 3 of this Annual Report (see pages 137 to
274), which form part of this report.
c) Dividends
Since 30 September 2021, Westpac has announced
a final ordinary dividend of 60 cents per Westpac
ordinary share, totaling approximately $2,201 million for
the year ended 30 September 2021. The dividend will
be fully franked and will be paid on 21 December 2021.
An interim ordinary dividend for the current financial
year of 58 cents per Westpac ordinary share for the
half year ended 31 March 2021 was paid as a fully
franked dividend on 25 June 2021 (no interim ordinary
dividend was paid in 2020).
45WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Directors’ report
Further, in respect of the year ended
30 September 2020, a fully franked final dividend of
31 cents per ordinary share totaling $1,120 million was
paid on 18 December 2020. The payment comprised
direct cash disbursements of $719 million with $401
million, being reinvested by participants through the
DRP.
New shares were issued under the DRP for the 2020
final ordinary dividend.
d) Significant changes in state of affairs and events
during and since the end of the 2021 financial
year
Throughout the financial year ended
30 September 2021, the Group has operated in a
challenging environment, including as a result of the
continued social and economic effects of COVID-19
over this year as well as historical regulatory matters.
In this environment, significant changes in the state of
affairs of the Group were:
•commencing a program of work to reduce the
bank’s cost base, targeting an $8 billion cost base
by Full Year 2024;
•Westpac’s entry into an enforceable undertaking
with APRA in relation to Westpac’s risk governance
remediation (EU), following APRA announcing the
findings of its risk governance review into Westpac
and expanding the existing Customer Outcomes
and Risk Excellence (CORE) program to deliver
the Integrated Plan and support the strengthening
of Westpac’s risk governance, accountability and
culture;
•implementing a number of multi-year programs
(in addition to the CORE program) that seek to
address identified shortcomings and significantly
improve Westpac’s management of risks;
•two BT MySuper products (AESA MySuper and
BT Super MySuper) failing the annual MySuper
performance test for the year ended 30 June 2021;
if these BT products also fail the next annual
performance test, the BT Trustee will be precluded
from accepting new MySuper members;
•APRA releasing further guidance on capital buffers
and the calculation of RWA including for specific
asset classes. As part of the proposal, APRA intends
to increase the capital conservation buffer from
2.5% to 4.0% and introduce a base level for the
countercyclical capital buffer of 1.0%. As a result,
the CET1 requirement (comprising the minimum
requirement and buffers) for the major banks
is proposed to increase from 8% to 10.5% from
1 January 2023;
•making changes to the Westpac Board and
Executive Team, as outlined in the Remuneration
Report (see pages 50 to 71);
•following a strategic review of the specialist
businesses in 2020:
–completing the sale of: Westpac General
Insurance Limited and Westpac General
Insurance Services Limited to Allianz, Westpac’s
Vendor Finance business to Angle Finance and
Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance Limited to
Arch Capital Group; and
–announcing the following transactions, which
have not yet completed: sale of Westpac’s
motor vehicle dealer finance and novated
leasing businesses to Angle Finance, sale
of Westpac Life-NZ-Limited to Fidelity Life
Assurance Company Limited; and sale of
Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited to TAL
Dai-ichi Life Australia Pty Limited; and
•ongoing regulatory changes and developments,
which have included changes relating to financial
services, superannuation, lending, remuneration,
cyber resilience, capital and liquidity, and other
regulatory requirements.
For a discussion of these matters, please refer to ‘Significant
developments’ in Section 1 of the Annual Report, which
forms part of this report (see pages 74 to 80).
On 1 November 2021, Westpac announced an
off- market buy back of up to $3.5 billion. Westpac’s
operating performance and progress on our strategic
priorities, including the completion of a number of
divestments, have contributed to a strong capital
position, allowing us to return capital to shareholders.
Shareholder participation in the buy-back is voluntary.
Westpac reserves the right to vary, suspend or
terminate the buy-back at any time.
Other than as set out above, the Directors are not
aware of any other matter or circumstance that
has occurred since 30 September 2021 that has
significantly affected or may significantly affect the
operations of the Group, the results of these operations
or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent
financial years.
e) Business strategies, developments and expected
results
Our business strategies, prospects and likely major
developments in the Group’s operations in future
financial years and the expected results of those
operations are discussed in the Strategic report (see
pages 1 to 32 and in ‘Significant developments’ in
Section 1 of the Annual Report (see pages 74 to 80),
which forms part of this report.
Further information on our business strategies and
prospects for the future financial years and likely
developments in our operations and the expected
results of operations have not been included in this
report because the Directors believe it would be likely
to result in unreasonable prejudice to us.
f) Risks to our financial performance, position and
our operations
Our financial position, our future financial results,
our operations and the success of our strategy are
subject to a range of risks. These risks are set out and
discussed in Section 2 of this Annual Report under the
section ‘Risk and risk management’, which forms part
of this report (see pages 112 to 132).
46WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
4. Directors’ interests
a) Directors’ interests in securities
The following particulars for each Director are set out in the Remuneration Report in Section 10 of the Directors’
report for the year ended 30 September 2021 and in the table below:
•their relevant interests in our shares or the shares of any of our related bodies corporate;
•their relevant interests in debentures of, or interests in, a registered scheme made available by us or any of our
related bodies corporate;
•their rights or options over shares in, debentures of, or interests in, any registered scheme made available by
us or any of our related bodies corporate; and
•any contracts:
– to which the Director is a party or under which they are entitled to a benefit; and
– that confer a right to call for or deliver shares in, debentures of, or interests in, a registered scheme made
available by us or any of our related bodies corporate.
Directors’ interests in Westpac and related bodies corporate as at 31 October 2021
Number of Relevant
Interests in Westpac
Ordinary Shares
Number of Westpac
Share Rights
Westpac Banking Corporation
Current Directors
John McFarlane40,000-
Peter King131,886380,568
1
Nerida Caesar13,583
2
-
Craig Dunn15,009-
Audette Exel AO4,000-
Michael Hawker AM19,252-
Chris Lynch13,090
3
-
Peter Marriott22,110-
Peter Nash15,260-
Nora Scheinkestel5,172
Margaret Seale10,438
4
-
Former Directors
Steven Harker11,605
5
-
Alison Deans 15,632
6
-
6
1.Share rights issued under the Long Term Variable Reward Plan.
2.As at 30 September 2021, Nerida Caesar’s related parties also hold the following interests in registered schemes made available by
certain related bodies corporate of Westpac in their capacity as the responsible entity of the registered scheme: (a) 364,032.0377
units in Ironbark Karara Wholesale Plus Aust Small Companies Fund; (b) 255,025.9616 units in PIMCO Wholesale Plus Global Bond
Fund; (c) 7,794.8400 units in Fidelity Wholesale Plus Australian Equities Fund; and (d) 97,602.0228 units in Walter Scott Wholesale
Plus Global Equity Fund.
3.Chris Lynch and his related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 1,137 Westpac Capital Notes 5.
4.Margaret Seale and her related bodies corporate also hold relevant interests in 100 Westpac Capital Notes 7 (WBCPJ).
5.Figure displayed is as at Steven Harker’s retirement date of 26 October 2021.
6.Figure displayed is as at Alison Dean’s retirement date of 11 December 2020.
Note: Certain subsidiaries of Westpac offer a range of registered schemes. The Directors from time to time invest in these schemes and are
required to provide a statement to the ASX when any of their interests in these schemes change. ASIC has exempted each Director from
the obligation to notify the ASX of a relevant interest in a security that is an interest in BT Cash Management Trust (ARSN 087 531 539),
BT Premium Cash Fund (ARSN 089 299 730), Westpac Cash Management Trust (ARSN 088 187 928) or Advance Cash Multi-Blend Fund
(ARSN 094 113 050).
47WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Directors’ report
b) Indemnities and insurance
Under the Westpac Constitution, unless it is forbidden
or would be made void by statute, we indemnify any
person who is or has been a Director or Company
Secretary of Westpac and of each of our related
bodies corporate (except related bodies corporate
listed on a recognised stock exchange), any person
who is or has been an employee of Westpac or our
subsidiaries (except subsidiaries listed on a recognised
stock exchange), and any person who is or has been
acting as a responsible manager under the terms of
an Australian Financial Services Licence of any of
Westpac’s wholly- owned subsidiaries against every
liability (other than a liability for legal costs) incurred
by each such person in their capacity as director,
company secretary, employee or responsible manager,
as the case may be; and all legal costs incurred in
defending or resisting (or otherwise in connection
with) proceedings, whether civil or criminal or of an
administrative or investigatory nature, in which the
person becomes involved because of that capacity.
Each of the Directors named in this Directors’ report
and the Company Secretary of Westpac has the benefit
of this indemnity.
Consistent with shareholder approval at the
2000 Annual General Meeting, Westpac has entered
into a Deed of Access and Indemnity with each of the
Directors, which includes indemnification in identical
terms to that provided in the Westpac Constitution.
Westpac also executed a deed poll in September 2009
providing indemnification equivalent to that provided
under the Westpac Constitution to individuals who are
or have been acting as:
•statutory officers (other than as a director) of
Westpac;
•directors and other statutory officers of wholly-
owned subsidiaries of Westpac; and
•directors and statutory officers of other nominated
companies as approved by Westpac in accordance
with the terms of the deed poll and Westpac’s
Contractual Indemnity Policy.
Some employees of Westpac’s related bodies
corporate and responsible managers of Westpac and
its related bodies corporate are also currently covered
by a deed poll that was executed in November 2004,
which is on similar terms to the September 2009 deed
poll.
The Westpac Constitution also permits us, to the
extent permitted by law, to pay or agree to pay
premiums for contracts insuring any person who is or
has been a Director or Company Secretary of Westpac
or any of its related bodies corporate against liability
incurred by that person in that capacity, including a
liability for legal costs, unless:
•we are forbidden by statute to pay or agree to pay
the premium; or
•the contract would, if we paid the premium, be
made void by statute.
Under the September 2009 deed poll, Westpac also
agrees to provide directors’ and officers’ liability
insurance to Directors of Westpac and Directors of
Westpac’s wholly-owned subsidiaries (except wholly-
owned subsidiaries listed on a recognised stock
exchange).
For the year ended 30 September 2021, the Group has
insurance cover which, in certain circumstances, will
provide reimbursement for amounts which we have to
pay under the indemnities set out above. That cover
is subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant
insurance, including but not limited to the limit of
indemnity provided by the insurance. The insurance
policies prohibit disclosure of the premium payable
and the nature of the liabilities covered.
c) Share rights outstanding
As at the date of this report there are 3,624,609 share
rights outstanding in relation to Westpac ordinary
shares. The latest dates for exercise of the share rights
range between 1 October 2022 and 1 October 2035.
Holders of outstanding share rights in relation to
Westpac ordinary shares do not have any rights under
the share rights to participate in any share issue or
interest of Westpac or any other body corporate.
d) Proceedings on behalf of Westpac
No application has been made and no proceedings
have been brought or intervened in, on behalf of
Westpac under section 237 of the Corporations Act.
48WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
5. Environmental disclosure
The Westpac Group’s environmental framework is
made up of:
• our Sustainability Strategy;
• our Westpac Group Environment Policy and targets;
• our Sustainability Risk Management Framework;
• our Climate Change Position Statement and 2023
Action Plan;
• our positions on certain sensitive sectors;
• our Responsible Sourcing Code of Conduct and
Responsible Sourcing Program; and
• public reporting of our environmental performance.
We participate in a number of voluntary initiatives
including the Dow Jones Sustainability Index, CDP
(formerly known as the Climate Disclosure Project),
the Equator Principles, the Principles for Responsible
Banking, the Principles for Responsible Investment, the
United Nations Global Compact, the RE100 and the
Australian Government Climate Active Carbon Neutral
Standard. We also review our performance against
a number of Environmental, Social and Governance
(ESG) benchmarks, including Sustainalytics, MSCI ESG
and ISS. We report in line with the recommendations of
the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(TCFD).
The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act
2007 (NGER) came into effect in September 2007. The
Group reports on greenhouse gas emissions, energy
consumption and production under the NGER for the
period 1 July through 30 June each year.
Our operations are not subject to any other significant
environmental regulation under any law of the
Commonwealth of Australia or of any state or territory
of Australia. We may, however, become subject to
environmental regulation as a result of our lending
activities in the ordinary course of business and we
have policies in place to ensure that this potential risk is
addressed as part of our normal processes.
We are not aware of the Group incurring any material
liability (including for rectification costs) under any
environmental legislation.
Westpac has reported its performance against its
2021 Sustainability Strategy and provides an update in
the section titled ‘climate change’ in Section 1 of this
Annual Report. Our Sustainability Supplement provides
disclosures aligned to the recommendations of the
TCFD (see pages 28 to 29).
Additional information about our environmental
performance, including information on our climate
change approach, details of our greenhouse gas
emissions profile and environmental footprint, and
progress against our environmental targets and carbon
neutral program are available on our website at https://
www.westpac.com.au/about-westpac/sustainability/.
6. Human rights disclosure
Westpac’s overall approach to human rights is set
out in our Human Rights Position Statement and
2023 Action Plan. This lays out the principles and
actions that guide our approach and commitment
to respecting human rights in our role as a financial
services provider, lender, purchaser of goods and
services, employer, and supporter of communities.
For example, our Responsible Sourcing Program,
including the Responsible Sourcing Code of Conduct
and risk assessment methodology is the primary
framework for identifying and addressing human rights
in our supply chain.
The Group is subject to the Commonwealth of
Australia’s Modern Slavery Act 2018 (Cth) and the
United Kingdom’s Transparency in Supply Chains
provisions under the Modern Slavery Act 2015.
As required under the Australian and UK legislation,
Westpac publishes an annual statement to disclose the
steps taken during the year to help prevent modern
slavery from occurring within the Group’s operations
and supply chain. Westpac published its statement for
the 2020 financial year in March 2021.
7. Rounding of amounts
Westpac is an entity to which ASIC Corporations
Instrument 2016/191 dated 24 March 2016, relating
to the rounding of amounts in directors’ reports and
financial reports, applies. Pursuant to this Instrument,
amounts in this Directors’ report and the accompanying
financial report have been rounded to the nearest
million dollars, unless indicated to the contrary.
8. Political engagement
In line with Westpac policy, no cash donations were
made to political parties during the financial year
ended 30 September 2021.
In Australia, political expenditure for the financial year
ended 30 September 2021 was $137,151. This relates
to payment for participation in legitimate political
engagement activities where they were assessed to be
of direct business relevance to Westpac. Such activities
include business observer programs attached to annual
party conferences, policy dialogue forums and other
political engagement activities, such as speeches and
events with industry participants.
In New Zealand, political expenditure for the financial
year ended 30 September 2021 was NZD$10,321.
49WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Directors’ report
9. Directors’ meetings
The Westpac Banking Corporation Board met 12 times during the year ended 30 September 2021. In addition,
Directors attended Board strategy sessions and special purpose committee meetings during the year.
The following table includes:
•Names of the Directors that held office at any time during, or since the end of the financial year.
•The number of scheduled and unscheduled Board and Board Committee meetings held during the financial
year that each Director, as a member of the Board or Board Committee was eligible to attend, and the number
of meetings attended by each Director.
The table excludes the attendance of those Directors who attended the Board Committee meetings of which they
are not a member.
Scheduled
meetings
Unscheduled
meetings
3
Risk
Legal,
Regulatory &
ComplianceAuditRemuneration
Nominations &
GovernanceTechnology
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Held
1
At-
tend-
ed
2
Director
John McFarlane
4
9933n/an/an/an/an/an/an/an/a44n/an/a
Peter King
5
9933n/an/an/an/an/an/an/an/an/an/a44
Nerida Caesar
6
9933n/an/a1010n/an/an/an/an/an/a44
Craig Dunn
7
99331010n/an/an/an/a8844n/an/a
Audette Exel AO
8
11n/an/a11n/an/an/an/an/an/an/an/a00
Steven Harker
9
9933n/an/a10105566n/an/an/an/a
Michael Hawker AM
10
8822n/an/a87n/an/an/an/a3333
Chris Lynch
11
99331010n/an/a55n/an/an/an/an/an/a
Peter Marriott
12
99331010101055n/an/a4444
Peter Nash
13
99331010101055n/an/a44n/an/a
Nora Scheinkestel
14
66n/an/a66n/an/an/an/a55n/an/an/an/a
Margaret Seale
15
9933551010n/an/a8822n/an/a
Former Director
Alison Deans
16
222222n/an/an/an/a321111
1.The number of scheduled meetings held during the time the Director was a member of the Board or Board Committee.
2.The number of scheduled Board or Committee meetings that the Director attended as a member.
3.Out of cycle meetings normally called for a special purpose that do not form part of the Board’s forward agenda.
4.Chairman of the Board and Chairman of the Board Nominations & Governance Committee.
5.Retired as a member of the Board Technology Committee on 1 September 2021.
6.Member of the Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Committee and the Board Technology Committee.
7.Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee. Member of the Board Risk Committee and Board Nominations & Governance
Committee.
8.Appointed as a Director and member of the Board Risk Committee and the Board Technology Committee on 1 September 2021.
9.Appointed as a member of the Board Remuneration Committee on 1 December 2020. Member of the Board Audit Committee and
Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Committee. Retired as a Director on 26 October 2021.
10.Appointed as a Director and member of the Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Committee and Board Technology Committee
on 1 December 2020. Appointed as Chairman of the Board Technology Committee and as a member of the Board Nominations &
Governance Committee on 11 December 2020.
11.Member of the Board Audit Committee and Board Risk Committee.
12.Chairman of the Board Risk Committee and member of the Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Committee, Board Audit
Committee, Board Nominations & Governance Committee and Board Technology Committee.
13.Chairman of the Board Audit Committee and member of the Board Risk Committee, Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance
Committee and Board Nominations & Governance Committee. Ceased to be the Chairman of the Board Legal, Regulatory &
Compliance Committee on 1 April 2021.
14.Appointed as a Director and member of the Board Risk Committee and Board Remuneration Committee on 1 March 2021.
15.Appointed as Chairman of the Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Committee and as a member of the Board Risk Committee and
Board Nominations & Governance Committee on 1 April 2021. Member of the Board Remuneration Committee.
16.Retired as a Director following the completion of the 2020 Annual General Meeting.
50WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
Our remuneration framework will continue to play a key
role in supporting the strategic priorities and driving
performance and outcomes for all of our stakeholders.
2021 remuneration outcomes
In making this year's remuneration decisions, the Board
has sought to reflect and balance performance, risk and
shareholder outcomes.
In doing so, the Board has taken into account the
impact of historical issues, including further remediation
provisions, asset write-downs and litigation. It has
balanced these disappointing outcomes, with the good
progress made on Westpac’s strategic priorities by the
renewed Executive team. It is critical that we measure
and reward the organisation's progress in transforming
the company and addressing past issues – as this will
ultimately drive shareholder value.
Unfortunately, as we work through the Fix and Simplify
priorities, some new unknown issues from the past
have surfaced, and costs of other historical issues
have increased or become clearer. The culture we are
building encourages the identification and effective
rectification of issues along with establishing controls
to stop them happening again – and this should be
recognised. It is also important, where possible, that
we hold relevant executives accountable for such
issues, when they bear accountability, as we do through
the application of consequences including individual
remuneration adjustments.
In summary, key remuneration outcomes for 2021
include:
•The CEO's 2021 Short Term Variable Reward (STVR)
outcome was 47% of the maximum opportunity;
•The average 2021 STVR outcome for Group
Executives was 48% of the maximum opportunity,
with outcomes ranging from 0% to 70%;
•The 2018 Long Term Variable Reward (LTVR) lapsed
in full for the sixth consecutive year;
•Remuneration adjustments were applied to two
former Group Executives for risk and compliance
outcomes resulting in reductions to 2021 STVR;
10.Remuneration Report
Letter from the Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee
Directors’ report
Dear shareholders,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present
Westpac’s 2021 Remuneration Report.
Group performance and strategic priorities
2021 was a year of renewal focused on our strategy to
Fix, Simplify and Perform. This Annual Report outlines
our progress on these strategic priorities, which have
been central to how we have measured and rewarded
performance this year.
The COVID-19 pandemic has continued to have a
profound impact on all areas of society. Westpac
has been proud to deliver a range of measures for
our customers to help provide a level of support and
certainty, including repayment deferrals, certain fee
waivers and low interest loans.
Westpac's result this year, with reported net profit
up 138% and cash earnings up 105%, has been mostly
due to two factors: a reduction in notable items (large
infrequent items that do not reflect ongoing operations)
and a $3.8 billion turnaround in impairment charges.
On a cash earnings basis, our underlying operating
performance (earnings before impairment charges
and notable items) was down on 2020, and finished
5% below the target agreed with the Board at the
beginning of the year.
Pleasingly, we restored mortgage growth through the
year, though margins were down from very low interest
rates and strong competition and, as a result, net
interest income was lower. To drive improved earnings,
we have established a cost reset program targeting
a cost base of $8 billion by 2024, although operating
costs (excluding notable items) were higher this year, up
8% given the Fix agenda and higher volumes, including
COVID-19 assistance. Variable reward payments were
also higher recognising the remuneration decisions
made by the Board in 2020 to reflect collective
accountability for the AUSTRAC matter.
Although we have made good progress on
implementing our strategic priorities, particularly
simplifying our business, more issues have emerged
as we have worked to improve our management of
risk and delved deeper into our processes. These
have included additional regulatory actions and
investigations, weaknesses in our calculation of liquidity
ratios and further remediation provisions. This has been
disappointing – clearly, we have more to do.
2021 was a year of
renewal focused on
Fix, Simplify and
Perform.
51WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
•A range of remuneration and other consequences
were applied to other current and former employees
in relation to the potential fraud by Forum Finance;
•Two Group Executives received total target
remuneration increases reflecting increased scope
and accountability in their expanded roles; and
•Total realised remuneration by the CEO and Group
Executives was higher year on year given the
cancellation of 2020 STVR to demonstrate collective
accountability for the outcomes that led to the
AUSTRAC proceedings.
A summary of remuneration decisions and outcomes
for 2021 is set out following this letter, along with
a summary of executive appointments and exit
arrangements.
In addition, the Board reviewed the CEO's target
remuneration package for 2022 and determined an
increase of 3% to align with market. Further details will
be included in the Notice of the 2021 Annual General
Meeting.
The Board also determined that one other Group
Executive will receive an increase of 4% to their 2022
target remuneration package to align with market.
Future direction
Executive remuneration structure review
Amidst the changing environment, the Group continued
its review of the executive remuneration structure.
The key objective of the review is to ensure that our
remuneration structure continues to support Westpac's
strategy, as well as our remuneration strategy and
principles, while meeting the requirements of APRA's
Prudential Standard CPS 511 (Remuneration).
A key focus is to support further alignment to the long
term interests of shareholders and provide market
competitive remuneration. The minimum shareholding
requirement will also be updated as part of the review.
In the interim, any shares that may be delivered to
the CEO and Group Executives through LTVR grants
from 2022 onwards are only able to be sold to meet
tax obligations, until their minimum shareholding
requirement is met.
In addition, the CEO has made a commitment to not
sell any Westpac shareholdings while he is below his
minimum shareholding requirement, except for the
purpose of meeting tax obligations.
We look forward to continuing to engage with
shareholders on the review.
Environmental, social and governance focus
Westpac recognises the importance of integrating how
we address environmental, social and governance (ESG)
issues in the remuneration framework and ensuring that
it supports and enables progress in these areas.
This is currently achieved through the inclusion of
certain measures in the Group STVR scorecard which
are aligned to the ESG related priorities integrated in
our strategy. The modifier also includes reference to
aspects of our ESG priorities and for 2022, the modifier
will include an explicit component for climate related
priorities.
On behalf of the Board, I invite you to read our
Remuneration Report and welcome your feedback. I
hope you find the summaries on the following page to
be a useful reference when reading the broader Report.
Craig Dunn, Chairman
Board Remuneration Committee
In this Report
1.Key Management Personnel53
2.Summary of the 2021 executive remuneration framework54
3.2021 remuneration outcomes and alignment to performance56
4.Further detail on the executive variable reward structure60
5.Remuneration governance62
6.Non-executive Director remuneration64
7.Statutory remuneration details65
52WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
Chief
Executive
Officer
• The CEO’s target remuneration package remained in line with the prior year comprising fixed remuneration of
$2,400,000
1
, target STVR of $2,400,000 (which may be awarded at between 0% and 150% of target depending on
performance) and LTVR of $3,200,000. This represents a 10.7% reduction relative to the former CEO.
• In 2021, the CEO received $2.40 million in fixed remuneration, $0.84 million in cash STVR and $0.17 million in deferred
STVR awarded in prior years that vested during the year, equalling $3.41 million in total realised remuneration (i.e. take
home pay).
• The CEO’s 2021 STVR outcome is 47% of maximum opportunity.
• The 2018 LTVR outcome is zero. The LTVR lapsed in full because the relative TSR and cash ROE hurdles were not
achieved.
Non-
executive
Directors
• There was no change to Non-executive Director base fees, which have not increased since 1 October 2014.
Group
Executives
• The average 2021 STVR outcome for Group Executives was 48% of maximum opportunity, with outcomes ranging
from 0% to 70%.
• A total target remuneration increase of 11% was approved for Chris de Bruin in line with the increased scope and
accountability associated with his new role in merging and leading the Consumer & Business Bank.
• A total target remuneration increase of 11% was approved for Les Vance in line with the increased scope and
accountability including Financial Crime Operations, the integrated plan under the Enforceable Undertaking and the
Customer Outcomes and Risk Excellence (CORE) program.
All
employees
• Remuneration arrangements continued to be refined including the removal of short term variable reward for certain
employee groups. Over 14,000 employees will progressively transition to fixed remuneration arrangements without any
variable reward by the end of 2022.
• The Group managed 1,306 employee conduct matters in Australia in 2021, of which 95 employees exited the business
and 828 employees were subject to formal disciplinary outcomes.
Summary of remuneration decisions and actions
Summary of appointment and exit arrangements
New ExecutivesAppointment arrangements
Scott Collary
Chief Operating Officer
• Total target remuneration of $4,700,000
1
comprised of 26% fixed remuneration, 26% STVR and 48%
LTVR.
• Pro rata 2021 LTVR grant.
• Buy out award
2
comprising cash and equity components totalling $2,153,360.
• Relocation benefits.
Chris de Bruin
Chief Executive,
Consumer & Business
Banking
• Total target remuneration of $4,500,000
1
comprised of 26% fixed remuneration, 26% STVR and 48%
LTVR. Total target remuneration was subsequently increased by 11% reflecting his new role in merging
and leading the Consumer & Business Bank.
• Pro rata 2021 LTVR grant.
• Buy out award
2
comprising cash and equity components totalling $1,845,570.
• Relocation benefits.
Anthony Miller
Chief Executive, Westpac
Institutional Bank
• Total target remuneration of $4,500,000
1
comprised of 26% fixed remuneration, 26% STVR and 48%
LTVR.
• Pro rata 2021 LTVR grant.
• Buy out award
2
comprising cash and equity components totalling $5,717,540.
Former ExecutivesExit arrangements
3
Guil Lima
Chief Executive,
Business
• Received contractual requirements in line with retrenchment.
• Unvested equity remains on foot.
• Eligible for 2021 STVR on a pro rata basis.
David McLean
Chief Executive Officer,
Westpac New Zealand
• Received contractual requirements in line with retirement.
• Unvested equity remains on foot.
• Eligible for 2021 STVR on a pro rata basis.
Gary Thursby
Acting Chief
Information Officer
• Received contractual requirements in line with retrenchment.
• Unvested equity remains on foot.
• Not eligible for 2021 STVR.
1. Excludes the increase to the superannuation guarantee rate from 9.5% to 10% effective 1 July 2021.
2. Provided in exceptional circumstances to compensate external hires for remuneration foregone from their previous employer on
resignation to join Westpac. Awards reflect the vesting profile at the previous employer and are subject to continued service and
adjustment.
3. Refer to Section 5.4 for an overview of employment agreements including termination provisions.
53WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
1.Key Management Personnel
The remuneration of KMP is disclosed in the Report. In 2021, KMP comprised the CEO, Group Executives and
Non-executive Directors as set out in the table below. Disclosures related to former KMP that ceased in 2020 are
included in the 2020 Annual Report.
KMP is defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the
activities of an entity, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of that entity.
NamePositionTerm as KMP
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter KingManaging Director & Chief Executive OfficerFull Year
Group Executives
Scott Collary
1
Chief Operating OfficerCommenced in KMP role on 2 November 2020
Chris de Bruin
2
Chief Executive, Consumer & Business BankingCommenced in KMP role on 4 January 2021
Carolyn McCannGroup Executive, Customer & Corporate RelationsFull Year
Anthony MillerChief Executive, Westpac Institutional BankCommenced in KMP role on 19 October 2020
Christine ParkerGroup Executive, Human ResourcesFull Year
Simon PowerActing Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New ZealandCommenced in KMP role on 26 June 2021
Michael RowlandChief Financial OfficerFull Year
David StephenChief Risk OfficerFull Year
Les VanceGroup Executive, Financial Crime, Compliance & ConductFull Year
Jason Yetton
3
Chief Executive, Specialist Businesses & Group StrategyFull Year
Former Group Executives
Richard BurtonActing Chief Executive, ConsumerCeased in KMP role on 31 January 2021
Guil LimaChief Executive, BusinessCeased in KMP role on 22 March 2021
David McLeanChief Executive Officer, Westpac New ZealandCeased in KMP role on 25 June 2021
Gary ThursbyActing Chief Information OfficerCeased in KMP role on 23 November 2020
Alastair WelshActing Group Executive, Enterprise ServicesCeased in KMP role on 23 November 2020
Curt ZuberActing Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional BankCeased in KMP role on 19 October 2020
Current Non-executive Directors
John McFarlaneChairmanFull Year
Nerida CaesarDirectorFull Year
Craig Dunn
4
DirectorFull Year
Audette Exel AO
5
DirectorCommenced in KMP role on 1 September 2021
Steven Harker
6
DirectorFull Year
Michael Hawker AM
7
DirectorCommenced in KMP role on 1 December 2020
Chris LynchDirectorFull Year
Peter MarriottDirectorFull Year
Peter NashDirectorFull Year
Nora Scheinkestel
8
DirectorCommenced in KMP role on 1 March 2021
Margaret SealeDirectorFull Year
Former Non-executive Director
Alison DeansDirectorRetired on 11 December 2020 following
completion of the 2020 Annual General
Meeting
1.Scott Collary commenced as a Group Executive on 2 November 2020 and assumed responsibility for the Chief Operating Office on 23
November 2020. Alastair Welsh and Gary Thursby continued in their respective Acting Group Executive roles until 23 November 2020.
2.Chris de Bruin commenced as Group Executive on 4 January 2021 and assumed responsibility for the Consumer division on 1 February
2021. Chris de Bruin was appointed Chief Executive, Consumer & Business Banking on 22 March 2021. Richard Burton continued in the
Acting Chief Executive, Consumer role until 31 January 2021.
3.Jason Yetton’s title was changed from Chief Executive, Specialist Businesses, Strategy & Transformation to Chief Executive, Specialist
Businesses & Group Strategy on 14 December 2020. Jason’s total target remuneration was not changed.
4.Craig Dunn will retire from the Board following the 2021 Annual General Meeting.
5.Audette Exel was appointed as a Non-executive Director on 1 September 2021.
6.Steven Harker retired from the Board on 26 October 2021.
7.Michael Hawker was appointed as a Non-executive Director on 1 December 2020.
8.Nora Scheinkestel was appointed as a Non-executive Director on 1 March 2021.
54WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
2.Summary of the 2021 executive remuneration framework
Our purpose and strategy are supported by our remuneration strategy, principles and frameworks.
Westpac’s purpose and strategy
Westpac’s purpose is to help Australians and New Zealanders succeed. Our strategy seeks to deliver on our
purpose by building deep and enduring customer relationships, being a leader in the community, being a
place where the best people want to work and, in so doing, delivering sustainable returns for shareholders.
In delivering our strategy, we have three priorities that help guide our activities:
•Fix;
•Simplify; and
•Perform.
Remuneration strategy
Westpac’s remuneration strategy is designed to attract and retain talented employees by rewarding
them for achieving high performance and delivering superior long-term results for our customers and
shareholders, while adhering to sound risk management and governance principles.
Remuneration principles
The remuneration strategy is underpinned by the following principles:
•align remuneration with customer and shareholder interests;
•support an appropriate risk culture and employee conduct;
•differentiate pay for behaviour and performance in line with our vision and strategy;
•provide market competitive and fair remuneration;
•enable recruitment and retention of talented employees;
•provide the ability to risk-adjust remuneration; and
•be simple, flexible and transparent.
Executive remuneration framework
Fixed remunerationSTVR
LTVR
Purpose
Attract and retain high
quality executives through
market competitive and fair
remuneration.
Ensure a portion of remuneration is variable,
at-risk and linked to the delivery of agreed
plan targets for financial and non-financial
measures that support Westpac’s strategic
priorities. The STVR outcome can range
from 0% to 100% of target depending on
performance relative to targets agreed at
the beginning of the year, or exceed 100%
(up to a maximum of 150% of target) when
exceptional performance is achieved.
Align executive accountability and
remuneration with the long-term
interests of shareholders by rewarding
the delivery of sustained Group
performance over the long term.
Delivery
Comprises cash salary,
salary sacrificed items and
superannuation contributions.
Awarded in cash (50%) and restricted
shares
1
(50%) based on an assessment
of performance over the preceding year.
Restricted shares vest in equal portions after
one and two years following grant subject to
continued service and adjustment.
Awarded in performance share rights
which vest after four years subject
to the achievement of a relative
Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
performance hurdle, continued service
and adjustment.
Alignment to performance
Set with reference to market
benchmarks in the financial
services industry in Australia
and globally as well as the size,
responsibilities and complexity
of the role, and the skills and
experience of the executive.
Individual performance
impacts fixed remuneration
adjustments.
Performance is assessed using a scorecard
comprising:
•a values and behaviours assessment
against Westpac's values;
•financial and non-financial measures
linked to Westpac’s key strategic
priorities; and
•a modifier to support the adjustment of
the outcome, upwards or downwards
(including to zero), for risk and
reputation matters, people management
matters and any other matters as
determined by the Board.
Performance is assessed against
relative TSR which is a comparative
measure of Westpac’s performance
relative to that of peers (measured
over four years).
Alignment to shareholders
Minimum shareholding
requirements equivalent to five
times annual fixed remuneration
excluding superannuation for the
CEO and $1.2 million for Group
Executives. These requirements
must be satisfied within five
years of appointment.
Half of the STVR award is deferred into
equity for a period of up to two years to
support alignment with shareholders over
the medium term.
The LTVR is delivered in equity and
the relative TSR performance hurdle
is aligned to long-term shareholder
returns and value creation.
1.The Group Executives outside of Australia receive deferred STVR as unhurdled share rights.
55WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
2.1. Risk
Westpac’s remuneration arrangements are designed and managed to support effective risk management, the
generation of appropriate risk-based returns and the risk profile associated with our businesses which incorporate
products with varying complexity and maturity profiles.
• Remuneration outcomes: The performance of the Group and each division is reviewed and measured with
reference to how risk is managed in line with Westpac’s Risk Appetite Statement and the results influence
remuneration outcomes. The key risks that are considered include strategic risk, risk culture, operational risk,
compliance and conduct, financial crime, cyber risk, reputational and sustainability risk, capital adequacy,
funding and liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk. In addition, STVR outcomes are influenced by relevant
risk-related matters through the Board’s application of the scorecard modifier, which is informed by risk and
compliance input independent of the business or functional area.
• Variable reward pool: The Board determines the size of the variable reward pool each year. This is based on
the Group’s performance for the year and an assessment of how profit should be shared between shareholders
and employees while retaining sufficient capital for growth. A broad range of non-financial measures including
customer outcomes, talent retention and market competitiveness are considered when determining the pool.
• Mandatory risk and compliance requirements: Individuals are only eligible to receive a fixed remuneration
adjustment, STVR and LTVR where an individual has satisfied minimum requirement gates which require that
behaviours are in line with Westpac’s Values and Code of Conduct and that the individual has met the risk and
compliance requirements for their role and business.
• Remuneration adjustments for prior period matters: The Board may adjust all forms of unvested deferred
variable reward downward, including to zero, for matters arising from a prior period if circumstances or
information come to light which mean that in the Board’s view all or part of the award was not appropriate.
Having decided that a downward adjustment is appropriate and determined the amount of any adjustment,
typically the Board will first apply that adjustment against the STVR for the current performance period. In
instances where an adjustment to current year STVR is insufficient or unavailable, the Board may apply the
adjustment to unvested deferred variable reward. Clawback provides an additional mechanism to recover
vested deferred variable reward in certain limited circumstances for awards made in respect of performance
periods commencing on or after 1 October 2019. It is the Board’s current intention that clawback will only be
considered for relevant conduct that occurred on or after 1 October 2019.
2.2. 2021 target remuneration mix
1
30% fix ed
remunerati on
15% STVR
(cash component)
15% STVR
(deferred
component)
40% LTVR
Chief Executive Officer
26% fix ed
remunerati on
13% STVR
(cash component)
13% STVR
(deferred
component)
48% LTVR
Group Executives
2
1. Based on target STVR and LTVR (face value). Variation in the target remuneration mix by individual may apply.
2. Excludes Control Function Group Executives with a target remuneration mix comprised of 32% fixed remuneration, 24% STVR and
44% LTVR. This applies to the Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations, the Group Executive, Financial Crime, Compliance &
Conduct, the Chief Financial Officer, the Group Executive, Human Resources and the Chief Risk Officer.
2.3. Timeline of potential remuneration
20222023202420252021
Date eli gible for vesting
Date granted
Date paid
Cash STVR award (50%)
Fixed remuneration
LTVR award s ubject to r elati ve T SR performance (100%) – measure d o ver 4 years
Deferred STVR award (25%)
Deferred STVR award (25%)
56WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
3. 2021 remuneration outcomes and alignment to performance
3.1. Snapshot of 2021 remuneration outcomes
2021
STVR
The CEO's 2021 STVR outcome was 47% of the maximum opportunity.
The average 2021 STVR outcome for Group Executives was 48% of the maximum opportunity, with
outcomes ranging from 0% to 70%.
Further detail on performance and individual outcomes is set out in Section 3.5 (2021 STVR and Group
Scorecard) and Section 3.6 (Variable reward awarded for 2021).
2018
LTVR
There is a zero vesting outcome under Westpac’s LTVR plan for the CEO and Group Executives in 2021.
The performance hurdles, comprising relative TSR and cash ROE
1
, were not achieved and the 2018 LTVR
award lapsed in full.
The table below shows the vesting outcome for the 2018 LTVR award to the CEO and Group Executives
that reached the end of its performance period in 2021.
Performance
hurdle
Performance
start dateTest date
Performance range
Outcome% Vested% Lapsed
ThresholdMaximum
TSR
(50% of
award)
1 October
2017
1 October
2021
Equal to
composite
TSR index
Exceeds
composite
TSR index by
21.55
(i.e. 5% CAGR
2)
Westpac:
(1.939%)
Index:
13.895%
0%100%
ROE
(50% of
award)
1 October
2017
1 October
2021
3
13.25%14.25%9.05%0%100%
1. Cash ROE is return on equity on a cash earnings basis. Cash earnings is not prepared in accordance with accounting standards and has
not been subject to audit. Refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements for a description of cash earnings.
2. Compound annual growth rate.
3. The cash ROE hurdled performance share rights reached the end of their performance period on 30 September 2020 and were subject
to an additional one year holding lock through to 30 September 2021.
3.2. Group performance
The table below summarises Group key performance indicators and variable reward outcomes over the last 5 years.
Years ended 30 September
20212020201920182017
CEO STVR award (% of maximum)47%0%0%52%74%
Average Group Executive STVR (% of maximum)48%0%37%58%73%
LTVR award (% vested)0%0%0%0%0%
Cash earnings
1
($m)5,3522,6086,8498,0658,062
Statutory earnings ($m)5,4582,2906,7848,0957,990
Economic profit
2
($m)768(3,579)1,6193,4443,774
Cash ROE
2
7.55%3.83%10.75%13.00%13.77%
TSR – three years1.18%(35.43%)15.33%8.27%11.79%
TSR – five years10.34%(27.87%)14.58%25.67%81.32%
Dividends per Westpac share (cents)6031174188188
Cash earnings per Westpac share
1
$1.46$0.73$1.98$2.36$2.40
Share price – high$27.12$29.81$30.05$33.68$35.39
Share price – low$16.51$13.47$23.30$27.24$28.92
Share price – close$26.00$16.84$29.64$27.93$31.92
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
STVR award (% of maximum)
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
Cash earnings ($m)
2017
Cash earnings ($m)
CEO STVR award (% of maximum)
Return on equity (%)
LTVR award (% vested)
201820192020202120172018201920202021
0%
20%
40%
60%
100%
80%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
LTVR award (% vested)
Return on equity
-40%
-20%
0%
20%
40%
80%
60%
Total shareholder return
Oct 16Oct 17Oct 18Oct 19Oct 20
Oct 21
Peer 1Peer 2Peer 3Westpac
Cash earnings and CEO STVR award
(2017 to 2021)
Return on equity and LTVR vesting
(2017 to 2021)
Total shareholder return
(1 October 2016 to 30 September 2021)
1. Cash earnings is not prepared in accordance with AAS and has not been subject to audit. Refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements
for a description of cash earnings.
2. Economic profit and cash ROE is derived from cash earnings.
57WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
3.3. Total realised remuneration – Chief Executive Officer and Group Executives (000) (unaudited)
The table below details the actual remuneration paid
1
and equity that vested
2
in 2021 and 2020.
Fixed
remuneration
Cash STVR
payments
Vesting of
prior year
deferred STVR
awards
Vesting of
prior year
LTVR awards
Total realised
remuneration
Prior year
LTVR lapsed
Name$$$$$$
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter King, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
20212,403,149 840,000 169,680 - 3,412,829 2,043,148
20202,120,582 - 294,003 - 2,414,585 1,478,000
Group Executives
Scott Collary, Chief Operating Officer
3
20211,123,350 444,500 - - 1,567,850 -
2020---------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 ----------------------------------------
Chris de Bruin, Chief Executive, Consumer & Business Banking
3
2021941,648 467,500 - - 1,409,148 -
2020---------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 ----------------------------------------
Carolyn McCann, Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations
2021901,181 285,000 101,083 - 1,287,264 318,535
2020809,655 - 152,968 - 962,623 -
Anthony Miller, Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank
3
20211,122,518 392,000 - - 1,514,518 -
2020---------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 ----------------------------------------
Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources
20211,001,312 320,000 163,708 - 1,485,020 1,628,097
2020945,609 - 258,908 - 1,204,517 1,082,000
Simon Power, Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand
3
2021200,897 82,066 - - 282,963 -
2020---------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 ----------------------------------------
Michael Rowland, Chief Financial Officer
20211,201,574 405,000 - - 1,606,574 -
2020101,149 - - - 101,149 -
David Stephen, Chief Risk Officer
4
20211,802,362 439,000 242,181 - 2,483,543 4,788,645
20201,806,897 - 163,678 - 1,970,575 -
Les Vance, Group Executive, Financial Crime, Compliance & Conduct
2021959,331 278,500 - - 1,237,831 -
2020263,115 - - - 263,115 -
Jason Yetton, Chief Executive, Specialist Businesses & Group Strategy
20211,177,574 617,000 - - 1,794,574 -
2020463,391 - - - 463,391 -
Former Group Executives
Richard Burton, Acting Chief Executive, Consumer
3
2021281,085 127,500 - - 408,585 -
2020249,922 - - - 249,922 -
Guil Lima, Chief Executive, Business
3
2021546,666 68,726 - - 615,392 -
2020968,888 - - - 968,888 -
David McLean, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand
3
2021747,731 - 246,825 - 994,556 1,740,843
20201,025,640 - 354,552 - 1,380,192 1,157,000
Gary Thursby, Acting Chief Information Officer
3,5
2021179,081 - 252,615 - 431,696 1,396,686
20201,179,081 120,000 247,802 - 1,546,883 1,010,000
Alastair Welsh, Acting Group Executive, Enterprise Services
3
2021121,402 42,000 70,153 - 233,555 -
2020834,050 - 75,794 - 909,844 -
Curt Zuber, Acting Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank
3
202166,955 - - - 66,955 -
2020295,609 - - - 295,609 -
1. Excluding contractual provisions relating to termination.
2. Equity that vested in October 2021 is included in the 2021 figures. Equity that vested in October 2020 is included in the 2020 figures. The
value of deferred STVR and LTVR is based on the number of restricted shares or share rights multiplied by the five day VWAP up to and
including the scheduled date of vesting, forfeiture or lapse (as relevant). The value of equity differs from the disclosure in Section 7.
3. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
4. David Stephen's prior year LTVR lapsed represents a portion of his buy out award which was subject to the 2018 LTVR performance
hurdles and vesting criteria.
5. In 2020, Gary Thursby received a cash payment relating to the divestment of part of the BT Financial Group and the Wealth Reset.
3.4. Buy out awards paid or vested during 2021
In addition, the following buy out awards were paid or vested under the Restricted Share Plan during the year: Scott Collary received a cash buy out
of $780,000, Chris de Bruin received a cash buy out of $649,660, Anthony Miller received a cash buy out of $920,050, David Stephen had 32,581
restricted shares vest in March 2021 and Guil Lima had 10,963 and 8,729 restricted shares vest in October 2020 and March 2021 respectively.
58WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
3.5. 2021 short term variable reward and Group scorecard
The Group’s priorities are set out in the Group scorecard, which forms part of the CEO’s scorecard and is cascaded
to Group Executive scorecards in combination with other divisional measures. The Board’s preference is to make
any discretionary adjustments within each focus area of the scorecard where the initial score is not considered to
appropriately reflect performance. The discretion applied by the Board reflects performance and risk outcomes for
the year along with the outcomes experienced by our key stakeholders.
Performance measures and targets were not adjusted to reflect the continuing impacts of COVID-19. The measures
and weightings of the Fix focus area were agreed with APRA as part of the Enforceable Undertaking. A summary
of the performance assessment is provided below. Further detail is set out throughout this Annual Report.
Group scorecard - short term variable reward
Focus area outcome
Fix (30%)
Performance measurement is based on delivery of the Customer Outcomes and
Risk Excellence (CORE) Integrated Plan and measured by committed activities and
associated outcomes.
• Established the CORE Program and the Integrated Plan was approved by APRA.
The foundation for a successful program is in place and currently tracking to plan.
• The Group’s cultural transformation, through our Culture Reset program, delivered
good progress. The Organisational Health Index score exceeded targets (74 vs. 72).
• Further improved the stability of our technology environment, notwithstanding the
Panorama outage.
• Certain Group risks returned within appetite and key non-financial risk metrics
demonstrated progress, including a considerable reduction in outstanding High
Risk Issues and improved financial crime capability.
• Significant risk incidents arose: APRA’s Prudential Standards on liquidity, potential
fraud by Forum Finance, ASIC proceedings in relation to the 2016 Ausgrid
transaction and the Reserve Bank of New Zealand requiring reviews into risk
governance practices.
0%100%50%150%
0%100%
Zero
Maximum
40% of maximum outcome
contributing 12% to
maximum STVR
Simplify (20%)
Performance measurement is based on the exit of non-core businesses and
consolidating international operations, embedding the Lines of Business operating
model, using data and technology to transform the customer experience and reducing
systems and technology complexity.
• Completed the sale of four businesses, with three further businesses under sale
agreements. The proposed sale of Westpac Pacific was not supported by PNG
regulators.
• Closed two international offices with a further three currently in the process of
winding down by the end of 2022.
• Closed over 284 products and launched an end-to-end digital mortgage
experience to speed up the application process for customers.
• Completed the migration of BT Wrap to Panorama taking total funds under
administration on Panorama to over $100 billion.
• Continued to embed the Lines of Business operating model which is operating well
with improved accountability and decision making.
Zero
Maximum
0%100%
0%150%100%50%
57% of maximum outcome
contributing 12% to
maximum STVR
Perform (50%)
Performance measurement is based on enhancing financial returns and optimising
capital, growth in key markets, resetting the cost base and providing market leading
customer service.
• Cash earnings up by 105% (above $5.2bn target). Core earnings (excluding notable
items) down on 2020 and below target by 5%. Cash return on equity of 7.55%, up
from 3.83%.
• Established our cost reset program targeting a cost base of $8 billion by 2024,
though operating costs (excluding notable items) exceeded target by 8%.
• Net growth in Australian mortgages was $14.7bn (2020: -$8.3bn). 2H21 Australian
mortgage settlements were in line with major bank system growth.
• Provided support to customers throughout COVID, including over 200,000
deferral packages. Targets for Net Promoter Scores were not met and Consumer
bank scores lagged major bank peers for the year.
• Further developed our ESG plan with a particular focus on developing our
approach to climate change and plans to reach net zero.
Zero
Maximum
150%
50%
0%100%
150%100%
50%
47% of maximum outcome
contributing 23% to
maximum STVR
Overall Group scorecard performance assessment47% of maximum STVR
59WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
3.6. Variable reward awarded for 2021 (unaudited)
The table below shows the variable reward awarded to the CEO and Group Executives for 2021, including:
•STVR outcomes for 2021 (including the cash and deferred equity components); and
•equity granted under the 2021 LTVR plan
1
.
The final value of equity received will depend on the share price at the time of vesting and the number of
restricted shares or share rights that vest subject to performance hurdles (where applicable), continued service
and remuneration adjustments. The value of equity differs from the disclosure in Section 7 which provides the
annualised accounting value for unvested equity awards prepared in accordance with accounting standards.
2021 LTVR
award
Name
Maximum
STVR
opportunity
(pro rata)
($)
STVR
award
(% of
maximum)
STVR
outcome ($)
Maximum
STVR
foregone
($)
Face value
1
(pro rata)
($)
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter King 3,600,000 47% 1,680,000 1,920,000 3,200,000
Group Executives
Scott Collary
2
Chief Operating Officer 1,676,404 53% 889,000 787,404 2,062,500
Chris de Bruin
2
Chief Executive, Consumer & Business Banking 1,402,911 67% 935,000 467,911 1,721,575
Carolyn McCann
Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations 1,005,000 57% 570,000 435,000 1,230,000
Anthony Miller
2
Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank 1,675,582 47% 784,000 891,582 2,060,417
Christine Parker
Group Executive, Human Resources 1,200,000 53% 640,000 560,000 1,562,000
Simon Power
2
Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand 307,850 53% 164,133 143,717 67,298
Michael Rowland
Chief Financial Officer 1,350,000 60% 810,000 540,000 1,700,000
David Stephen
Chief Risk Officer 2,025,000 43% 878,000 1,147,000 2,559,375
Les Vance
Group Executive, Financial Crime, Compliance & Conduct 1,070,959 52% 557,000 513,959 1,303,288
Jason Yetton
Chief Executive, Specialist Businesses & Group Strategy 1,762,500 70% 1,234,000 528,500 2,150,000
Former Group Executives
Richard Burton
2
Acting Chief Executive, Consumer 424,603 60% 255,000 169,603 141,534
Guil Lima
2
Chief Executive, Business 824,712 17% 137,452 687,260 2,072,500
David McLean
2
Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand 1,123,879 0%0 1,123,879 1,845,791
Gary Thursby
2
Acting Chief Information Officer 518,116 - - - -
Alastair Welsh
2
Acting Group Executive, Enterprise Services 182,959 46% 84,000 98,959 60,986
Curt Zuber
2
Acting Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank 110,959 - - - -
Average Group Executive STVR award (% of maximum)48%
1.Calculated by multiplying the number of rights by the five day VWAP up to the commencement of the performance period. The five
day VWAP was $17.10 for awards made in December 2020 and April 2021. For Richard Burton and Alastair Welsh, given their Acting
capacity, the five day VWAP was $20.02 for awards made in December 2020 which were allocated under the Restricted Share plan with
a deferral period of four years subject to continued service and adjustment.
2.The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
60WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
4. Further detail on the executive variable reward structure
This section provides further details of the 2021 STVR and LTVR plans.
4.1. Short term variable reward
The table below sets out the key design features of the 2021 STVR plan.
Short term variable reward plan
Plan structure50% of STVR is awarded in cash and 50% is deferred into equity in the form of restricted shares
(or unhurdled share rights for the Group Executive based outside Australia).
One restricted share provides the holder with one ordinary share at no cost subject to trading restrictions until the
time of vesting.
One unhurdled share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share at the time of vesting with no exercise cost.
Dividends are paid on restricted shares from the grant date.
Target and
maximum
opportunity
The target opportunity for the CEO and Group Executives is expressed as a percentage of fixed remuneration. The
target opportunity is set by the Board following recommendation from the Board Remuneration Committee which
considers a range of factors including market competitiveness and the nature of the role.
Target STVR
(100% of fixed remuneration for the CEO and between
74% and 100% of fixed remuneration for Group Executives)
Maximum STVR
(150% of target STVR)
0%100%150%
Remuneration at-risk
Westpac’s STVR is designed to award the target opportunity on
delivery of agreed plan targets for financial and non-financial
measures that support Westpac’s strategic priorities. It is possible
for the outcome to fall below the target amount depending on
performance relative to targets agreed at the beginning of the
year.
Reward for exceptional
performance
There is the possibility to award
up to a maximum of 150% of
the STVR target
in circumstances where
exceptional outcomes are
achieved that are also in line
with the Group’s risk appetite
and where an individual
has acted in a manner that
exemplifies the encouraged
behaviours.
Performance
measures
STVR awards are determined based on performance against a scorecard which is designed to align with shareholder
interests by setting stretching measures and seeks to ensure that our customers’ and employees’ needs are met and
appropriate risk settings are maintained.
The scorecard is split into three sections:
• Values and behaviours assessment: Consideration of the degree to which individuals have demonstrated
Westpac's values of 'Helpful, Ethical, Leading change, Performing and Simple';
• Focus areas: Performance is assessed against a balance of financial and non-financial measures that are
imperative to supporting the effective execution of Westpac’s strategy; and
• Modifier: The Board and Board Remuneration Committee recognise that performance measures may not always
appropriately reflect overall performance of the Group. The modifier supports adjustment of the outcome,
upwards or downwards (including to zero), for risk and reputation matters, people management matters and any
other matters that the Board feels are not fully reflected in the focus areas.
Further information on the 2021 Group scorecard is provided in Section 3.5.
Deferred STVR awards recognise past performance and are subject to continued service and adjustment.
Deferral period50% of STVR is deferred into equity for a period of up to two years, which aligns executive remuneration with
shareholder interests and acts as a retention mechanism. The deferral period also allows the Board to apply
discretion to reduce deferred components where necessary.
Deferred STVR vests in equal portions one and two years after the grant date, subject to continued service and
adjustment.
Delayed vestingThe Board has discretion (subject to law) to delay vesting of equity-based awards if the individual is under
investigation for misconduct, the subject of, or implicated in legal or regulatory proceedings, if the Board is
considering an adjustment or if otherwise required by law.
Remuneration
adjustments
for prior period
matters
The Board has discretion to adjust current year STVR.
The Board may also adjust unvested deferred STVR downwards, including to zero, if circumstances or information
come to light which mean that in the Board’s view all or part of the award was not appropriate. The Board will
typically apply the adjustment to unvested STVR where an adjustment to current year STVR is considered insufficient
or unavailable.
Clawback applies, to the extent legally permissible and practicable, to deferred STVR awarded in respect of
performance periods commencing on or after 1 October 2019 for up to seven years from the date of grant. Clawback
may occur in circumstances of serious or gross misconduct, fraud, bribery, severe reputational damage, and any
other deliberate, reckless or unlawful conduct that may have a serious adverse impact on Westpac, its customers or
its people which has resulted in dismissal or the Board considers at its discretion would have justified the dismissal of
the relevant executive or where otherwise required by law. It is the Board’s current intention that clawback will only
be considered for relevant conduct that occurred on or after 1 October 2019.
Changes for 2022There are no changes to the 2022 STVR plan.
61WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
4.2. Long term variable reward
The table below sets out the key design features of the 2021 LTVR Plan awarded in December 2020.
Long term variable reward plan
Plan structureLTVR is awarded in performance share rights which vest after four years subject to the achievement of performance
hurdles, continued service and adjustment. One performance share right entitles the holder to one ordinary share at
the time of vesting with no exercise cost. Dividends are not accumulated on performance share rights.
Award
opportunity
The value of LTVR awarded to the CEO and Group Executives is expressed as a percentage of fixed remuneration.
The value of LTVR is set by the Board following recommendation from the Board Remuneration Committee which
considers a range of factors including market competitiveness and the nature of the role.
The face value of the LTVR opportunity for the CEO for 2021 is 133% of fixed remuneration, and the face value of
LTVR opportunities for the Group Executives (excluding Acting Group Executives) range between 135% and 183% of
fixed remuneration.
Allocation
methodology
The number of performance share rights each executive receives will be determined by dividing the dollar value
of the LTVR award by the face value of performance share rights. The face value is the five day VWAP up to the
commencement of the performance period (which is 1 October 2020 for the 2021 LTVR grant).
Performance
hurdles
LTVR is subject to a relative TSR performance hurdle that aims to achieve long-term growth in shareholders’ value
and support alignment between executive reward and shareholder interests. Relative TSR is a measure of the total
return delivered to shareholders over the performance period assuming dividends are reinvested, relative to that of
peers.
The performance hurdle measures Westpac’s TSR performance against eight Australian financial services companies
using a percentile ranking vesting schedule as outlined below.
Westpac’s TSR performance Indicative vesting percentage
At the 75th percentile or higher100%
Between the median and the 75th percentilePro-rata vesting between 50% and 100%
At the median50%
Below the median0%
The comparator group of companies comprise: AMP, ANZ Banking Group, Bank of Queensland, Bendigo and
Adelaide Bank, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Macquarie Group, National Australia Bank and Suncorp Group.
Assessment of
performance
outcomes
The relative TSR result is calculated independently to ensure external objectivity before being provided to the Board
to determine the vesting outcome. The Board may exercise discretion in determining the final vesting outcome, for
example where relative TSR performance hurdles have been met but the absolute TSR outcome is negative.
Performance share rights subject to relative TSR performance will be tested against the performance hurdle on 30
September 2024.
No re-testingThere is no re-testing. Awards that have not vested after the measurement period lapse immediately.
Early vestingUnvested awards may vest before a test date if the executive is no longer employed by the Group due to death or
disability (subject to law). In these cases, vesting is generally not subject to the performance hurdles being met.
Delayed vestingThe Board has discretion (subject to law) to delay vesting of equity-based awards if the individual is under
investigation for misconduct, or the subject of or implicated in legal or regulatory proceedings, if the Board is
considering an adjustment or if otherwise required by law.
Treatment
of awards on
cessation of
employment
The Board has the discretion to determine the treatment of unvested performance share rights where the CEO or a
Group Executive resigns, retires or otherwise leaves the Group before vesting occurs.
The Board may choose to accelerate the vesting of performance share rights or leave the awards on foot for the
remainder of the performance period. In exercising its discretion, the Board will consider relevant circumstances
including those relating to the departure.
The Board also has the ability to adjust the number of performance share rights downwards (including to zero)
in the event of misconduct resulting in significant financial and/or reputational impact to the Group and in other
circumstances considered appropriate. Where an executive acts fraudulently or dishonestly, or is in material breach of
their obligations under the relevant equity plan, unexercised performance share rights (whether vested or unvested)
will be forfeited unless the Board determines otherwise.
Remuneration
adjustments
for prior period
matters
The Board has discretion to adjust LTVR which is awarded on a prospective basis. The Board may adjust unvested
LTVR downwards, including to zero, if circumstances or information come to light which mean that in the Board’s
view all or part of the award was not appropriate. The Board will typically apply the adjustment to unvested LTVR
where an adjustment to current and deferred STVR is considered insufficient or unavailable.
The Board may also determine to apply clawback to LTVR which has previously vested. Clawback applies, to the
extent legally permissible and practicable, to deferred LTVR awarded in respect of performance periods commencing
on or after 1 October 2019 for up to seven years from the date of grant. Clawback may occur in circumstances
of serious or gross misconduct, fraud, bribery, severe reputational damage, and any other deliberate, reckless or
unlawful conduct that may have a serious adverse impact on Westpac, its customers or its people which has resulted
in dismissal or the Board considers at its discretion would have justified the dismissal of the relevant executive or
where otherwise required by law. It is the Board’s current intention that clawback will only be considered for relevant
conduct that occurred on or after 1 October 2019.
Changes for 2022There are no changes to the 2022 LTVR plan, noting that any shares that may be delivered from 2022 onwards are
only able to be sold to meet tax obligations until the minimum shareholding requirement is met. Refer to Section 5.2
for further detail.
Other LTVR awards
currently on foot
Vesting datePerformance hurdlesFurther detail
2019 LTVR award30 September
2022
Relative TSR performance against a weighted composite index of
comparator companies (50%) and average cash ROE performance (50%)
Refer to the 2019
Annual Report
2020 LTVR award30 September
2023
Relative TSR performance against an index of comparator companies
(100%)
Refer to the 2020
Annual Report
62WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
5. Remuneration governance
5.1. Group Remuneration Policy and governance
The Group Remuneration Policy sets out the mandatory requirements to be reflected in the design and management
of remuneration arrangements across Westpac.
The policy supports Westpac’s vision by requiring the design and management of remuneration to align with
stakeholder interests, support long-term financial soundness and encourage prudent risk management. The policy is
supported by an established governance structure, plans and frameworks.
Board
The Board provides strategic guidance for the Group and has oversight of management’s implementation of Westpac’s strategic
initiatives. The Board has accountability for reviewing and approving remuneration for select groups of employees.
Without limiting its role, the Board approves (following recommendation from the Board Remuneration Committee where applicable):
• corporate goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of the CEO;
• the size of the variable reward pool;
• adjustments to variable reward (including forfeiture and clawback) in accordance with the Group Remuneration Policy; and
• remuneration (including variable reward targets and performance outcomes) for the CEO, Group Executives, other executives who
report directly to the CEO, any other accountable persons under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime, other persons
whose activities in the Board’s opinion affect the financial soundness of the Group, any other person specified by APRA and any
other person the Board determines.
The Board has the discretion to defer, adjust or withdraw aggregate and individual variable reward.
Further detail is contained in the Board and Committee Charters which are available on Westpac’s website.
Board Remuneration Committee
The Board Remuneration Committee assists the Board to discharge its responsibility by overseeing remuneration policies and practices
of Westpac and its related bodies corporate in the context that these policies and practices fairly and responsibly reward individuals
having regard to performance, and reflect Westpac’s risk management framework, the law and the highest standard of governance.
The Board Remuneration Committee reviews and makes recommendations to the Board in relation to:
• the Group Remuneration Policy;
• remuneration arrangements for the individuals and groups outlined above;
• the remuneration structures for each category of persons covered by the Group Remuneration Policy;
• corporate goals and objectives relevant to the remuneration of the CEO;
• STVR and LTVR plans and outcomes and adjustments (including forfeiture and clawback) for the Group Executives, any other
accountable persons under the Banking Executive Accountability Regime and any other person the Board determines; and
• approving any equity-based plans.
In carrying out its duties, the Board Remuneration Committee accesses internal personnel (including risk and financial control
personnel) and engages external advisers who are independent of management. Members of the Board Remuneration Committee are
independent Non-executive Directors.
Further detail is contained in the Board Remuneration Committee Charter which is available on Westpac’s website.
Interaction with other Board CommitteesManagement remuneration oversight committees
Members of the Board Remuneration Committee are members
of either the Board Risk Committee or the Board Legal,
Regulatory & Compliance Committee.
The cross membership of those Committees supports alignment
between risk and reward.
The Board Remuneration Committee seeks feedback from
and considers matters raised by other Board Committees
with respect to remuneration outcomes, adjustments to
remuneration in light of relevant matters and alignment of
remuneration with the risk management framework.
Divisional remuneration oversight committees consider areas
of risk and consider potential implications for remuneration.
These committees report to the Group Remuneration Oversight
Committee which in turn considers consistency of remuneration
across the Group and provides information to the Board
Remuneration Committee and Board for review and decision
making as appropriate.
During the financial year, remuneration governance
arrangements were reviewed and minor changes were made to
enhance the Terms of Reference for the Group Remuneration
Oversight Committee.
Remuneration consultants
In 2021, the Board retained an independent adviser to provide specialist information on executive remuneration and other remuneration
matters. The services were provided directly to the Board Remuneration Committee independent of management. The Chairman of
the Board Remuneration Committee oversees the engagement and associated costs. Work undertaken by the independent adviser
included the provision of information relating to the benchmarking of Non-executive Director, CEO and Group Executive remuneration.
In 2021, no remuneration recommendations, as prescribed under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act), were made by
Board advisers.
63WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
5.2. Executive minimum shareholding requirements and current compliance
The CEO and Group Executives are required to build and maintain a significant Westpac shareholding within five
years of their appointment to strengthen alignment with shareholder interests.
At 30 September 2021, the CEO and Group Executives comply with the requirement. The table below sets out the
minimum shareholding requirement for the CEO and Group Executives.
Minimum shareholding requirement
Chief Executive OfficerFive times annual fixed remuneration excluding superannuation, equivalent to $10.96 million
Group ExecutivesEquivalent to $1.2 million
The multiple for the CEO’s shareholding requirement is higher than that of his peers and reflects Westpac’s
approach to calculating the minimum shareholding requirement. Since 2006, this has included:
• shares held outright in the individual’s name either solely or jointly with another person;
• shares held in an employee share plan (including deferred STVR); and
• 50% of any unvested performance share rights (including LTVR).
The assessment approach has included shares held in a family trust or a self-managed superannuation fund since
2012.
Any shares that may be delivered to the CEO and Group Executives through LTVR grants from 2022 onwards are
only able to be sold to meet tax obligations, until their minimum shareholding requirement is met.
5.3. Hedging policy
Participants in Westpac’s equity plans are prohibited from entering, either directly or indirectly, into hedging
arrangements for unvested awards in the STVR and LTVR plans. No financial products may be used to mitigate
the risk associated with these awards. Any attempt to hedge awards will result in forfeiture and the Board may
consider other disciplinary action. These restrictions satisfy the requirements of the Corporations Act which
prohibits hedging of unvested awards.
5.4. Employment agreements
The remuneration and other terms of employment for the CEO and Group Executives are formalised in their
employment agreements. Each agreement provides for the payment of fixed and variable reward, employer
superannuation contributions and other benefits such as death and disablement insurance cover.
The table below details the key terms including termination provisions of the employment agreements for the CEO
and Group Executives.
Term
WhoConditions
Duration of agreement
CEO and Group Executives• Ongoing until notice given by either party
Notice (by the executive or the Group) to
terminate employment
CEO and Group Executives• Twelve months
1
Termination payments on termination
without cause
2
CEO and Group Executives• Deferred STVR and LTVR awards vest according to
the applicable equity plan rules
Termination for cause
CEO and Group Executives • Immediately for misconduct
• Three months' notice for poor performance
Post-employment restraints
CEO and Group Executives• Twelve month non-solicitation restraint
1. Payment in lieu of notice may in certain circumstances be approved by the Board for some or all of the notice period.
2. The maximum liability for termination benefits for the CEO and Group Executives at 30 September 2021 was $14.5 million (2020:
$14.9 million).
64WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
6.Non-executive Director remuneration
6.1. Structure and policy
Westpac’s Non-executive Director remuneration strategy is designed to attract and retain experienced, qualified
Board members and provide appropriate remuneration for their time and expertise.
Non-executive Director fees are not related to Westpac’s results. Fees are paid in cash and no discretionary
payments are made for performance. Non-executive Directors are required to build and maintain a minimum
shareholding to align their interests with those of shareholders (refer to Section 6.3 for further details).
The table below sets out the components of Non-executive Director remuneration.
Non-executive Director remuneration
Base fees
Relate to service on the Westpac Banking Corporation Board. The base fee for the Chairman covers all
responsibilities, including for Board Committees.
Committee feesAdditional fees are paid to Non-executive Directors (other than the Board Chairman) for chairing or
participating in Board Committees other than the Board Nominations & Governance Committee.
Employer superannuation
contributions
Reflects statutory superannuation contributions which are capped at the superannuation maximum
contributions base as prescribed under the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.
Subsidiary Board and Advisory
Board fees
Relates to service on Subsidiary Boards and Advisory Boards and are paid by the relevant subsidiary.
6.2. Non-executive Director remuneration in 2021
The table below sets out the annual Board and standing Committee fees (exclusive of superannuation). Changes in
Board and Committee composition during the year are set out in the overview of Directors' meetings in Section 9
of the Directors' report.
Non-executive Director base fees have not increased since 1 October 2014 and the Non-executive Director fee pool
of $4.5 million per annum was approved by shareholders at the 2008 Annual General Meeting. For 2021, $3.92
million (87%) of the fee pool was used. The fee pool includes employer superannuation contributions.
Base and Committee feesAnnual fee $
Chairman890,000
Other Non-executive Directors225,000
Committee Chairman fees
Board Audit Committee70,400
Board Risk Committee90,000
Board Remuneration Committee63,800
Board Technology Committee35,200
Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Committee67,500
Committee membership fees
Board Audit Committee32,000
Board Risk Committee32,000
Board Remuneration Committee29,000
Board Technology Committee20,000
Board Legal, Regulatory & Compliance Committee30,000
Subsidiary Board and Advisory Board fees
During the reporting period, there were no additional fees paid to Non-executive Directors.
6.3. Non-executive Director minimum shareholding requirement
Non-executive Directors are required to build and maintain a holding in Westpac ordinary shares to align their
interests with those of shareholders. Each Non-executive Director is required to hold an interest in shares in
Westpac with a value not less than the Board base fee, within five years of appointment to the Board.
At 30 September 2021, all Non-executive Directors comply with the requirement.
65WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
7. Statutory remuneration details
7.1. Details of Non-executive Director remuneration
The table below details Non-executive Director remuneration.
Short-term benefits
Post-employment
benefits
Westpac Banking
Corporation Board
fees
1
Subsidiary and
Advisory Board
fees
Non-
monetary
benefits
2
SuperannuationTotal
Name$$$$$
Current Non-executive Directors
John McFarlane, Chairman
2021893,423 - 8,35522,573924,351
2020480,054 - 8,33514,698503,087
Nerida Caesar
2021276,058 - - 22,290298,348
2020294,454 - - 21,012315,466
Craig Dunn
2021322,034 - - 22,311344,345
2020323,268 - - 21,079344,347
Audette Exel AO
3
202123,438 - - 2,34425,782
2020---------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 ----------------------------------------
Steven Harker
2021312,419 - - 22,351334,770
2020306,349 - - 21,029327,378
Michael Hawker AM
3
2021242,854 - - 19,692262,546
2020---------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 ----------------------------------------
Chris Lynch
2021290,111 - - 22,296312,407
202024,454 - - 2,32326,777
Peter Marriott
2021398,527 - - 22,346420,873
2020376,057 - - 21,1903 97, 247
Peter Nash
2021377,525 - - 22,273399,798
2020377,085 - - 21,187398,272
Nora Scheinkestel
3
2021169,400 - - 13,851183,251
2020---------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 ----------------------------------------
Margaret Seale
2021320,110 - - 22,427342,537
2020303,523 - - 21,025324,548
Former Non-executive Director
Alison Deans
3
202164,240 - - 4,95469,194
2020323,671 - - 10,578334,249
Total fees
20213,690,139 - 8,355219,7083,918,202
2020
4
3,423,165 42,610 15,803180,4543,662,032
1. Includes fees paid to the Chairman and members of Board Committees.
2. Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to the Group including associated fringe benefits tax (FBT) where
applicable and includes bank funded car parking.
3. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
4. Total fees for 2020 shown as reported in the 2020 Annual Report.
66WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
7.2. Remuneration details – Chief Executive Officer and Group Executives
The table below details remuneration for the CEO and Group Executives calculated in accordance with AAS.
Short term benefits
Post-
employment
benefits
Other
long term
benefitsShare based payments
Fixed
remuneration
1
Cash
STVR
award
2
Non-
monetary
benefits
3
Other
short term
benefits
4
Superannuation
benefits
5
Long
service
leave
Restricted
shares
6
Share
rights
7, 8
Total
9
$$$$$$$$$
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter King, Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
20212,402,786 840,000 30,548 - 46,33236,851404,355441,5814,202,453
20202,286,027 - 20,822 - 41,310463,100222,967369,5973,403,823
Group Executives
Scott Collary, Chief Operating Officer
10
20211,138,524 444,500 266,054 711,616 30,43216,796657,896176,0633,441,881
2020------------------------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 -------------------------------------------------------
Chris de Bruin, Chief Executive, Consumer & Business Banking
10
2021966,699 467,500 172,286 480,570 22,03214,331548,716163,1712,835,305
2020------------------------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 -------------------------------------------------------
Carolyn McCann, Group Executive, Customer & Corporate Relations
2021941,852 285,000 4,053 - 26,92113,669190,488133,3531,595,336
2020884,663 - 3,497 - 23,42429,421254,038156,5831,351,626
Anthony Miller, Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank
10
20211,121,762 392,000 1,881 2,004,445 31,56116,0101,203,527181,5394,952,725
2020------------------------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 -------------------------------------------------------
Christine Parker, Group Executive, Human Resources
2021971,685 320,000 2,908 - 28,11515,161185,986222,2801,746,135
2020950,258 - 3,497 - 28,18117,869203,130248,9101,451,845
Simon Power, Acting Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand
10
2021214,774 82,066 404 - 12,852 - - 64,180374,276
2020------------------------------------------------------- Not a KMP in 2020 -------------------------------------------------------
Michael Rowland, Chief Financial Officer
20211,241,835 405,000 64,765 - 27,90918,193 168,550 155,6522,081,904
202094,695 - 17,955 - 7,0 1 9122 - - 119,791
David Stephen, Chief Risk Officer
20211,848,612 439,000 8,804 - 37,56427,356543,067544,6923,449,095
20201,828,781(135,000)125,922 - 38,99127,2731,245,961412,9503,544,878
Les Vance, Group Executive, Financial Crime, Compliance & Conduct
2021985,785 278,500 4,070 - 34,34133,102575,260150,0102,061,068
2020278,702 - 774 - 9,06238,817155,4036,678489,436
Jason Yetton, Chief Executive, Specialist Businesses & Group Strategy
20211,175,416 617,000 2,908 - 33,09517,803 256,778 283,2242,386,224
2020505,257 - 717 - 12,44548 - 35,487553,954
Former Group Executives
Richard Burton, Acting Chief Executive, Consumer
10
2021315,029 127,500 490 - 13,07532,573135,974 - 624,641
2020255,558 - 1,661 - 9,16221,802136,628 - 424,811
Guil Lima, Chief Executive, Business
10,11,13
20211,173,881 68,726 64,277 929,966 4,82316,732564,646 1,152,275 3,975,326
2020990,070 - 279,315 442,860 3,74814,548595,31482,9752,408,830
David McLean, Chief Executive Officer, Westpac New Zealand
10,11,12,13
20211,061,610 - 2,135 679,739 110,345 - - 1,136,6272,990,456
2020989,209 - 3,497 - 94,548 - - 506,6261,593,880
Gary Thursby, Acting Chief Information Officer
10,11,13
2021329,881 - 171 1,581,621 24,260 (208,232)123,618372,3422,223,661
20201,206,783 - 3,497 120,000 29,39476,758247,071278,5291,962,032
Alastair Welsh, Acting Group Executive, Enterprise Services
10
2021114,293 42,000 215 - 5,51817,22162,810 - 242,057
2020832,473 - 2,894 - 28,03620,756585,938731,470,170
Curt Zuber, Acting Chief Executive, Westpac Institutional Bank
10
202143,314 - 1,221 - 21,817(96,569)33,924 - 3,707
2020299,950
- 440
- 68,87615,170188,476 - 572,912
67WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
1. Fixed remuneration is the total cost of salary, salary sacrificed benefits (including motor vehicles, parking and associated FBT where
applicable) and an accrual for annual leave entitlements.
2. The cash STVR award is typically paid in December following the end of the financial year.
3. Non-monetary benefits are determined on the basis of the cost to the Group (including associated FBT, where applicable) and include
annual health checks, provision of taxation advice, bank funded car parking, relocation costs, living away from home expenses and
allowances. The approach to recognising cash relocation allowances in 2021 has been amended to recognise the expense from the
commencement date as a KMP to the end of a clawback period. 2020 values for relevant individuals have been restated for alignment
given cash relocation allowances were previously recognised evenly over two years.
4. Includes payments on cessation of employment or other contracted amounts. The approach to recognising the cash portion of buyout
arrangements has been amended to recognise the expense from commencement date as a KMP to the end of a clawback period. 2020
values for relevant individuals have been restated for alignment given cash portions of buyouts were previously recognised in full in the
year in which they were paid.
5. The CEO and Group Executives are provided with life insurance cover under the Westpac Group Plan at no cost. Superannuation
benefits have been calculated consistent with AASB 119 Employee Benefits.
6. The amortisation approach for restricted shares has been amended to include the service period when the award was earned. This
typically results in amortisation over an additional year. In prior years, the amortisation approach only used the vesting period. This
means the 2021 amortisation value now includes a portion of the 2021 STVR outcome. In prior years, the current year STVR outcome
was not included in the current reporting period. The 2020 values have been restated to align with the current year presentation. The
2020 values for Peter King and Les Vance reflect amortisation from prior year awards while in previous roles with lower total target
remuneration. The restricted shares held by Scott Collary, Chris de Bruin, Anthony Miller, Guil Lima and a portion of shares held by David
Stephen represent an allocation made to compensate them for remuneration foregone from their previous employer on resignation to
join Westpac. The restricted shares replicate the vesting periods of the equity foregone.
7. Equity-settled remuneration is based on the amortisation over the performance and vesting period (normally two to four years). It
is calculated using the fair value at the grant date of hurdled and unhurdled share rights granted during the four years ending 30
September 2021. The methodology applied to calculate fair value at grant date has been updated with a consistent external valuation
using the invitation opt out date. The 2020 values have been restated to align with the current year presentation. Details of prior year
grants are disclosed in previous Annual Reports. The 2021 value for David McLean includes 5% attributed to deferred STVR awards. The
2021 value for Simon Power includes 31% attributed to deferred STVR awards. The 2020 comparison has been restated to include the
allocation for Peter King awarded following approval at the 2020 Annual General Meeting.
8. The expensed value of the 2019 LTVR cash ROE hurdled performance share rights has been reduced to zero. This reflects the current
assessment of the probability of vesting.
9. The percentage of total remuneration which is performance related (i.e. cash STVR awards plus share-based payments) was: Peter King
40%, Scott Collary 37%, Chris De Bruin 42%, Carolyn McCann 38%, Anthony Miller 36%, Christine Parker 42%, Simon Power 39%, Michael
Rowland 35%, David Stephen 44%, Les Vance 49%, Jason Yetton 48%, Richard Burton 42%, Guil Lima 45%, David McLean 38%, Gary
Thursby 22%, Alastair Welsh 43%, Curt Zuber n/a. The percentage of total remuneration delivered in the form of options or share rights
was: Peter King 11%, Scott Collary 5%, Chris De Bruin 6%, Carolyn McCann 8%, Anthony Miller 4%, Christine Parker 13%, Simon Power
17%, Michael Rowland 7%, David Stephen 16%, Les Vance 7%, Jason Yetton 12%, Richard Burton n/a, Guil Lima 29%, David McLean 38%,
Gary Thursby 17%, Alastair Welsh n/a, Curt Zuber n/a.
10. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
11. Fixed remuneration for Guil Lima, David McLean and Gary Thursby includes payments made or to be made during their notice period
where, in line with contractual requirements, they continue to receive cash salary and superannuation.
12. From 26 June 2021 to 31 July 2021, David acted as an advisor to the Group and received fixed remuneration of $97,249 (including
superannuation), which has been excluded from the table on the basis that it does not relate to his KMP role.
13. The share based payment values for Guil Lima, David McLean and Gary Thursby reflect the accruals for unvested equity up to the end
of each performance period. While the full value is being accrued for all unvested equity, the awards may or may not vest subject to the
relevant performance hurdles.
68WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
7.3. Movement in equity-settled instruments during the year
The table below shows the movements in the number and value of equity instruments for the CEO and Group
Executives under the relevant plan during 2021.
NameType of equity-based instrument
Number
granted
1
Number
vested
2
Number
exercised
3
Value
granted
4
$
Value
exercised
5
$
Value
forfeited or
lapsed
5
$
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer
Peter KingPerformance share rights199,525 - - 1,239,724 - 1,567,392
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 17,048 - - - -
Group Executives
Scott Collary
6
Performance share rights120,614 - - 771,930 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan75,088 - - 1,646,334 - -
Chris de Bruin
6
Performance share rights100,676 - - 874,201 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan61,046 - - 1,468,343 - -
Carolyn McCannPerformance share rights71,929 - - 460,346 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 18,220 - - - -
Anthony Miller
6
Performance share rights120,492 - - 771,149 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan123,295 - - 2,813,233 - -
Christine ParkerPerformance share rights91,345 - - 584,608 - 1,147,969
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 15,013 - - - -
Simon Power
6
Performance share rights- - - - - -
Unhurdled share rights1,295 - - 27,066 - -
Michael RowlandPerformance share rights99,415 - - 636,256 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- - - - - -
David StephenPerformance share rights149,671 - - 957,894 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 42,072 - - - -
Les VancePerformance share rights76,214 - - 512,794 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan14,985 20,694 - 301,134 - -
Jason YettonPerformance share rights125,988 - - 805,753 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- - - - - -
Former Group Executives
Richard Burton
6
Performance share rights- - - - - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan16,508 15,188 - 331,740 - -
Guil Lima
6
Performance share rights121,198 - - 775,667 - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 19,692 - - - -
David McLean
6
Performance share rights106,919 - - 684,282 - 1,227,244
Unhurdled share rights- 20,559 - - - -
Gary Thursby
6
Performance share rights- - - - - 1,071,438
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 14,369 - - - -
Alastair Welsh
6
Performance share rights- - - - - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 20,137 - - - -
Curt Zuber
6
Performance share rights- - - - - -
Shares under Restricted Share Plan- 39,066 - - - -
1. Performance share rights granted to the CEO were approved by shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting under ASX Listing
Rule 10.14. No performance options were granted in 2021. Any deferred STVR awards in the form of restricted shares (or unhurdled
share rights for KMP in New Zealand) are awarded in December each year. Shares allocated under the Restricted Share Plan for Scott
Collary, Chris de Bruin and Anthony Miller relate to buy out awards. For Scott Collary, the restricted shares were allocated in February
2021 and vest between December 2022 and December 2023. For Chris de Bruin, the restricted shares were allocated in March 2021 and
vest between April 2022 and December 2023. For Anthony Miller, the restricted shares were allocated in February and April 2021 and
vest between February 2022 and March 2025.
2. No hurdled share rights granted in 2016 vested in October 2020 when assessed against the relative TSR and cash ROE performance
hurdles. For David Stephen, 32,581 of the restricted shares that vested were in relation to a buy out award which represents 24% of the
total number of shares allocated for that award. For Guil Lima, all of the restricted shares that vested were in relation to a buy out award
which represents 43% of the total number of shares allocated for that award.
3. Vested share rights granted after July 2015 may be exercised up to a maximum of 15 years from their commencement date. For each
vested share right exercised during the year, the relevant executive received one fully paid Westpac ordinary share. The exercise price
for share rights is zero.
4. For performance share rights, the value granted represents the number of securities granted multiplied by the fair value per instrument
as set out in the table in the sub-section titled ‘Fair value of LTVR awards made during the year’ below. For restricted shares, the value
granted represents the number of ordinary shares granted multiplied by the five day VWAP of a Westpac ordinary share on the date the
shares were granted. These values, which represent the full value of the equity-based awards made to the CEO and Group Executives
in 2021, do not reconcile with the amount shown in the table in Section 7.2 which shows the amount amortised in the current year of
equity awards over the performance year the award was earned and the applicable vesting period. The minimum total value of the
grants for future financial years is zero and an estimate of the maximum possible total value in future financial years is the fair value, as
shown above.
5. The value of each share right exercised, forfeited or lapsed is calculated based on the five day VWAP of a Westpac ordinary share on
the date of exercise (or forfeiture or lapse), less the relevant exercise price (if any). Where the exercise price is greater than the five day
VWAP of a Westpac ordinary share, the value has been calculated as zero. The overall values reflect forfeitures or lapses as a result of a
failure to meet performance conditions or resignation.
6. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
69WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
Fair value of LTVR awards made during the year
In accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, the table below provides a summary of the fair value of LTVR
awards granted to the CEO and Group Executives in December 2020
1
. LTVR awards will only vest if performance
hurdles are achieved and service conditions are met in future years.
Plan nameGranted to
Performance
hurdleGrant date
Commencement
dateTest dateExpiry
Fair value
per instrument
2
Westpac
LTVR Plan
CEO and Group
Executives
Relative
TSR
17 December
2020
1 October
2020
1 October
2024
1 October
2035
$6.35 for the CEO
$6.40 for the Group Executives
The allocation methodology differs from the fair value used for accounting purposes. The allocation is determined
by dividing the dollar value of the LTVR award by the face value of performance share rights. The face value is the
five day VWAP up to the commencement of the performance period. Refer to Section 4.2 for further detail.
7.4. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Non-executive Directors
The table below sets out details of relevant interests in Westpac ordinary shares held by Non-executive Directors
(including their related parties) during the year ended 30 September 2021
3
.
Number held at
start of the year
Changes
during the year
Number held at
end of the year
Current Non-executive Directors
John McFarlane10,00030,00040,000
Nerida Caesar13,583-13,583
Craig Dunn15,009-15,009
Audette Exel AO
4
n/a-4,000
Steven Harker13,170-13,170
Michael Hawker AM
4
n/a4,558 20,854
Chris Lynch
5
13,090-13,090
Peter Marriott
6
40,311-40,311
Peter Nash15,260100 15,360
Nora Scheinkestel
4
n/a112 5,172
Margaret Seale
7, 8
38,680(12,522)26,158
Former Non-executive Director
Alison Deans
4
15,632-n/a
1.LTVR awards were also granted to Chris de Bruin on 8 February 2021 with a fair value of $8.39, Chris de Bruin and Les Vance on 8 April
2021 with a fair value of $12.24. These grants have a commencement date of 1 October 2020, a test date of 1 October 2024 and an
expiry date of 1 October 2035. In addition, Peter King and Jason Yetton were also granted LTVR awards on 17 December 2020 with a
fair value per instrument of $4.15 and $4.19 respectively. The commencement date of these awards is 2 April 2020, the test date is 1 April
2024 and the expiry date is 2 April 2035.
2.The fair values of performance share rights granted during the year have been independently calculated at their respective grant dates
based on the requirements of AASB 2 Share-based Payment. The fair value of performance share rights with hurdles based on TSR
performance relative to a group of comparator companies takes into account the average TSR outcome determined using a Monte
Carlo simulation pricing model. The grant date used for accounting purposes was 16 December 2020 for the CEO and 11 December
2020 for the Group Executives.
3.Other than as disclosed below, no share interests include non-beneficially held shares.
4.The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
5.In addition to holding ordinary shares, Chris Lynch and his related parties held interests in 1,137 Capital Notes 5 at year end.
6.In addition to holding ordinary shares, Peter Marriott and his related parties held interests in 563 Westpac Capital Notes 2 at year end.
7.In addition to holding ordinary shares, Margaret Seale and her related parties held interests in 100 Capital Notes 7 at year end.
8.The disposal of 12,522 ordinary shares related to the finalisation of an estate.
70WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
7.5. Details of Westpac equity holdings of Executive Key Management Personnel
The table below details Westpac equity held (and movement in that equity) by the CEO and Group Executives
(including their related parties) for the year ended 30 September 2021
1
.
Name
Type of equity-based
instrument
Number
held at
start of
the year
Number
granted during
the year as
remuneration
Received
on exercise
and/or
exercised
during the
year
Number
forfeited
or lapsed
during the
year
2
Other
changes
during the
year
Number held
at end of the
year
Number
vested and
exercisable
at end of the
year
Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Peter King Ordinary shares131,886 - - - - 131,886 -
Performance share rights346,795 199,525 - (85,690)- 460,630 -
Group Executives
Scott Collary
3
Ordinary sharesn/a75,088 - - - 75,088 -
Performance share rightsn/a120,614 - - - 120,614 -
Chris de Bruin
3
Ordinary sharesn/a61,046 - - - 61,046 -
Performance share rightsn/a100,676 - - - 100,676 -
Carolyn McCannOrdinary shares67,175 - - - - 67,175 -
Performance share rights102,20771,929 - - - 174,136 -
Anthony Miller
3
Ordinary sharesn/a123,295 - - 123,295 -
Performance share rightsn/a120,492 - - - 120,492 -
Christine ParkerOrdinary shares32,457 - - - (3,000)29,457 -
Performance share rights252,23191,345 - (62,760)- 280,816 -
Simon Power
3
Ordinary sharesn/a- - - - 236 -
Unhurdled share rightsn/a1,295 - - - 38,122 -
Michael RowlandOrdinary shares- - - - - - -
Performance share rights- 99,415 - - - 99,415 -
David StephenOrdinary shares154,910 - - - - 154,910 -
Performance share rights364,381 149,671 - - - 514,052 -
Les VanceOrdinary shares78,767 14,985 - - (12,000)81,752 -
Performance share rights22,227 76,214 - - - 98,441 -
Jason YettonOrdinary shares- - - - - - -
Performance share rights54,213 125,988 - - - 180,201 -
Former Group Executives
Richard Burton
3
Ordinary shares71,749 16,508 - - - n/an/a
Performance share rights- - - - - n/a n/a
Guil Lima
3
Ordinary shares46,085 - - - - n/an/a
Performance share rights57,819 121,198 - - - n/a n/a
David McLean
3
Ordinary shares9,613 - - - - n/an/a
Performance share rights284,473 106,919 - (67,094)- n/an/a
Unhurdled share rights98,115 - - - - n/a n/a
Gary Thursby
3
Ordinary shares128,573 - - - -n/an/a
Performance share rights250,336 - - (58,576)- n/a n/a
Alastair Welsh
3
Ordinary shares73,200 - - - - n/an/a
Performance share rights- - - - - n/a n/a
Curt Zuber
3
Ordinary shares202,934 - - - - n/an/a
Performance share rights- - - - - n/a n/a
1. The highest number of shares held by an individual in the table is 0.0055% of total Westpac ordinary shares outstanding as at
30 September 2021.
2. Forfeitures or lapses during the year are as a result of a failure to meet performance conditions or resignation.
3. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
71WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
7.6. Loans to Non-executive Directors and Executive Key Management Personnel disclosures
Financial instrument transactions that occurred during the financial year between Non-executive Directors, the
CEO or Group Executives and the Group are in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions (including
interest and collateral) as they apply to other employees and certain customers. These transactions are provided
at arms-length and at normal commercial rates and consist principally of normal personal banking and financial
investment services.
The table below details loans to Non-executive Directors, the CEO and Group Executives (including their related
parties) of the Group.
Balance at start of
the year
$
Interest paid and
payable for the year
$
Interest not charged
during the year
$
Balance at end of
the year
$
Number in Group at
end of the year
Non-executive Directors350,18492,490- 9,894,9874
CEO and Group Executives14,561,628311,403- 19,029,937 8
Total14,911,812403,893- 28,924,92412
The table below details KMP (including their related parties) with loans above $100,000 during 2021.
Balance at start of
the year
$
Interest paid and
payable for the year
$
Interest not charged
during the year
$
Balance at end of
the year
$
Highest indebtedness
during the year
$
Non-executive Directors
Steven Harker- 39,871- 4,999,4007,004,409
Chris Lynch - 26,996- 3,931,9656,000,000
Peter Nash 350,18413,397- 367,702462,880
Margaret Seale- 12,226- 595,9201,720,795
CEO and Group Executives
Peter King- 10,547 - 1,158,000 1,162,094
Scott Collary
1
n/a35,553- 2,465,1262,505,053
Carolyn McCann261,37311,698- 605,601672,898
Anthony Miller
1
n/a21,120- 2,637,9142,803,258
Christine Parker5,535,827124,127- 5,505,8755,556,015
Simon Power
1
n/a9,736- 1,162,6111,162,611
Les Vance2,531,88553,506- 2,644,8102,765,595
Jason Yetton - 21,702- 2,850,0003,007,289
Former Group Executives
David McLean
1
681,20619,890- n/a1,457,242
Alastair Welsh
1
651,3373,524- n/a699,789
Curt Zuber
1
4,900,000-- n/a4,900,000
1. The information relates to the period the individual was a KMP. Refer to Section 1 for further details.
72WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Directors’ report
Directors’ report
11. Auditor
a) Auditor’s independence declaration
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act
is below:
PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001
T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
73WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Directors’ report
b)Non-audit services
We may decide to engage PwC on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where their expertise or
experience with Westpac or a controlled entity is important.
Details of the non-audit service amounts paid or payable to PwC for non-audit services provided during the 2020
and 2021 financial years are set out in Note 34 to the financial statements.
PwC also provides audit and non-audit services to non-consolidated entities, non-consolidated trusts of which a
Westpac Group entity is trustee, manager or responsible entity and non-consolidated superannuation funds or
pension funds. The fees in respect of these services were approximately $9.6 million in total (2020: $6.1 million).
PwC may also provide audit and non-audit services to other entities in which Westpac holds a minority interest
and which are not consolidated. Westpac is not aware of the amount of any fees paid to PwC by those entities.
Westpac has a policy on engaging PwC, details of which are set out in its Corporate Governance Statement in the
section ‘‘Engagement of the external auditor’.
The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Board Audit
Committee, is satisfied that the provision of the non-audit services during 2021 by PwC is compatible with the
general standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act. The Directors are satisfied, in
accordance with advice received from the Board Audit Committee, that the provision of non-audit services by
PwC, as set out above, did not compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act for
the following reasons:
•all non-audit services provided by PwC for the year have been reviewed by the Board Audit Committee, which
is of the view that they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity of PwC; and
•based on Board quarterly independence declarations made by PwC to the Board Audit Committee during
the year, none of the services undermine the general principles relating to auditor independence including
reviewing or auditing PwC’s own work, acting in a management or a decision-making capacity for the
company, acting as advocate for the company or jointly sharing economic risk and rewards.
12. Responsibility statement
The Directors of Westpac Banking Corporation confirm that to the best of their knowledge:
•the consolidated financial statements for the financial year ended 30 September 2021, which have been
prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial
statements, being in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS), give a true and fair view of the
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Group; and
•the Annual Report from the section entitled ‘About Westpac’ to and including the section entitled ‘Other
Westpac business information’ includes a fair review of the information required by the Disclosure Guidance
and Transparency Rules 4.1.8R to 4.1.11R of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, together with a
description of the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board.
John McFarlane Peter King
Chairman Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
31 October 2021 31 October 2021
74WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Information on Westpac
Significant developments
COVID-19 impacts
The continued social and economic effects of COVID-19
over this year have been impacted by the emergence
and spread of new variants, the rollout of vaccines, and
the evolution of local and global responses, including
lockdowns and social restrictions, and prudential,
industry and economic measures taken by governments
and regulators world-wide.
Westpac has continued to support customers impacted
by the COVID-19 pandemic, including via repayment
deferrals, fee waivers, special interest rates and special
loans, although the current levels of support are down
on the 2020 peaks.
Further information on the impacts of COVID-19 is set
out in the ‘Strategic review’ and ‘Risk factors’ sections.
Westpac significant developments - Australia
Off-market buy-back
Westpac has announced an off-market buy-back of
up to $3.5 billion worth of Westpac shares. Westpac’s
operating performance and progress on our strategic
priorities, including the completion of a number of
divestments, have contributed to a strong capital
position, allowing us to return capital to shareholders.
Exit of specialist businesses
Following a strategic review of the specialist businesses
in 2020, Westpac determined it would look to exit
these businesses over time. During 2021, the following
transactions have been announced and/or completed.
Completed transactions:
• Sale of Westpac General Insurance Limited and
Westpac General Insurance Services Limited to
Allianz;
• Sale of Westpac’s Vendor Finance business to Angle
Finance; and
• Sale of Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance
Limited to Arch Capital Group.
Announced transactions that have not yet completed:
• Sale of Westpac’s motor vehicle dealer finance and
novated leasing businesses to Angle Finance;
• Sale of Westpac Life-NZ-Limited to Fidelity Life
Assurance Company Limited; and
• Sale of Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited to
TAL Dai-ichi Life Australia Pty Limited.
Approvals may be required from shareholders,
regulators or other stakeholders in order to divest
businesses and assets, and there is a risk that these
approvals may not be received or that the purchaser
does not complete these transactions for other reasons.
In addition, some of these transactions have involved
the giving of warranties and indemnities in favour of
the buyer for certain pre-completion matters. Further
information is set out in the ‘Risk factors’ section and
Note 26.
In December 2020, Westpac announced the proposed
sale of its Pacific businesses (comprised of Westpac
Fiji and the Group’s 89.9% stake in Westpac Bank PNG
Limited) to Kina Securities Limited (Kina). Following
the decision by Papua New Guinea’s Independent
Consumer and Competition Commission to deny
authorisation for the proposed acquisition, on
22 September 2021 Westpac announced the parties
had agreed to terminate the sale agreements.
Westpac will continue to operate the Pacific businesses
and support its customers while assessing other
options.
Further detail in relation to these transactions and in
relation to the terminated sale of Westpac’s Pacific
businesses is available in Note 37 to the financial
statements.
Westpac significant developments - New Zealand
WNZL leadership changes
On 24 September 2021, Westpac announced the
appointment of Catherine McGrath as CEO of Westpac
New Zealand Ltd (WNZL) subject to regulatory
approvals, following the retirement of David McLean.
Simon Power has been acting CEO since the end of
June 2021 and will continue to do so until Catherine
commences as CEO on 15 November 2021.
On 1 October 2021, Pip Greenwood was appointed
Chair of the Board of WNZL following the retirement of
Jan Dawson CNZM.
Reviews required under section 95 of the Reserve
Bank of New Zealand Act 1989
On 23 March 2021, the RBNZ issued two notices to
WNZL under section 95 of the Reserve Bank of New
Zealand Act 1989 requiring WNZL to supply two
external reviews to the RBNZ. The reviews are required
to address prudential concerns raised by the RBNZ
around WNZL’s risk governance practices and policies
following various compliance issues reported over
recent years. Those issues include non-compliance with
the RBNZ’s liquidity, capital adequacy and outsourcing
requirements and IT outages.
The first review (Liquidity Review), being undertaken
by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, relates to the
effectiveness of WNZL’s actions to improve liquidity
risk management and the associated risk culture,
following previously identified breaches of the RBNZ’s
Liquidity Policy (BS13) and non-compliance identified
through the RBNZ’s liquidity thematic review. The
second review (Board Governance Review), being
undertaken by Oliver Wyman Limited, requires an
assessment of the effectiveness of WNZL’s risk
governance, with a focus on the role played by the
Board.
Separate to the section 95 reviews, WNZL has also
committed to the RBNZ and FMA to address its
technology issues, and to engage Deloitte to monitor
progress. While work has been underway to address
these areas for some time, more work is required to
meet WNZL’s expectations and those of the regulator.
In addition, WNZL has identified various weaknesses
in its risk management, for example control gaps in
its compliance environment as well as shortcomings
in its risk governance practices. WNZL is taking steps
Information on Westpac
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
75WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Information on Westpac
to address these matters and further issues requiring
attention may be identified.
From 31 March 2021, the RBNZ amended WNZL’s
conditions of registration, requiring WNZL to discount
the value of its liquid assets by approximately 14%
which at 30 September 2021 was NZ$2.5 billion. This
overlay will apply until the RBNZ is satisfied that:
• the RBNZ’s concerns regarding liquidity risk
controls have been resolved; and
• sufficient progress has been made to address risk
culture issues in WNZL’s Treasury and Market and
Liquidity Risk functions.
The Liquidity Review and Board Governance Review
only apply to WNZL and not to Westpac in Australia or
its New Zealand branch.
RBNZ capital review
On 5 December 2019, the RBNZ announced changes to
the capital adequacy framework in New Zealand. The
new framework includes the following components:
• Increasing total capital requirements from 10.5% of
risk weighted assets (RWA) to 18% for systemically
important banks (including WNZL) and 16% for all
other banks;
• Setting a Tier 1 capital requirement of 16% of RWA
for systemically important banks (including WNZL)
and 14% for all other banks;
• Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) can comprise no more
than 2.5% of the 16% Tier 1 capital requirement;
• Eligible Tier 1 capital will comprise common equity
and redeemable perpetual preference shares.
Existing AT1 instruments will be phased out over a
seven-year period;
• Maintaining the existing Tier 2 capital requirement
of 2% of RWA; and
• Recalibrating RWA for internal rating based banks,
such as WNZL, such that aggregate RWA will
increase to 90% of standardised RWA.
Given current market conditions, the RBNZ delayed the
start date of increases in capital until 1 July 2022, but
the new definitions of eligible capital came into effect
on 1 October 2021. Banks will be given up to seven
years to comply with the new requirements.
The new processes for issuing Tier 2 instruments in
the RBNZ’s final Banking Prudential Requirements
documents apply from 1 July 2021. Several further
changes to WNZL’s Conditions of Registration apply
from 1 October 2021.
RBNZ review of overseas bank branches
On 20 October 2021, the RBNZ announced it is
reviewing its policy for branches of overseas banks
(including Westpac Banking Corporation’s New Zealand
branch). The RBNZ has indicated the objective of the
review is to create a simple, coherent and transparent
policy framework for branches of overseas banks.
The RBNZ has issued its first consultation paper on
the review, and has indicated it intends to publish a
second consultation paper in mid-2022, setting out its
proposed approach.
Review of New Zealand business
Following a review of the Westpac New Zealand
business this year, Westpac determined that a demerger
was not in the best interests of shareholders and that it
would retain its 100 per cent ownership of that business.
The review identified opportunities to improve service
for customers and value across the Westpac New
Zealand business which will be progressed with the
WNZL Board and management team.
Regulatory and risk developments
Enforceable undertaking on risk governance
remediation, Integrated Plan and CORE program
On 1 December 2020, APRA announced the findings
from its risk governance review into Westpac, including
that Westpac has an immature and reactive risk culture,
unclear accountabilities, capability shortfalls and
inadequate oversight relating to the management of
risk. On 3 December 2020 Westpac confirmed it had
entered into an enforceable undertaking with APRA in
relation to Westpac’s risk governance remediation (EU).
The key terms of the EU include:
• Integrated Plan: Developing a plan which outlines
all major risk governance remediation activities in
relation to both financial and non-financial risk, sets
a clear timeline for implementation, and specifies
accountability for delivery. APRA has approved
Westpac’s Integrated Plan. Westpac’s Customer
Outcomes and Risk Excellence (CORE) Program
is delivering the Integrated Plan and supporting
the strengthening of Westpac’s risk governance,
accountability, and culture. Further information in
relation to progress of the CORE program is set out
in the ‘Strategic review’ section.
• Governance and independent oversight: Providing
sufficient funding and resources to implement
the Integrated Plan and establishing appropriate
governance arrangements. Independent assurance
over implementation of the Integrated Plan is also
required. Promontory Australia has been appointed
as the Independent Reviewer.
• Regular reporting: The Independent Reviewer is
to provide regular updates to APRA on Westpac’s
compliance with the EU and the Integrated Plan.
Westpac is also required to provide regular
progress reports to APRA. Promontory Australia has
provided three reports to APRA so far.
• Clarity on accountability: Incorporating
accountability for the delivery of the Integrated
Plan into relevant Banking Executive Accountability
Regime statements and remuneration scorecards,
which has occurred.
Risk management
Westpac is continuing to upgrade its end-to-end
management of risk. A range of significant
shortcomings and areas for improvement in Westpac’s
risk governance have been highlighted in recent
reviews, including embedding of its risk management
framework, policies and systems, regulatory reporting,
data quality and management, product governance and
its risk capabilities. The Group has a number of risks
currently considered outside of risk appetite or that do
not meet the expectations of regulators.
76WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Information on Westpac
The CORE program, discussed above, is designed to
deliver improvements in many of these areas, including
embedding a more proactive risk culture, embedding
the three lines of defence model to establish clearer
risk management accountabilities, improving the
control environment, and improving risk awareness,
capability and capacity through organisation-wide
training and additional risk resources in the business.
Other areas of improvement are being addressed
through significant investment in risk management
expertise in areas such as operational risk, compliance,
financial crime, stress testing, modelling, regulatory
reporting and data quality and management.
Further information about risk management is set out
in the ‘Risk and risk management’ section.
APRA action against Westpac for breaches of liquidity
requirements
On 1 December 2020, APRA announced it was
taking action for breaches by Westpac of APRA’s
prudential standards on liquidity . A program of work
is underway to address APRA’s requirements, including
the commencement of APRA mandated reviews and
remediation of shortcomings identified as part of these
reviews. From 1 January 2021, APRA has required the
Group to increase the value of its net cash outflows by
10% for the purpose of calculating liquidity coverage
ratio (LCR). The impact of this overlay on the Group
LCR as at 30 September 2021 was 13 percentage points.
This overlay will be in place until the shortcomings have
been rectified.
APRA phasing out reliance on Committed Liquidity
Facility
On 10 September 2021, APRA announced it expects
ADIs to reduce their Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF)
usage to zero by 31 December 2022, and that no ADI
should rely on the CLF to meet its minimum 100% LCR
requirement from the beginning of 2022. Westpac’s
current CLF allocation is $37 billion. Westpac
expects to reduce its allocation in line with APRA’s
announcement, and to meet its liquidity requirements
by increasing its holdings of High Quality Liquid Assets.
This is also expected to increase the capital required
for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book to be held by
the Group.
Financial crime
Westpac has continued to improve its financial crime
risk management program. This involves a significant
multi-year program of work to improve financial crime
risk management (including AML/CTF, Sanctions,
Anti-Bribery and Corruption, Foreign Account Tax
Compliance Act (FATCA) and Common Reporting
Standards (CRS)).
Through this work, Westpac is undertaking activities
to remediate and improve controls in multiple areas
including initial, enhanced and ongoing customer due
diligence and associated record keeping, upgrading
customer and payment screening and transaction
monitoring solutions, establishing data reconciliations
and checks to ensure the completeness of data
feeding into its financial crime systems, and improving
regulatory reporting including in relation to IFTIs,
Threshold Transaction Reports and Suspicious Matter
Reports (including ‘tipping off’ controls).
With increased focus on financial crime, further issues
requiring attention may be identified.
Details about the consequences of failing to comply
with financial crime obligations are set out in the ‘Risk
factors’ section.
Life insurance premium review
On 12 October 2021, Westpac noted it was reviewing
premium increases on certain life insurance products
issued by Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited. The
review is ongoing and relates to life insurance products
sold under Product Disclosure Statements issued in the
years 2010 to 2017. See Note 26 for further information.
APRA capital requirements
Operational risk capital overlays
The following additional capital overlays are currently
applied by APRA to Westpac’s operational risk capital
requirement:
• $500 million in response to Westpac’s Culture,
Governance and Accountability self-assessment.
The overlay has applied from 30 September 2019.
• $500 million in response to the magnitude and
nature of issues that were the subject of the
AUSTRAC proceedings. The overlay has applied
from 31 December 2019.
Both overlays have been applied through an increase in
RWA. The impact on Westpac’s Level 2 common equity
Tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio at 30 September 2021 was a
reduction of 36 basis points.
APRA announcements affecting capital
As part of its response to the current environment,
APRA made the following announcements on capital:
• Regulatory support for banks offering temporary
financial assistance to borrowers impacted by
COVID-19, which allowed for payment deferrals up
to three months before 30 September 2021;
• On 15 December 2020, APRA issued revised capital
management guidance to all ADIs and insurers
that from 1 January 2021, APRA will no longer hold
ADIs to a minimum level of earnings retention
(previously 50% of net profit after tax in 2020).
However, APRA has stated it expects banks to
moderate dividend payout ratios, consider the use
of dividend reinvestment plans and/or other capital
management initiatives to offset the impact from
dividends and conduct regular stress testing;
• Deferral of APRA’s implementation of the Basel III
capital reforms by a year to January 2023; and
• Deferral of changes to APS 222 Associations with
Related Entities by a year to 1 January 2022.
APRA is proposing changes to embed the
‘unquestionably strong’ level of capital in the capital
framework, including implementation of Basel III
reforms. On 21 July 2021 APRA released further
guidance on capital buffers and the calculation of
RWA including for specific asset classes. As part of
the proposal, APRA intends to increase the capital
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
77WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Information on Westpac
conservation buffer from 2.5% to 4.0% and introduce
a base level for the countercyclical capital buffer of
1.0%. As a result, the CET1 capital ratio requirement
for D-SIBS is proposed to increase from 8% to 10.5%
from 1 January 2023. We expect further clarity on the
changes ahead of 1 January 2023.
As referenced above, on 10 September 2021 APRA
announced it expects ADIs to reduce their CLF usage
to zero over the 2022 calendar year. This will result in
the Group increasing its holdings of High Quality Liquid
Assets.
APRA’s proposed revisions to subsidiary capital
investment treatment
On 5 August 2021 APRA released the final revised
standard for APS 111 Capital Adequacy: Measurement of
Capital which is effective from 1 January 2022. The final
standard includes changes to the parent ADI’s (Level
1) treatment of equity investments in banking and
insurance subsidiaries including:
• equity investments in subsidiaries (including any
Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital investments in
subsidiaries) will be risk weighted at 250%, up to a
limit of 10% of Level 1 CET1 capital per investment;
and
• any equity investments in excess of the 10% limit
will be fully deducted from Level 1 CET1 capital in
determining Level 1 capital ratios.
The impact to the Group’s Level 1 ratio on a pro-
forma basis at 30 September 2021 is an approximate
reduction of 18 basis points. There is no impact from
this proposal on the calculation of the Group’s reported
regulatory capital ratios on a Level 2 basis.
Additional loss absorbing capacity
On 9 July 2019, APRA announced a requirement for the
Australian major banks (including Westpac) to increase
their total capital requirements by three percentage
points of RWA as measured under the current capital
adequacy framework. This increase in total capital will
take full effect from 1 January 2024.
The additional capital is expected to be raised through
Tier 2 Capital and is likely to be offset by a decrease in
other forms of long-term wholesale funding. Westpac
is continuing to make progress towards the new
requirements. As at 30 September 2021, Westpac’s
Tier 2 ratio was 4.21%. This compares to a target
minimum Tier 2 Capital Ratio requirement of 5.0%.
APRA is still targeting an additional four to five
percentage points of loss-absorbing capacity. APRA
has stated that it will, over the next three years,
consider feasible alternative methods for raising the
remaining 1-2 percentage points.
General regulatory changes affecting our businesses
Cyber resilience
APRA, ASIC, and the Australian government have
intensified their focus on cyber resilience, given the
increasing number of cyber-related incidents. APRA is
seeking to ensure that regulated entities improve their
cyber resilience practices and has been focussing on
the effective implementation of its Prudential Standard
CPS 234 on Information Security. Westpac continues
to enhance its systems and processes to mitigate
cybersecurity risks, including in relation to third parties.
APRA prudential standard CPS 511: remuneration
On 27 August 2021, APRA released its final revised
Prudential Standard CPS 511 Remuneration. The new
standard has an effective date of 1 January 2023 for
significant financial institutions that are authorised
deposit-taking institutions (which includes Westpac).
The objective of the Standard is to ensure that APRA-
regulated entities maintain remuneration arrangements
which appropriately incentivise individuals to prudently
manage the risks they are responsible for, and that
there are appropriate consequences for poor risk
outcomes. Westpac is reviewing its remuneration
arrangements in line with the new requirements.
Proposed changes to lending laws and regulatory
requirements
In October 2021 APRA released a letter to ADIs
regarding strengthening residential mortgage lending
assessments and increased the minimum interest rate
buffer that it expects ADI’s to use when assessing
home loan serviceability, to at least 3.0 percentage
points above the loan product rate. The letter also
outlines APRA’s intention to keep the level of the buffer
under review and to review risk appetites for lending at
high debt-to-income ratios. It also indicated it expects
to release an Information Paper outlining its framework
for macroprudential policy by the end of this year.
On 25 September 2020, the government announced a
proposed simplification of Australia’s consumer credit
regulatory regime. The proposed legislation has not yet
passed the Senate, and if it does, we will make changes
as appropriate.
In addition to responsible lending, consumer credit is subject
to regulatory oversight through a range of mechanisms,
including APRA standards and guidance on credit
assessments by ADIs. Accordingly, without changes to these
regulatory requirements, removal of responsible lending
obligations (if this occurs) may not have a significant impact
on our overall consumer credit processes.
Focus on superannuation
On 1 July 2021, the ‘Your Future, Your Super’ reforms
came into effect. The key reforms involve:
• linking a person to their superannuation fund
throughout their working life (unless a person
chooses otherwise) to reduce people having
unintended multiple superannuation accounts;
• requiring APRA to conduct an annual, objective
test for MySuper products from 1 July 2021 (and
for other prescribed products from 1 July 2022).
Trustees that fail the test will have to notify
members of the underperformance. Where a
product has failed the performance test in two
consecutive years, the trustee is prohibited from
accepting new beneficiaries into that product. An
online ATO ‘YourSuper’ comparison tool was also
introduced to enable members to compare the
annual performance test outcomes of all MySuper
products; and
78WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Information on Westpac
Fraud
Westpac’s proceedings against Forum Finance Pty Ltd
On 28 June 2021 Westpac commenced proceedings in
the Federal Court of Australia against Forum Finance
Pty Ltd (Forum Finance) and has since amended its
claim to join WNZL and add more respondents. This
followed the discovery of a significant fraud relating
to a portfolio of equipment leases with Westpac
customers, arranged by Forum Finance, which were
referred to Westpac’s Institutional Bank. The NSW
Police, ASIC and APRA have been notified. It appears
no Westpac customer has suffered a financial loss.
Westpac has obtained asset freezing and search orders
to preserve available assets and relevant information
and has supported the appointment of external
administrators to companies associated with directors
of Forum Finance. Westpac is also investigating how
this occurred.
Completed matters
During 2021, a number of litigation matters have been
finalised, including:
ASIC’s outbound scaled advice division proceedings
On 22 December 2016, ASIC commenced Federal Court
proceedings against BT Funds Management Limited
(BTFM) and Westpac Securities Administration Limited
(WSAL) in relation to a number of superannuation
account consolidation campaigns conducted between
2013 and 2016. On 23 August 2021, the Federal
Court of Australia imposed civil penalties totalling
$10.5 million against BTFM ($3 million) and WSAL
($7.5 million) in relation to findings that those entities
had provided personal advice in calls to 14 customers in
contravention of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
ASIC’s proceedings against BT Funds Management
and Asgard Capital Management
On 20 August 2020, ASIC commenced proceedings
in the Federal Court of Australia against BTFM and
Asgard Capital Management Limited (ACML), in
relation to allegations concerning the inadvertent
charging of financial advisor fees to 404 clients
totalling $130,006 after a request had been made
to remove the financial advisor from the customers’
accounts. On 23 July 2021, the Federal Court imposed
civil penalties totalling $3 million against BTFM
($1.5 million) and ACML ($1.5 million).
Class action against Westpac Banking Corporation and
Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited
On 12 October 2017, a class action was filed in the
Federal Court of Australia on behalf of customers
who, since February 2011, obtained insurance issued
by Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited on the
recommendation of financial advisers employed within
the Westpac Group. On 9 August 2021, the Federal
Court approved the settlement of this matter, pursuant
to which Westpac will pay up to $30 million to settle
the claims made in the class action without any
admission of liability.
• the trustee’s duty to act in the best interests of
beneficiaries becoming an obligation to perform
their duties and exercise their powers in the best
financial interests of the beneficiaries, and reversing
the burden of proof for the best financial interests
duty, so the trustee has the onus of demonstrating
they have met this obligation.
Two BT MySuper products (AESA MySuper and
BT Super MySuper) failed the annual MySuper
performance test for the year ended 30 June 2021
and the BT trustee has notified relevant members of
this outcome. The annual performance assessment is
based on a combined seven-year performance of the
products. If those BT products also fail the next annual
performance test, the BT trustee will be precluded
from accepting new My Super members. Consistent
with its obligations and APRA’s expectations the BT
trustee is assessing the potential implications of these
circumstances and exploring options for the products
that are in the best financial interests of members.
ASIC and APRA are increasing their supervisory
focus on superannuation providers, including BT, with
an emphasis on member outcomes. Westpac’s BT
superannuation entity trustee has been responding
to requests for information from APRA in relation to
the comparative underperformance of certain of its
MySuper products, having regard to APRA’s MySuper
‘Heat Maps’. BT’s superannuation trustee is also
continuing with a program of work on enhancement
of member outcomes and accelerating its remediation
programs.
With increased regulatory focus on superannuation,
including a number of inquiries and investigations into
BT’s superannuation business, further issues requiring
attention may be identified.
Royal commission into the banking, superannuation
and financial services industry
Implementation of the 76 express recommendations
in the Final Report of the Royal Commission into
Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and
Financial Services Industry continues to be a focus of
Australia’s banking and financial services entities and
their regulators.
Presently, 46 recommendations apply to Westpac.
The Group continues with programs of work in
relation to all applicable recommendations that
have been the subject of legislative activity and/
or regulatory activity and, to date, has implemented
20 recommendations.
Other impacts arising from the Royal Commission
include claims being brought against financial
institutions in relation to matters considered during the
Royal Commission, and the referral of several cases of
misconduct to the financial regulators by Commissioner
Hayne.
Litigation and regulatory proceedings
Our entities are defendants from time to time in legal
proceedings arising from the conduct of our business.
Material legal proceedings are described below and in
Note 26 to the financial statements.
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
79WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
Information on Westpac
U.S. AUSTRAC related class action
In January 2020, a U.S. class action was brought
on behalf of certain investors in Westpac securities
between 11 November 2015 and 19 November 2019. The
claim related to market disclosure issues connected
to Westpac’s monitoring of financial crime over the
relevant period and matters which were the subject
of the AUSTRAC proceedings. The parties agreed to
settle these proceedings and Westpac agreed to pay an
amount of US$3.1 million. On 12 May 2021, the District
Court of Oregon made orders approving the settlement.
Class action in the U.S. relating to bank bill swap rate
In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United
States District Court for the Southern District of New
York against Westpac and several other Australian and
international banks and brokers alleging misconduct in
relation to the bank bill swap reference rate. In 2020,
Westpac reached agreement with the Plaintiffs to settle
this class action, agreeing to pay a settlement sum of
US$25 million and to certain ongoing co-operation
obligations. The settlement remains subject to Court
approval.
Regulatory proceedings
ASIC’s consumer credit insurance proceedings
On 7 April 2021, ASIC commenced proceedings in the
Federal Court against Westpac in relation to the sale
of consumer credit insurance (CCI) products to certain
customers who ASIC alleges had not requested this
product. ASIC is seeking, among other things, declarations
of contraventions of certain civil penalty provisions and
unspecified monetary penalties relating to approximately
335 customers in the period 7 April 2015 to 27 July 2015.
Westpac has filed its Response to ASIC’s Concise
Statement. Westpac ceased selling CCI products in 2019.
ASIC’s civil proceedings relating to interest rate
hedging activity
On 5 May 2021, ASIC filed civil proceedings against
Westpac alleging that it had engaged in insider trading
and unconscionable conduct and failed to comply with
its Australian Financial Services Licence obligations.
The allegations relate to interest rate hedging activity
during Westpac’s involvement in the 2016 Ausgrid
privatisation transaction. Westpac has filed its
Response to ASIC’s Concise Statement.
Outstanding regulatory matters
Westpac is working with ASIC to accelerate the closure
of certain investigations described in Note 26 to the
financial statements under the heading ‘Compliance,
regulation and remediation provisions’, which is
expected to involve Court proceedings.
Class actions
Class action relating to cash in superannuation
On 5 September 2019, a class action against BTFM
and WLIS was commenced in the Federal Court of
Australia in relation to aspects of BTFM’s BT Super for
Life cash investment option. The claim follows other
industry class actions. It is alleged that BTFM failed to
adhere to a number of obligations under the general
law, the relevant trust deed and the Superannuation
Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 (Cth), and that
WLIS was knowingly concerned with BTFM’s alleged
contraventions. The amount of damages claimed on
behalf of group members has not yet been specified.
BTFM and WLIS are defending the proceedings.
Class action relating to consumer credit insurance
On 28 February 2020, a class action was commenced
against Westpac Banking Corporation, Westpac
General Insurance Limited and WLIS in the Federal
Court of Australia in relation to Westpac’s sale of
consumer credit insurance products to customers.
The claim follows other industry class actions. It is
alleged the three entities failed to adhere to a number
of obligations in selling CCI in conjunction with credit
cards, personal loans and flexi loans. The damages
sought by the claim are unspecified. The three entities
are defending the proceedings.
Class action relating to payment of flex commissions
to auto dealers
On 16 July 2020, a class action was commenced
against Westpac Banking Corporation and St.George
Finance Limited (SGF) in the Supreme Court of Victoria
in relation to flex commissions paid to auto dealers
from 1 March 2013 to 31 October 2018. This proceeding
is one of two class actions commenced against a
number of lenders in the auto finance industry.
It is alleged Westpac and SGF are liable for the unfair
conduct of dealers acting as credit representatives
and engaged in misleading or deceptive conduct.
The damages sought are unspecified. Westpac and
SGF are defending the proceedings. Another law firm
publicly announced in July 2020 that it is preparing
to commence a class action against Westpac entities
in relation to flex commissions paid to auto dealers.
Westpac has not been served with a claim from that
law firm on flex commissions. Westpac has not paid
flex commissions since 1 November 2018 following an
industry-wide ban issued by ASIC.
Australian AUSTRAC related class action
Westpac is defending a class action proceeding which
was commenced in December 2019 in the Federal
Court of Australia on behalf of certain investors who
acquired an interest in Westpac securities between
16 December 2013 and 19 November 2019. The
proceeding involves allegations relating to market
disclosure issues connected to Westpac’s monitoring
of financial crime over the relevant period, and
matters which were the subject of the AUSTRAC civil
proceedings. The damages sought are unspecified.
However, given the time period in question and the
nature of the claims, it is likely any alleged damages will
be significant.
80WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Information on Westpac
Potential class actions
Westpac is aware from media reports and other
publicly available material that other class actions
against Westpac entities are being investigated. In
July 2020, a law firm publicly stated that it intends
to commence a class action against BTFM alleging
that since 2014, BTFM did not act in the best interests
of members of certain superannuation funds when
obtaining group insurance policies. In August 2020,
another law firm announced it was investigating
claims on behalf of persons who in the past 6 years
acquired, renewed or continued to hold a financial
product (including life insurance) on the advice or
recommendation of a financial adviser from Magnitude
Group, Securitor Financial Group or Westpac Banking
Corporation. Westpac has not been served with a
claim in relation to either of these matters and has no
information about the proposed claims beyond the
public statements issued by the law firms involved.
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
81WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Group
performance
SECTION 2
Reading this report
Review of Group operations
Income statement review
Balance sheet review
Capital resources
Divisional performance
Consumer
Business
Westpac Institutional Bank
Westpac New Zealand
Specialist Businesses
Group Businesses
Risk and risk management
Risk management
Risk factors
Other Westpac business information
82WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Reading this report
Reading this report
Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements
This Annual Report contains statements that constitute ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of
Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Forward-looking statements are statements about matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking
statements appear in a number of places in this Annual Report and include statements regarding Westpac’s
intent, belief or current expectations with respect to its business and operations, market conditions, results of
operations and financial condition, including, without limitation, future loan loss provisions and financial support
to certain borrowers. Words such as ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘expect’, ‘intend’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘continue’, ‘plan’,
‘estimate’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘aim’, ‘outlook’, ‘forecast’ or other similar words are used to
identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect Westpac’s current views with
respect to future events and are subject to change, certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are, in many
instances, beyond Westpac’s control, and have been made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs
concerning future developments and their potential effect upon Westpac. There can be no assurance that future
developments will be in accordance with Westpac’s expectations or that the effect of future developments on
Westpac will be those anticipated. Actual results could differ materially from those expected, depending on the
outcome of various factors, including, but not limited to:
• information security breaches, including cyberattacks;
• the effect of the global COVID-19 pandemic, which has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact
on our business and global economic conditions, adversely affect a wide-range of Westpac’s key suppliers,
third-party contractors and customers, create increased volatility in financial markets and result in increased
impairments, defaults and write-offs;
• the effect of, and changes in, laws, regulations, taxation or accounting standards or practices and government
policy, particularly changes to liquidity, leverage and capital requirements;
• regulatory investigations, reviews and other actions, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties, restrictions or other
regulator imposed conditions, including as a result of our actual or alleged failure to comply with laws (such as
financial crime laws), regulations or regulatory policy;
• the effectiveness of Westpac’s risk management policies, including internal processes, systems and employees,
and operational risks resulting from ineffective processes and controls, as well as breakdowns in processes and
procedures requiring remediation activity;
• the failure to comply with financial crime obligations, which has had, and could further have, adverse effects
on our business and reputation;
• the occurrence of environmental change (including as a result of climate change) or external events in
countries in which Westpac or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations;
• internal and external events which may adversely impact Westpac’s reputation;
• litigation and other legal proceedings and regulator investigations and enforcement actions;
• reliability and security of Westpac’s technology and risks associated with changes to technology systems;
• the stability of Australian and international financial systems and disruptions to financial markets and any
losses or business impacts Westpac or its customers or counterparties may experience as a result;
• market volatility, including uncertain conditions in funding, equity and asset markets;
• the incidence of inadequate capital levels under stressed conditions;
• the risk that governments will default on their debt obligations or will be unable to refinance their debts as
they fall due;
• changes to Westpac’s credit ratings or the methodology used by credit rating agencies;
• changes in political, social or economic conditions in any of the major markets in which Westpac or its
customers or counterparties operate;
• changes in economic conditions, consumer spending, saving and borrowing habits in Australia, New Zealand
and other countries (including as a result of tariffs and other protectionist trade measures) in which Westpac
or its customers or counterparties conduct their operations and Westpac’s ability to maintain or to increase
market share, margins and fees, and control expenses;
• adverse asset, credit or capital market conditions;
• an increase in defaults in credit exposures because of a deterioration in economic conditions;
• an increase in defaults, write-offs and provisions for credit impairments;
• the effects of competition, including from established providers of financial services and from non-financial
services entities, in the geographic and business areas in which Westpac conducts its operations;
• levels of inflation, interest rates (including low or negative interest rates), exchange rates and market and
monetary fluctuations and volatility;
83WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Reading this report
• poor data quality or poor data retention;
• strategic decisions including diversification, innovation, divestment, acquisitions or business expansion activity,
including the integration of new businesses;
• changes to Westpac’s critical accounting estimates and judgements and changes to the value of Westpac’s
intangible assets;
• the incidence or severity of Westpac-insured events;
• the inability to syndicate or sell down underwritten securities, particularly during times of heightened market
volatility; and
• various other factors beyond Westpac’s control.
The above list is not exhaustive. For certain other factors that may impact on forward-looking statements made
by Westpac, refer to ‘Risk factors’ in this Annual Report. When relying on forward-looking statements to make
decisions with respect to Westpac, investors and others should carefully consider the foregoing factors and other
uncertainties and events.
Westpac is under no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this Annual Report.
Currency of presentation, exchange rates and certain definitions
In this Annual Report, ‘financial statements’ means our audited consolidated balance sheets as at
30 September 2021 and 30 September 2020 and income statements, statements of comprehensive income,
changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years ended 30 September 2021, 2020 and 2019 together with
accompanying notes which are included in this Annual Report.
Our financial year ends on 30 September. As used throughout this Annual Report, the financial year ended
30 September 2021 is referred to as 2021 and other financial years are referred to in a corresponding manner.
We publish our consolidated financial statements in Australian dollars. In this Annual Report, unless otherwise
stated or the context otherwise requires, references to ‘dollars’, ‘dollar amounts’, ‘$’, ‘AUD’ or ‘A$’ are to Australian
dollars and references to ‘NZ$’, ‘NZD’ or ‘NZ dollars’ are to New Zealand dollars. The Australian dollar equivalent
of New Zealand dollars at 30 September 2021 was A$1.00 = NZ$1.0477, being the closing spot exchange rate on
that date.
Any discrepancies between totals and sums of components in tables contained in this Annual Report are due
to rounding.
Reading this report
84WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Review of Group operations
Selected consolidated financial and operating data
We have derived the following selected financial information, as of, and for the financial years ended,
30 September 2021, 2020 and 2019 from our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
This information should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and the
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Accounting standards
The financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report, unless
otherwise indicated, have been prepared and presented in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards
(AAS). Compliance with AAS ensures that the financial statements also comply with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the accounting policies described in the Notes to
the financial statements.
Recent accounting developments
For a discussion of recent accounting developments refer to Note 1 to the financial statements.
Critical accounting assumptions and estimates
Applying the Group’s accounting policies requires the use of judgment, assumptions and estimates which impact
the financial information. Note 1 (b) includes details of the areas of our critical accounting assumptions and
estimates and a reference to the relevant note in the financial statements providing further information. Each
of the assumptions and estimates have been discussed at our Board Audit Committee (BAC). The following is a
summary of the areas involving our most critical accounting estimates.
• Note 7 Income taxes.
• Note 13 Provisions for ECL on loans and credit commitments.
• Note 15 Life insurance contract liabilities.
• Note 22 Fair value of financial instruments.
• Note 25 Goodwill.
• Note 26 Provisions (other than Provisions for ECL on loans and credit commitments).
• Note 33 Superannuation obligations.
Intangible assets – computer software
Effective from 1 October 2020, the Group made a prospective change to computer software capitalisation by
increasing the threshold for capitalisation for software development costs from a total project spend of $1 million
to a total project spend of $20 million. This does not have a material effect on the Group’s financial statements.
The change increased operating expenses and reduced profit before income tax in the year by $191 million.
Impact of COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic and the measures put in place domestically and globally to control the spread of the
virus continue to impact global economies and financial markets. As a result, this remains a source of uncertainty
and judgement is required in relation to our critical accounting assumptions and estimates, primarily relating to:
• expected credit losses (ECL); and
• recoverable amount assessments of intangible assets.
As there is a higher than usual degree of uncertainty associated with these assumptions and estimates, the actual
outcomes may differ significantly which may impact accounting estimates included in these financial statements.
Review of Group
operations
85WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Review of Group operations
Income statement review
Consolidated income statement and key financial information
1
(in $m unless otherwise indicated)202120202019
Income statements for the years ended 30 September
Net interest income 16,858 16,696 16,907
Net fee income 1,482 1,592 1,655
Net wealth management and insurance income 1,211 751 1,029
Trading income 719 895 929
Other income 952 249 129
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges 21,222 20,183 20,649
Operating expenses(13,311)(12,739)(10,106)
Impairment charges 590 (3,178)(794)
Profit before income tax 8,501 4,266 9,749
Income tax expense(3,038)(1,974)(2,959)
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)(5)(2)(6)
Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation (WBC) 5,458 2,290 6,784
Key financial ratios
Shareholder value
Fully franked dividends per ordinary share (cents)118 31 174
Dividend payout ratio (%)
2
79.25 48.87 88.83
Basic earnings per share (cents)
3
149.4 63.7 196.5
Diluted earnings per share (cents)
4
137.8 63.7 189.5
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions) 3,653 3,590 3,450
Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)
5
16.90 15.67 15.36
Return on average ordinary equity (%)
6
7.70 3.37 10.65
Return on average total equity (%)
7
7.70 3.36 10.64
Share price ($):
High 27.12 29.81 30.05
Low 16.51 13.47 23.30
Close 26.00 16.84 29.64
Business performance
Net interest margin (%)
8
2.06 2.03 2.12
Operating expenses to operating income ratio (%) 62.72 63.12 48.94
Return on average assets (%)
9
0.60 0.25 0.76
Capital adequacy
Total equity to total assets (%) 7.70 7.50 7.20
Average total equity to total average assets (%) 7.83 7.40 7.13
APRA Basel III:
Common equity Tier 1 (%) 12.32 11.13 10.67
Tier 1 ratio (%) 14.65 13.23 12.84
Total capital ratio (%) 18.86 16.38 15.63
Credit quality
10
Loans written off (net of recoveries) 594 977 982
Loans written off (net of recoveries) to average loans (basis points) 8 14 14
Net impaired assets to equity and collectively assessed provisions (%) 1.28 2.21 1.41
Total provisions for expected credit losses (ECL) to total loans (basis points) 70 88 54
1. Where accounting classifications have changed or where
changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively,
comparatives have been restated and may differ from results
previously reported.
2. Adjusted for Treasury shares.
3. Based on weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares.
4. Basic earnings per share adjusted for the impact of dilutive
potential ordinary shares.
5. Total equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking
Corporation, after deducting intangible assets divided by the
number of ordinary shares outstanding, less Treasury shares.
6. Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of
Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity.
7. Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of
Westpac Banking Corporation by average ordinary equity and
non-controlling interests.
8. Calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest
earning assets.
9. Calculated by dividing net profit attributable to owners of
Westpac Banking Corporation by average total assets.
10. Includes balances classified as held for sale.
Review of Group
operations
86WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Review of Group operations
Overview of performance – 2021 v 2020
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC for 2021 was $5,458 million, an increase of $3,168 million or 138%
compared to 2020.
The increase in net profit was predominantly due to a credit impairment benefit of $590 million in 2021 compared
to a charge of $3,178 million in 2020. Over recent years, Westpac has incurred certain items that have been called
"notable items". The net after tax impact of these items was lower in 2021 ($1,601 million) compared to 2020
($2,619 million). 2021 items included:
• the write-down of assets (goodwill, capitalised software and certain other assets);
• additional provisions for estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation; and
• separation and transaction costs related to divestment of the Group’s Specialist Businesses; partly offset by
• gains on sale of assets and non-core businesses.
The following is a summary of the movements in the major line items in net profit for 2021 compared to 2020.
Net interest income increased $162 million compared to 2020 reflecting a 3 basis point increase in net interest
margin (to 2.06%) partly offset by a small decline in average interest earning assets of $2.3 billion (down less than
1%). The decline in average interest earning assets was mostly from lower business lending early in the year and
from a decline in other overseas assets as we consolidated our operations in Asia. The rise in net interest income
was predominantly due to:
• a $667 million change in unrealised gains on fair value economic hedges, from a charge of $477 million in 2020
to a benefit of $190 million in 2021; and
• lower wholesale funding and deposit costs; partly offset by
• lower spreads on mortgages and business lending from intense competition, and a shift in the mix of the
portfolio to lower spread fixed rate lending; and
• reduced returns on hedged capital and liquid assets from lower interest rates.
Non-interest income increased $877 million compared to 2020. The rise was mainly due to:
• gains on sale of assets and non-core businesses; and
• higher net wealth and insurance income due to favourable life policyholder liability revaluation and lower
general insurance severe weather claims; partly offset by
• lower financial markets trading income from lower volatility and the exit from energy trading; and
• lower net fee income from fee simplification initiatives.
Operating expenses increased $572 million or 4% compared to 2020. The rise was mainly due to:
• asset impairments (including goodwill and capitalised software);
• an increase in full time equivalent (FTE) employees and associated costs, principally to improve risk
management as part of our Fix priority and increased mortgage volumes; partly offset by
• costs of the AUSTRAC proceedings, including a penalty, in 2020.
The Group recognised a credit impairment benefit of $590 million in 2021 compared to a charge of $3,178 million
in 2020. In 2020, the Group materially increased provisions in response to the expected economic impact of
COVID-19, including forecasts of prolonged deterioration in economic activity, a rise in unemployment and a
decline in property prices. The improvement in asset quality along with a better economic outlook has meant
that some of the provisions booked in 2020 are no longer required. The Group also fully provided for a large
equipment finance fraud in 2021.
The effective tax rate of 35.7% was lower than the 2020 effective tax rate of 46.3% predominantly due to the
non-deductible items in 2020.
The Board has determined a final dividend of 60 cents per ordinary share. The full year ordinary dividends of
$1.18 is higher than the ordinary dividends declared in 2020 and represents a payout ratio of 79.25%. The full year
ordinary dividend is fully franked.
87WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Review of Group operations
Income statement review – 2021 v 2020
Net interest income – 2021 v 2020
$m202120202019
Interest Income 22,278 27,047 33,222
Interest expense(5,420)(10,351)(16,315)
Net interest income 16,858 16,696 16,907
Increase/(decrease) in net interest income
Due to change in volume 31 496 397
Due to change in rate 131 (707) 5
Change in net interest income 162 (211) 402
Net interest income increased $162 million or 1% compared to 2020. Key features include:
• decrease in average interest earning assets with reductions in institutional, business, and personal lending
balances, partly offset by higher mortgage lending balances and increased holdings of third party liquid assets.
Other interest earning assets decreased mainly in collateral balances; and
• Group net interest margin increased 3 basis points to 2.06%. Refer to Interest spread and margin – 2021 v 2020
for primary drivers of margin movement.
Total loans (including held for sale loans) increased $17.7 billion or 3% compared to 30 September 2020.
Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, total loans increased $15.1 billion or 2%.
Key features of total loan movements were:
• Australian housing loans increased $14.7 billion, with growth improving through the year, supported by market
growth, improvements in credit decisioning and processing times. The growth was in owner occupied lending,
up $23.8 billion, partly offset by a reduction in investor lending of $7.5 billion;
• Australian personal lending decreased $2.3 billion with auto finance declining $1.1 billion and a decrease in
credit cards and personal loans as customers reduced this form of debt;
• Australian business lending grew $0.9 billion from increased institutional activity, leading to higher drawdowns
on existing facilities. This was partly offset by a reduction in exposures to the SME and commercial portfolios
from reduced new lending and accelerated repayments;
• New Zealand lending increased in $NZ terms with higher housing lending, supported by continued market
strength, partly offset by lower business lending; and
• Other overseas lending decreased as the Group continued to consolidate its operations in Asia.
Deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposit increased $24.9 billion or 4% compared to
30 September 2020, fully funding loan growth for the year. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts,
deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposit increased $22.8 billion or 4%.
Key features of deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposit growth were:
• Australian deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposit increased reflecting the impact of
extended lockdowns and government stimulus, with all the growth recorded in the second half of the year. The
mix of deposits continued to shift from term deposits to at call products. Non-interest bearing deposits were
higher reflecting mortgage offset balances up $4.8 billion;
• New Zealand deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposit increased across both
households and business with term deposits declining and at call products increasing; and
• Other overseas deposits and other borrowings excluding certificates of deposit decreased primarily in Asia as
we continued to consolidate our operations.
Certificates of deposit increased $11.0 billion or 31% reflecting higher short-term wholesale funding issuance in
this form.
88WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Review of Group operations
Interest spread and margin – 2021 v 2020
$m202120202019
Group
Net interest income 16,858 16,696 16,907
Average interest earning assets 819,456 821,718 798,924
Average interest bearing liabilities 736,336 745,641 734,282
Average net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity 83,120 76,077 64,642
Interest spread
1
1.98% 1.90% 1.94%
Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity
2
0.08% 0.13% 0.18%
Net interest margin
3
2.06% 2.03% 2.12%
Group net interest margin of 2.06% increased 3 basis points from 2020. Key features include:
•reduced estimated customer refunds and payments contributed to an increase in margin of 4 basis points; and
•excluding the impact of estimated customer refunds and payments, net interest margin decreased 1 basis point
driven by:
–7 basis point decrease from loans primarily due to lower spreads on new lending, shifts in the mortgage
portfolio composition to lower spread fixed rate loans, mortgage retention pricing, contraction in business
lending spreads, and a change in portfolio mix with reductions in higher spread personal and business
lending average balances, partly offset by lower funding costs;
–6 basis point decrease from capital and other primarily due to reduced earnings on hedged capital;
–3 basis point decrease from higher holdings of third party liquid assets; partly offset by
–6 basis point increase from higher Treasury and Markets contribution primarily driven by unrealised gains
on fair value economic hedges and hedge ineffectiveness;
–5 basis point increase from lower wholesale funding costs reflecting low interest rates and the Term
Funding Facility; and
–4 basis point increase from deposits primarily due to favourable shifts in portfolio composition as
customers preferred at call products and repricing, partly offset by lower earnings on hedged deposits.
Non-interest income - 2021 v 2020
$m202120202019
Net fee income 1,482 1,592 1,655
Net wealth management and insurance income 1,211 751 1,029
Trading income 719 895 929
Other income 952 249 129
Non-interest income 4,364 3,487 3,742
Non-interest income of $4,364 million increased $877 million or 25% compared to 2020.
Net fee income decreased $110 million or 7% primarily resulting from:
•estimated customer refunds and payments were $137 million in 2021 compared to $88 million in 2020;
•the removal of certain account and transaction fees as part of our simplification initiatives;
•the impacts of COVID-19 including a decline in international card volumes and lower customer activity;
•lower payments revenue from a reduction in correspondent banking relationships; and
•lower net contribution from ATM usage ($25 million) following the sale of our offsite ATMs to a third party in
2020; partly offset by
•higher corporate and institutional fee income ($37 million) from lower utilisation of credit facilities.
1.Interest spread is the difference between the average yield on all interest earning assets and the average yield on all interest
bearing liabilities.
2.The benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and equity is determined by applying the average yield paid on all interest
bearing liabilities to the average level of net non-interest bearing funds as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
3.Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets.
Review of Group
operations
89WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Review of Group operations
Net wealth management and insurance income increased $460 million or 61% primarily due to:
• higher life insurance income ($413 million) with the prior period impacted by asset impairment and deferred
acquisition cost write-offs combined with a favourable movement in the valuation of life policy liabilities;
• higher Lenders Mortgage Insurance income ($81 million) reflecting increased volumes and first home buyer
activity prior to the sale of the business in August 2021; and
• higher General Insurance income ($41 million) due to lower weather-related claims prior to the sale of the
business in July 2021; partly offset by
• lower wealth income ($39 million) mostly from platform and superannuation pricing changes and migration of
customers from legacy platforms to BT Panorama; and
• full period impact from the exit of the Advice business in 2020 ($30 million).
Trading income decreased $176 million or 20% primarily due to:
• lower non-customer income primarily due to lower fixed income and foreign exchange trading due to low
market volatility and reduced commodities income following the exit of the energy desk in 2020 ($64 million);
and
• losses on derivatives ($79 million) that hedge certain customer products which is mostly offset by a
corresponding gain in Other income; partly offset by
• a positive movement in derivative valuation adjustments ($169 million) with 2020 impacted by wider credit
spreads due to the higher potential risks that were expected to emerge from COVID-19; and
• a positive movement in offshore earnings hedges ($36 million).
Other income increased $703 million primarily due to:
• a gain on the revaluation of Coinbase ($545 million);
• a gain on the sale of Westpac General Insurance ($160 million);
• fair value gains ($78 million) on markets related customer products, with the risk associated with these
instruments hedged and losses reported in trading income;
• non-recurring foreign currency translation losses incurred in the prior year following the closure of the Mumbai
branch ($55 million); and
• gains on the revaluation of fintech investments ($43 million); partly offset by
• the revaluation of Zip Co Limited in the prior year ($303 million).
Operating expenses – 2021 v 2020
$m202120202019
Staff expenses 6,034 5,015 5,038
Occupancy expenses 1,226 1,016 1,023
Technology expenses 3,128 2,643 2,319
Other expenses 2,923 4,065 1,726
Total operating expenses 13,311 12,739 10,106
Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio (%) 62.72% 63.12% 48.94%
Operating expenses were $572 million or 4% higher compared to 2020. Key items include:
• write-down of intangible assets ($737 million higher);
• asset sales and revaluations ($352 million higher);
• costs associated with estimated customer refunds, payments, costs and litigation ($197 million higher);
• partly offset by non-repeat of costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings ($1,478 million lower).
Except for these items, operating expenses increased $764 million or 7%. The following discussion excludes the
impact of these key items.
Through the year, we added 3,294 FTE mainly in response to additional resources to support our Fix strategic
priority, responding to higher mortgage volumes, providing COVID-19 support, and bringing more than 1,000
previously outsourced roles back to Australia. Additionally, increased expenses from the changes to our software
capitalisation policy and increased short-term incentives were partly offset by savings from organisational
streamlining and reductions in our branch network.
90WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Review of Group operations
Staff expenses increased $854 million or 17% from:
• higher personnel expenses mainly driven by:
–additional resources to improve risk management and compliance;
–responding to higher mortgage volumes, providing COVID-19 support, and bringing roles back to Australia;
–increased short-term incentives as 2020 had a reduced bonus pool given risk issues; and
• changes to our software capitalisation policy resulted in a higher proportion of activity being directly
expensed in the period, rather than amortised over future periods;
• partly offset by higher utilisation of leave provisions.
Occupancy expenses were $65 million or 6% lower mostly from lower distribution network costs including branch
closures, partly offset by costs associated with corporate sites rationalisation.
Technology expenses were $4 million higher from impacts of changes to our software capitalisation policy partly
offset by lower amortisation.
Other expenses decreased $29 million or 2% from lower third-party spend and travel and entertainment partly
offset by higher costs relating to the Customer Outcomes and Risk Excellence (CORE) program.
Impairment charges – 2021 v 2020
$m202120202019
Total impairment (benefit)/charges(590) 3,178 794
Impairment charges to average gross loans (basis points)(8) 45 11
In 2021, Westpac reported an impairment benefit of $590 million, compared to the 2020 impairment charge of
$3,178 million, a $3,768 million improvement.
Total new collectively assessed provisions (CAP) in 2021 was a benefit of $803 million compared to a charge of
$2,861 million in 2020. The benefit was due to:
• more positive forward-looking economic inputs in the provision calculations through 2021;
• improved asset quality metrics, including a 55 basis point reduction in the Group’s stressed exposures to TCE
and lower delinquencies across the consumer portfolios; and
• lower write-offs, predominately from lower delinquencies and a reduction in our consumer unsecured
portfolios.
Total individually assessed provisions (IAPs), write-backs and recoveries were $104 million lower than 2020
principally due to:
• higher recoveries and write-backs in 2021 predominately in the Consumer and Business divisions; and
• lower new IAPs. 2021 included a small number of large customers migrating to impaired while one fully
provided equipment finance fraud was recorded in 2021.
Income tax expense – 2021 v 2020
$m202120202019
Income tax expense 3,038 1,974 2,959
Tax as a percentage of profit before income tax expense (effective income tax rate) 35.74% 46.27% 30.35%
The effective tax rate of 35.74% in 2021 was significantly lower than the 2020 effective tax rate of 46.27%. The key
driver for the decline in the rate is the non-deductible provisions for the penalty, and associated costs, relating to
the AUSTRAC civil proceedings, being recognised in 2020 and not repeated in 2021. These have been offset by
additional tax expense arising from our Insurance divestments in 2021.
The effective tax rate of 35.74% in 2021 is above the Australian corporate tax rate of 30%, with the key drivers for
the increase in the rate being the non-deductible goodwill impairments and additional tax expense arising from
our Insurance divestments.
91WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Review of Group operations
Balance sheet review
Selected consolidated balance sheet data
1
The detailed components of the balance sheet are set out in the notes to the financial statements.
20212020
As at 30 September$m$m
Cash and balances with central banks 71,353 30,129
Collateral paid 4,232 4,778
Trading securities and financial assets measured at fair value through income statement and investment
securities 104,518 132,206
Derivative financial instruments 19,353 23,367
Loans 709,784 693,059
Life insurance assets- 3,593
Assets held for sale 4,188 -
All other assets 22,449 24,814
Total assets 935,877 911,946
Collateral received 2,368 2,250
Deposits and other borrowings 626,955 591,131
Other financial liabilities 50,309 40,925
Derivative financial instruments 18,059 23,054
Debt issues 128,779 150,325
Life insurance liabilities- 1,396
Liabilities held for sale 837 -
All other liabilities 7,411 10,842
Total liabilities excluding loan capital 834,718 819,923
Total loan capital 29,067 23,949
Total liabilities 863,785 843,872
Net assets 72,092 68,074
Total equity attributable to owners of WBC 72,035 68,023
NCI 57 51
Total shareholders’ equity and NCI 72,092 68,074
1. Where accounting classifications have changed or where changes in accounting policy are adopted retrospectively, comparatives have
been restated and may differ from results previously reported.
Review of Group
operations
92WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Review of Group operations
Balance sheet review
During 2021, the level of liquid assets was higher due to inflows from deposits outpacing loan growth, further
utilisation of the Term Funding Facility (TFF), partly offset by net maturities of debt issues.
Assets – 2021 v 2020
Total assets as at 30 September 2021 were $935.9 billion, an increase of $23.9 billion or 3% compared to
30 September 2020. Significant movements during the year included:
• cash and balances with central banks increased $41.2 billion or 137% reflecting higher liquid assets held in this
form;
• trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS and investment securities decreased $27.7 billion or
21% reflecting lower balances held in this form;
• derivative assets decreased $4.0 billion or 17% mainly driven by movements in interest rate swaps;
• loans increased $16.7 billion or 2%. Refer to loan discussion in Net interest income – 2021 v 2020 for further
information;
• life insurance assets decreased $3.6 billion or 100% due to the reclassification to assets held for sale;
• assets held for sale as at 30 September 2021 comprised of businesses announced to be sold in 2021 (refer to
Note 37 to the financial statements). There were no businesses classified as assets held for sale as at
30 September 2020;
• all other assets decreased $2.4 billion or 10% mainly due to impairment of intangible assets, and depreciation
and impairment of property and equipment.
Liabilities and equity – 2021 v 2020
Total liabilities as at 30 September 2021 were $863.8 billion, an increase of $19.9 billion or 2% compared to
30 September 2020. Significant movements during the year included:
• deposits and other borrowings increased $35.8 billion or 6%. Refer to deposits and other borrowings
discussion in Net interest income - 2021 v 2020 for further information;
• other financial liabilities increased $9.4 billion or 23% mainly driven by higher securities sold under agreements
to repurchase as the Group accessed the TFF;
• derivative liabilities decreased $5.0 billion or 22% driven by movements in interest rate and cross currency
swaps;
• debt issues decreased $21.5 billion or 14%. Excluding foreign currency and other non-cash impacts, debt issues
decreased $18.5 billion or 12%, representing net maturities;
• life insurance liabilities decreased $1.4 billion or 100% due to the reclassification to liabilities held for sale;
• loan capital increased $5.1 billion or 21% mainly due to $1.0 billion net issuance of Additional Tier 1 instruments,
and $5.1 billion net issuance of Tier 2 instruments, partly offset by $1.0 billion foreign currency translation and
fair value hedging impacts;
• liabilities held for sale as at 30 September 2021 comprised of businesses announced to be sold in 2021
(refer to Note 37 to the financial statements). There were no businesses classified as liabilities held for sale as
at 30 September 2020; and
• all other liabilities decreased $3.4 billion or 32% due to reduction in provisions to settle the AUSTRAC civil
proceedings and lower insurance related liabilities which formed part of businesses disposed and settled in
second half of 2021.
Equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation increased $4.0 billion or 6% reflecting retained
profits in 2021.
Loan quality - 2021 v 2020
Housing and personal loans that were past due can be disaggregated based on days overdue as follows:
Consolidated20212020
$m30-89 days90+ daysTotal30-89 days90+ daysTotal
Loans
Loans - housing 5,373 5,081 10,454 2,682 7,399 10,081
Loans - personal 214 247 461 260 347 607
Total 5,587 5,328 10,915 2,942 7,746 10,688
93WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Review of Group operations
Capital resources
APRA measures an ADI’s regulatory capital using three measures:
• Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (CET1) comprises the highest quality components of capital that consists of
paid-up share capital, retained profits and certain reserves, less certain intangible assets, capitalised expenses
and software, and investments and retained profits in insurance and funds management subsidiaries that are
not consolidated for capital adequacy purposes;
• Tier 1 Capital being the sum of CET1 and Additional Tier 1 Capital. Additional Tier 1 Capital comprises high
quality components of capital that consist of certain securities not included in CET1, but which include loss
absorbing characteristics; and
• Total Regulatory Capital being the sum of Tier 1 Capital and Tier 2 Capital. Tier 2 Capital includes subordinated
instruments and other components of capital that, to varying degrees, do not meet the criteria for
Tier 1 Capital, but nonetheless contribute to the overall strength of an ADI and its capacity to absorb losses.
Under APRA’s Prudential Standards, Australian ADIs, including Westpac, are required to maintain a minimum
CET 1 ratio of at least 4.5%, Tier 1 Capital ratio of at least 6.0% and Total Regulatory Capital ratio of at least 8.0%.
APRA may also require ADIs, including Westpac, to meet Prudential Capital Requirements (PCRs) above the
industry PCRs. APRA does not allow the PCRs for individual ADIs to be disclosed.
APRA also requires ADIs to hold additional CET1 buffers comprising of:
• a capital conservation buffer (CCB) of 3.5% for ADIs designated by APRA as domestic systemically important
banks (D-SIBs) unless otherwise determined by APRA, which includes a 1.0% surcharge for D-SIBs. APRA has
determined that Westpac is a D-SIB; and
• a countercyclical capital buffer. The countercyclical buffer is set on a jurisdictional basis and APRA is
responsible for setting the requirement in Australia. The countercyclical buffer requirement is currently set to
zero for Australia and New Zealand.
Collectively, the above buffers are referred to as the Capital Buffer (CB). Should the CET1 capital ratio fall within
the capital buffer range restrictions on the distributions of earnings will apply. This includes restrictions on
the amount of earnings that can be distributed through dividends, Additional Tier 1 Capital distributions and
discretionary staff bonuses.
APRA announcements on capital
In Second Half 2021 APRA made the following announcements relevant to their capital framework:
• On 19 July 2021 APRA announced regulatory support for banks offering temporary financial assistance to
borrowers impacted by COVID-19
1
. APRA has outlined that for eligible borrowers, ADIs do not need to treat
the period of deferral as a period of arrears or loan restructuring. This applied to loans granted a repayment
deferral of up to three months before the end of September 2021
2
. ADIs must continue to provision for these
loans under accounting standards.
• APRA has released the final revised standard for APS 111 Capital Adequacy: Measurement of Capital, effective
from 1 January 2022
3
. The final standard includes changes to the parent ADI’s (Level 1) treatment of equity
investments in banking and insurance subsidiaries including:
–Equity investments in subsidiaries (including any Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital investments in
subsidiaries) will be risk weighted at 250%, up to a limit of 10% of Level 1 CET1 capital per investment; and
–Any equity investments in excess of the 10% limit will be fully deducted from Level 1 CET1 capital in
determining Level 1 capital ratios.
The impact to the Group’s Level 1 ratio on a pro forma basis at 30 September 2021 is an approximate reduction
of 18 basis points. There is no impact from this proposal on the calculation of the Group’s reported regulatory
capital ratios on a Level 2 basis.
• APRA is proposing changes to embed the ‘unquestionably strong’ level of capital in the capital framework,
including implementation of Basel III reforms
4
. On 21 July 2021 APRA released further guidance on capital
buffers and the calculation of RWA including for specific asset classes. As part of the proposal, APRA intend
to increase the capital conservation buffer from 2.5% to 4.0% and introduce a base level for the countercyclical
capital buffer of 1.0%.As a result, the CET1 capital ratio requirement for D-SIBs is proposed to increase from
8% to 10.5% from 1 January 2023. We expect further clarity on the changes ahead of 1 January 2023.
Review of Group
operations
1. APRA announcement – “APRA announces further regulatory support for loans impacted by COVID-19” dated 19 July 2021.
2. Letter to all authorised deposit taking institutions – “Regulatory support for loans impacted by COVID-19” dated 25 August 2021.
3. Letter to all authorised deposit taking institutions – “Final revised Prudential Standard: APS 111 Capital Adequacy - Measurement of
Capital” dated 5 August 2021.
4. Letter to all authorised deposit taking institutions – “Bank Capital Reforms: Update” dated 21 July 2021.
94WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Review of Group operations
• On 10 September 2021, APRA announced it expects ADIs to reduce their Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF)
usage to zero by 31 December 2022
1
. Westpac’s current CLF allocation is $37 billion. Westpac expects to
reduce its allocation in line with APRA’s announcement, and to meet its liquidity requirements by increasing its
holdings of High Quality Liquid Assets.
Further details of regulatory changes are in the Significant Developments in Section 1 of the Annual Report.
Capital management strategy
Westpac’s approach to capital management seeks to ensure that it is adequately capitalised as an ADI. Westpac
evaluates its approach to capital management through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process
(ICAAP), the key features of which include:
• the development of a capital management strategy, including consideration of regulatory minimums, capital
buffers and contingency plans. The current regulatory capital minimums together with the capital conservation
buffer (CCB) are the Total CET1 Requirement. The Total CET1 Requirement for Westpac is at least 8.0%, based
on an industry minimum CET1 requirement of 4.5% plus a capital buffer of at least 3.5% applicable to D-SIBs
2,3
;
• consideration of both regulatory and economic capital requirements;
• a stress testing framework that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements including the
impact of adverse economic scenarios; and
• consideration of the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating agencies as well as equity and debt
investors.
Given the above and in light of proposed changes to APRA’s capital management framework under which the
CET1 capital ratio requirement for D-SIBs is to increase from 8% to 10.5% (including the capital conservation
buffer and the countercyclical capital buffer), Westpac will seek to operate with a CET1 capital ratio above 10.5%
as measured under the existing capital framework
4
. Capital settings may be reviewed if more challenging or
uncertain conditions emerge, or if APRA’s proposals change significantly.
1. Letter to locally incorporated LCR authorised deposit taking institutions – Committed Liquidity Facility update dated
10 September 2021.
2. Noting that APRA may apply higher CET1 requirements for an individual ADI.
3. If an ADI’s CET1 ratio falls below the Total CET1 Requirement (at least 8%), they face restrictions on the distribution of earnings, such
as dividends, distribution payments on AT1 capital instruments and discretionary staff bonuses.
4. Allowing for quarterly volatility of capital ratios due to the half yearly cycle of ordinary dividend payments.
95WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Review of Group operations
Basel Capital Accord
APRA’s Prudential Standards are generally consistent with the International Regulatory Framework for Banks,
also known as Basel III, issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS), except where APRA
has exercised certain discretions. On balance, the application of these discretions acts to reduce capital ratios
reported under APRA’s Prudential Standards relative to the BCBS approach and to those reported in some other
jurisdictions.
Westpac is accredited by APRA to apply advanced models permitted by the Basel III global capital adequacy
regime to the measurement of its regulatory capital requirements. Westpac uses the Advanced Internal Ratings
Based approach for credit risk, the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for operational risk and the internal
model approach for Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB).
Westpac’s Level 2 regulatory capital ratios as at 30 September are summarised in the table below. As the table
summarises Westpac’s Level 2 regulatory capital structure, the capital amounts shown are not the same as the
Westpac Group’s consolidated financial statements. Westpac’s Pillar 3 Report provides further details regarding
Westpac’s capital structure.
$m20212020
Common equity 70,817 67,0 3 9
Deductions from common equity(17,009)(18,306)
Total common equity after deductions 53,808 48,733
Additional Tier 1 capital 10,180 9,206
Deductions from Additional Tier 1 capital(25)-
Net Tier 1 regulatory capital 63,963 57,939
Tier 2 capital 18,766 14,052
Deductions from Tier 2 capital(361)(261)
Total Tier 2 capital after deductions 18,405 13,791
Total regulatory capital 82,368 71,730
Credit risk 357,295 359,389
Market risk 6,662 8,761
Operational risk 55,875 54,090
Interest rate risk in the banking book 11,446 9,124
Other assets 5,372 6,541
Total risk weighted assets 436,650 437,905
Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio 12.32% 11.13%
Additional Tier 1 capital ratio 2.33% 2.10%
Tier 1 capital ratio 14.65% 13.23%
Tier 2 capital ratio 4.21% 3.15%
Total regulatory capital ratio 18.86% 16.38%
96WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
Divisional performance
Divisional performance – 2021 v 2020
The accounting standard AASB 8 Operating Segments requires segment results to be presented on a basis
that is consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers. In assessing financial
performance, including divisional results, Westpac Group uses a measure of performance referred to as ‘cash
earnings’. Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations
and is therefore typically considered in assessing distributions, including dividends. Cash earnings is neither a
measure of cash flow nor net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes both cash and non-cash
adjustments to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation.
Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current year against
prior years and to compare performance across business divisions and across peer companies.
A reconciliation of cash earnings to net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for each
business division is set out in Note 2 to the Financial Statements.
To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results:
•material items that key decision makers at the Westpac Group believe do not reflect the Group’s ongoing
operations;
•items that are not typically considered when dividends are recommended, mainly economic hedging impacts;
and
•accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results.
The discussion of our divisional performance in this section is presented on a cash earnings basis unless otherwise
stated. Cash earnings is not directly comparable to statutory results presented in other parts of this Annual
Report.
On 17 March 2021, Westpac announced that it was bringing together the leadership of its Consumer and Business
divisions into a new Consumer and Business Banking division. No change has been made for the 2021 Annual
Report as these changes are not yet reflected in the internal reporting to Westpac’s key decision makers.
Outlined below are the cash earnings adjustments to the reported result:
•fair value (gain)/loss on economic hedges (which do not qualify for hedge accounting under AAS) comprise:
–the unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on hedges of accrual accounted term funding transactions are reversed
in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on reported results but do not
affect the Group’s earnings over the life of the hedge; and
–the unrealised fair value (gain)/loss on foreign exchange hedges of future New Zealand earnings impacting
non-interest income is reversed in deriving cash earnings as they may create a material timing difference on
reported results but do not affect the Group’s earnings over the life of the hedge;
•ineffective hedges: The unrealised (gain)/loss on ineffective hedges is reversed in deriving cash earnings
because the gain or loss arising from the fair value movement in these hedges reverses over time and does not
affect the Group’s profits over time;
•adjustment related to Pendal: Westpac disposed of its holdings in 2020. As a result, no further adjustments will
be recognised in future years. In prior years this item was treated as a cash earnings adjustment given its size
and that it did not reflect ongoing operations;
•Treasury shares: Treasury shares held by the Group in managed funds and life businesses were disposed of in
2020; and
•accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results comprise:
–operating leases: Under AAS rental income on operating leases is presented gross of the depreciation of
the assets subject to the lease. These amounts are offset in deriving non-interest income and operating
expenses on a cash earnings basis; and
–policyholder tax recoveries: Income and tax amounts that are grossed up to comply with the AAS covering
Life Insurance Business (policyholder tax recoveries) are reversed in deriving income and taxation expense
on a cash earnings basis.
The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has
been followed when presenting this information.
97WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
Cash earnings by division
The following table presents, for each of the key divisions of our business, the cash earnings at the end of the
financial years ended 30 September 2021, 2020 and 2019. Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements for the
disclosure of our geographic and business segments and the reconciliation to net profit attributable to owners
of Westpac Banking Corporation.
$m202120202019
Consumer 3,081 2,746 3,116
Business 1,789 734 1,946
Westpac Institutional Bank(670) 332 925
Westpac New Zealand 950 612 985
Specialist Businesses 193 (506) 712
Group Businesses 9 (1,310)(835)
Total cash earnings 5,352 2,608 6,849
In presenting divisional results on a management reporting basis, internal charges and transfer pricing
adjustments are included in the performance of each division reflecting the management structure rather than
the legal entity (these results cannot be compared to results for individual legal entities). Where management
reporting structures or accounting classifications have changed, financial results for comparative years have been
revised and may differ from results previously reported.
Our internal transfer pricing frameworks facilitate risk transfer, profitability measurement, capital allocation and
business unit alignment, tailored to the jurisdictions in which we operate. Transfer pricing allows us to measure
the relative contribution of our products and divisions to the Group’s interest margin and other dimensions of
performance. Key components of our transfer pricing frameworks are funds transfer pricing for interest rate and
liquidity risk and allocation of basis and contingent liquidity costs, including capital allocation.
98WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
Over recent years, a number of large items have impacted results. These items do not include COVID-19 impacts
despite the significant effect on our results this year. These can be divided into four categories:
Category
Cash earnings
impact FY21 $mDetail
1. Provisions and costs related to the
AUSTRAC proceedings
-• There were no costs or provisions associated with the AUSTRAC
proceedings in 2021, these proceedings were settled in 2020.
2. Provisions for estimated customer
refunds and repayments, associated
costs and litigation costs
$448 million
reduction
• Additional provisions for estimated customer refunds in 2021 included:
–fees paid to aligned and salaried advisors;
–customer remediation in Westpac New Zealand;
–some customers on our platforms who were not advised of certain
corporate actions; partly offset by
–release of provisions for business customers provided with a
business loan instead of a consumer loan regulated by the National
Consumer Credit Protection Act and National Credit Code.
• Additional costs for our remediation program.
• Costs of litigation matters, including to resolve outstanding
investigations should a regulator decide to bring civil penalty
proceeding.
• Costs associated with ending the Group’s service agreement with IOOF.
3. The write-down of assets, including
goodwill and capitalised software
$1,164 million
reduction
• Write-down of assets in WIB following an annual impairment test as
the value of WIB’s forward cash flows no longer supported the carrying
value of these assets. This was partly due to reducing risk in the division
through the exit of energy trading, consolidating our Asian operations
and reducing our correspondent banking relationships which have
all impacted earnings. At the same time, medium term expectations
of prolonged low interest rates, subdued financial markets income
and elevated compliance expenses have impacted WIB’s earnings
outlook. The pre-tax impact of assets written down included goodwill
($487 million), capitalised software ($344 million) and other assets,
mostly property leases ($325 million).
• Write-down and impairment of capitalised software balances.
• Write-down of goodwill in the Group’s Lenders Mortgage Insurance
business as part of its sale.
4. The impact of asset sales and
revaluations
$11 million
benefit
• Gain on the divestment of the Group’s stake in Coinbase Inc. (Coinbase)
held in the Reinventure fund 1 of $283 million (after tax), along with an
additional gain on the sale of our holding in Zip Co Limited.
• Gain on sale of Westpac General Insurance.
• Post-sale adjustments from earn out payments associated with the sale
of the Group’s Vendor Finance business.
• Separation and transaction costs along with a deferred tax asset write-
off related to the agreed sale of Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited
(WLIS).
• Write-down of assets associated with Westpac Pacific as the division
was held for sale during First Half 2021.
• Other costs associated with the divestment of the Group’s Specialist
Businesses.
99WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
$m
AUSTRAC
proceedings
Refunds,
payments,
costs, and
litigation
Write-
downs of
intangibles
Asset
sales and
revaluationsTotal
2021
Net interest income- 131 - (4) 127
Net fee income- (137)- - (137)
Net wealth management and insurance income- (106)- - (106)
Trading income- - - - -
Other income- (4)- 764 760
Non-interest income- (247)- 764 517
Staff expenses- (116)- (175)(291)
Occupancy expenses- - (232)(43)(275)
Technology expenses- (3)(579)(68)(650)
Other expenses- (352)(594)(185)(1,131)
Operating expenses- (471)(1,405)(471)(2,347)
Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense- (587)(1,405) 289 (1,703)
Tax and NCI- 139 241 (278) 102
Cash earnings- (448)(1,164) 11 (1,601)
2020
Net interest income- (143)- - (143)
Net fee income- (88)- - (88)
Net wealth management and insurance income- (121)- (357)(478)
Trading income- - - - -
Other income- - - 303 303
Non-interest income- (209)- (54)(263)
Staff expenses- (123)- (3)(126)
Occupancy expenses- - - - -
Technology expenses- (4)(161)(4)(169)
Other expenses(1,478)(147)(507)(112)(2,244)
Operating expenses(1,478)(274)(668)(119)(2,539)
Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense(1,478)(626)(668)(173)(2,945)
Tax and NCI 36 186 54 50 326
Cash earnings(1,442)(440)(614)(123)(2,619)
2019
Net interest income- (344)- - (344)
Net fee income- (283)- - (283)
Net wealth management and insurance income- (537)- - (537)
Trading income- - - - -
Other income- - - 83 83
Non-interest income- (820)- 83 (737)
Staff expenses- (99)- (169)(268)
Occupancy expenses- - - - -
Technology expenses- (11)- (24)(35)
Other expenses- (110)- (48)(158)
Operating expenses- (220)- (241)(461)
Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense- (1,384)- (158)(1,542)
Tax and NCI- 426 - 69 495
Cash earnings- (958)- (89)(1,047)
100WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
A number of large items impacted 2021, 2020 and 2019 results. The impact to net interest income, non-interest
income and operating expenses is summarised below.
2021
Net interest income increased by $127 million as some customer remediation provisions were no longer required
for business customers that were not provided regulated consumer loans. These provision releases were partly
offset by additional provisions for customer remediation in Westpac New Zealand.
Non-interest income increased by $517 million and comprised:
• a $760 million benefit to other income from a gain on our stake in Coinbase, the gain on sale of Westpac
General Insurance, post-sale earn out payments from the sale of Vendor Finance and a small gain from
finalising the sale of our holding in Zip Co Limited; partly offset by
• a $137 million reduction to net fee income for additional provisions related to salaried advice remediation and
for some customers on our platforms who were not advised of certain corporate actions; and
• a $106 million reduction to net wealth management and insurance income for additional provisions for aligned
dealer group advice remediation.
Operating expenses increased by $2,347 million in 2021 and comprised:
• staff expenses of $291 million for implementation of our remediation program, and separation costs related to
the sale of WLIS;
• occupancy expenses of $275 million related to the write-down of WIB property leases and from the
write-down of assets in Westpac Pacific;
• technology expenses of $650 million mainly from the write-down and impairment of capitalised software, the
majority of which was associated with WIB, and costs related to the sale of WLIS; and
• other expenses of $1,131 million including;
–the write-down of goodwill in WIB following annual impairment testing along with goodwill in Westpac
Lenders Mortgage Insurance and other assets in Westpac Pacific;
–Reinventure performance fees paid that were linked to the divestment of Coinbase; and
–other costs linked to completing our remediation programs and litigation matters.
Income tax expense and NCI reduced by $102 million. This was mainly from the tax benefit from certain large
items discussed above recognised in operating expenses, partly offset by higher tax from the divestment of
Coinbase, the sale of Westpac General Insurance and the write-off of a deferred tax asset in WLIS.
2020
Net interest income reduced by $143 million from an increase in provisions for Business customers that were
provided business loans but should have been provided regulated consumer loans, partly offset by the release of
provisions no longer required for interest only loans that did not automatically switch, when required, to principal
and interest loans.
Non-interest income reduced by $263 million from:
• a reduction to net fee income of $88 million for provisions for some customers on our platforms who were not
advised of certain corporate actions;
• A $478 million reduction of net wealth management and insurance income from the write-off of intangibles
including insurance liabilities and deferred acquisition costs associated with WLIS and provisions for aligned
dealer group advice remediation; partly offset by
• A $303 million benefit to other income from a revaluation gain related to the divestment of the Group’s stake
in Zip Co Limited.
Operating expenses increased by $2,539 million in 2020 and comprised:
• staff expenses of $126 million for implementation of our remediation program;
• technology expenses of $169 million from the write-down of capitalised software; and
• other expenses of $2,244 million including costs associated with the AUSTRAC matter (including a $1.3 billion
penalty), the write-down of goodwill for WLIS and the Group’s Auto business, an accounting loss on sale of
our Vendor Finance business, and costs linked to our remediation programs and litigation.
Income tax expense and NCI reduced by $326 million from the tax benefit of the above items (excluding penalties
and goodwill write-downs that were non-deductible), partly offset by tax on the revaluation gain associated with
the divestment of Zip Co Limited.
101WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
2019
Net interest income reduced by $344 million, mainly from an increase in provisions for customer interest only
loans that did not automatically switch, when required, to principal and interest loans along with provisions for
Business customers that were provided business loans but should have been provided regulated consumer loans.
Non-interest income reduced by $737 million from:
• a reduction to net fee income of $283 million from provisions related to salaried advice remediation;
• a $537 million reduction of net wealth management and insurance income as we raised provisions for aligned
dealer group advice remediation; partly offset by
• an $83 million benefit to other income from gains on sale associated with the divestment of the Group’s
holding in Paymark and the sale of a Sydney CBD property.
Operating expenses increased by $461 million in 2019 and comprised:
• staff expenses of $268 million, mainly related to the Group’s decision to exit Financial Advice along with costs
associated with advice remediation programs;
• technology expenses of $35 million also related to the exit of Financial advice and advice remediation
programs; and
• other expenses of $158 million related to the exit of Financial advice along with costs for completing our
remediation programs and litigation matters.
Income tax expense was reduced by $495 million reflecting the tax benefit of the above items.
102WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
WestpacWestpac
InstitutionalNew ZealandSpecialistGroup
$mConsumerBusinessBank($A)BusinessesBusinessesGroup
2021
Net interest income 3 177 - (35)(18)- 127
Net fee income(3) 1 - (12) 8 (131)(137)
Net wealth management and insurance
income- - - - (4)(102)(106)
Trading income- - - - - - -
Other income- - - 1 195 564 760
Non-interest income(3) 1 - (11) 199 331 517
Operating expenses(136)(59)(1,193)(23)(640)(296)(2,347)
Profit before impairment charges and
income tax expense(136) 119 (1,193)(69)(459) 35 (1,703)
Tax and NCI 36 (39) 202 17 (81)(33) 102
Cash earnings(100) 80 (991)(52)(540) 2 (1,601)
2020
Net interest income 5 (141)- (7)- - (143)
Net fee income 4 2 - (7)(7)(80)(88)
Net wealth management and insurance
income- - - - (402)(76)(478)
Trading income-
Other income- - - - - 303 303
Non-interest income 4 2 - (7)(409) 147 (263)
Operating expenses(64)(130)- 1 (694)(1,652)(2,539)
Profit before impairment charges and
income tax expense(55)(269)- (13)(1,103)(1,505)(2,945)
Tax and NCI 16 81 - 4 181 44 326
Cash earnings(39)(188)- (9)(922)(1,461)(2,619)
2019
Net interest income(85)(246)- (13)- - (344)
Net fee income(2)(12)- (4)(43)(222)(283)
Net wealth management and insurance
income- - - - - (537)(537)
Trading income- - - - - - -
Other income- - - 38 3 42 83
Non-interest income(2)(12)- 34 (40)(717)(737)
Operating expenses 25 (57)- (15)(30)(384)(461)
Profit before impairment charges and
income tax expense(62)(315)- 6 (70)(1,101)(1,542)
Tax and NCI 29 95 - 9 23 339 495
Cash earnings(33)(220)- 15 (47)(762)(1,047)
103WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
Consumer
Consumer provides banking products, including mortgages, credit cards, personal loans, and savings and deposit
products to consumers in Australia. Products are provided under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of
Melbourne, and RAMS brands. Consumer works with the other operating divisions in Australia in the sales, service,
and referral of certain specialist financial services such as auto lending and foreign exchange.
Financial performance
$m202120202019
Net interest income 8,405 8,547 8,130
Non-interest income 488 573 695
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment (charges)/benefits 8,893 9,120 8,825
Operating expenses(4,622)(4,176)(3,794)
Impairment (charges)/benefits 125 (1,015)(582)
Profit before income tax expense 4,396 3,929 4,449
Income tax expense(1,315)(1,183)(1,333)
Cash earnings 3,081 2,746 3,116
Net cash earnings adjustments- - -
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC 3,081 2,746 3,116
$bn
Deposits and other borrowings 235.6 219.3 207.6
Net loans 407.8 389.8 399.3
Total assets 415.7 398.3 407.0
Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio 51.97% 45.79% 42.99%
2021 v 2020
Cash earnings of $3,081 million were $335 million or 12% higher than 2020 mostly due to an impairment benefit in
Full Year 2021 compared to an impairment charge in Full Year 2020, partly offset by lower operating income and
higher expenses.
Net interest income
down $142 million,
2%
•Net loans were 5% (or $18.0 billion) higher over the year, with a 5% (or $19.1 billion)
increase in mortgages partly offset by a $1.4 billion decline in other personal lending;
•Deposits increased 7% (or $16.3 billion), with growth in at call and offset accounts; and
•Net interest margin was 3 basis points lower from competitive pricing to attract and
retain customers, portfolio mix effects in mortgages, as well as lower other personal
lending. These declines were partly offset by mix benefits in deposits (switching from
term deposits to at call) and repricing.
Non-interest
income down
$85 million, 15%
•Removal of certain fees as part of our simplification strategy; and
•COVID-19 restrictions have reduced activity contributing to lower foreign currency
transaction fees and lower net ATM fees.
Operating
expenses up
$446 million, 11%
•The increase in expenses was mostly due to higher spend on risk and compliance
programs, including financial crime, fraud prevention and the CORE program.
Additional resources to support customers in particular those experiencing hardship
and increased mortgage processing costs from higher volumes as well as from bringing
jobs onshore also contributed to the increase; and
•Rationalisation of a further 80 branches and 129 ATMs, and the increased use of digital
channels partly offset the increase in expenses. FTE was 3% lower over the year.
Impairment benefit
of $125 million
versus impairment
charge of
$1,015 million
•Impairment benefit was due to large collectively assessed provisions booked in 2020
that were no longer required, including from better credit quality metrics and an
improved economic outlook; and
•Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies were down 54 basis points to 1.06%, predominantly
from lower hardship. Other consumer 90+ day delinquencies were relatively flat (down
1 basis point) with improving credit quality metrics partly offset by a decline in other
personal lending.
104WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
Business
Business provides banking products for Australian SME and Commercial businesses (including Agribusiness)
generally up to $200 million in exposure. The division also includes Private Wealth, meeting the personal
banking needs of high net worth individuals. The division offers a wide range of banking products and services
to support customers’ borrowing, savings and transaction needs. Specialist services including cash flow finance,
trade finance, equipment finance and property finance are also provided. Business operates under the Westpac,
St.George, BankSA, and Bank of Melbourne brands. Business works with the other operating divisions for select
products and services including financial risk management products, corporate superannuation and mortgages.
Financial performance
$m202120202019
Net interest income 4,065 4,163 4,456
Non-interest income 549 560 594
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment (charges)/benefits 4,614 4,723 5,050
Operating expenses(2,530)(2,298)(2,094)
Impairment (charges)/benefits 484 (1,371)(172)
Profit before income tax expense 2,568 1,054 2,784
Income tax expense(779)(320)(838)
Cash earnings 1,789 734 1,946
Net cash earnings adjustments- - -
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC 1,789 734 1,946
$bn
Deposits and other borrowings 158.7 151.9 142.6
Net loans 134.0 140.7 146.9
Total assets 138.5 145.8 151.6
Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio 54.83% 48.66% 41.47%
2021 v 2020
Cash earnings of $1,789 million were $1,055 million higher than 2020. Most of the improvement was due to
a turnaround in impairment charges with a benefit of $484 million compared to an impairment charge of
$1,371 million in 2020. This was partly offset by lower operating income and an increase in expenses mostly to
support an uplift in the division’s risk capability.
Net interest income
down $98 million,
2%
• Net interest income benefited from the write-back of provisions related to customer
refunds and payments ($177 million), while in Full Year 2020 this was a charge of
$141 million. Excluding this impact, net interest income was down $416 million (or 10%);
• Net loans declined by 5% (or $6.7 billion) due mostly to lower mortgages and a
4% decline in business lending. Business lending was lower across most sectors with
the largest decline in professional services;
• Deposits were up 4% (or $6.8 billion) over the year with a 19% (or $19.2 billion) rise in at
call balances supported by government stimulus packages while term deposit balances
declined by 24% (or $12.4 billion) reflecting a shift in customer preference; and
• Net interest margin improved 13 basis points. Excluding the benefit from the provision
write-back noted above, the net interest margin was 11 basis points lower. This was
mostly from lower loan spreads due to competitive pricing and special low interest
rates on certain products as part of our COVID-19 support. This was partly offset by
higher deposit spreads from repricing and portfolio mix benefit.
Non-interest
income down
$11 million, 2%
• Most of the decline reflected lower activity due to COVID-19 restrictions. Lending fees
were also down from lower new lending.
Operating
expenses up
$232 million, 10%
• The increase was due to higher spend on risk and compliance programs including
financial crime, fraud prevention, and our CORE program. Costs were also higher from
an increase in front line risk capability including additional bankers; and
• Partly offset by a decline in costs associated with customer remediation and payments.
Impairment benefit
of $484 million
compared to an
impairment charge
of $1,371 million
• Impairment benefit was due to additional collectively assessed provisions booked in
2020 that were no longer required, including from better credit quality metrics and an
improved economic outlook; and
• Stressed exposures to TCE decreased 78 basis points to 3.92% mostly from lower
watchlist exposures.
105WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
Westpac Institutional Bank
Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial products and services to corporate,
institutional and government customers operating in, or with connections to, Australia and New Zealand. WIB
operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams, with expert knowledge in
financing, transactional banking, and financial and debt capital markets. Customers are supported throughout
Australia and via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, the US, the UK and Asia. WIB works with all
the Group’s operating divisions in the provision of markets’ related financial needs including foreign exchange and
fixed interest solutions.
Financial performance
$m202120202019
Net interest income 919 1,111 1,337
Non-interest income 1,102 1,182 1,195
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment (charges)/benefits 2,021 2,293 2,532
Operating expenses(2,574)(1,316)(1,220)
Impairment (charges)/benefits(162)(404)(31)
Profit before income tax expense(715) 573 1,281
Income tax expense 45 (241)(356)
Cash earnings(670) 332 925
Net cash earnings adjustments- - -
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC(670) 332 925
$bn $bn $bn
Deposits and other borrowings 97.8 102.9 99.0
Net loans 67.0 66.2 73.6
Total assets 82.1 75.5 95.0
Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio 127.36% 57.39% 48.18%
106WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
2021 v 2020
Cash earnings were a loss of $670 million for 2021 compared to a profit of $332 million in 2020. This was mostly
due to write-down of assets (goodwill, capitalised software and other assets) following their annual impairment
test, which reduced cash earnings by $991 million. Excluding this impact, cash earnings for 2021 were $321 million,
3% or $11 million lower than 2020. A 9 basis point decline in net interest margin, lower income from exiting certain
businesses and fee and product simplification were largely offset by a reduction in impairment charges.
Net interest income
down $192 million,
17%
• Net loans increased $0.8 billion, or 1%. Higher onshore balances (up $4.8 billion) from
an increase in new lending and higher utilisation of structured finance facilities, were
partly offset by a $4.0 billion decrease in offshore lending, primarily in Asia, as the
division began consolidating its operations;
• Deposits reduced $5.1 billion, or 5%. Offshore deposits were $3.9 billion lower, mostly
from the decision to consolidate our operations in Asia. Disciplined pricing and
customers seeking higher yield in the low interest rate environment contributed to the
decline in onshore deposits; and
• Net interest margin declined 9 basis points to 1.26% with lower interest rates reducing
deposit spreads and earnings on capital. This was partly offset by more disciplined
lending and deposit pricing, and benefits from changes in the lending and deposit mix.
Non-interest
income down
$80 million, 7%
• Excluding the impact of derivative valuation adjustments (a $174 million positive
movement), non-interest income was down $254 million over the year;
• Lower non-customer Markets income ($219 million) across foreign exchange and
commodities including from the closure of the energy desk along with lower customer
Markets income ($64 million) from reduced foreign exchange sales and a decline in
income in Asia; and
• Payments revenue declined from the impact of exiting certain correspondent banking
relationships. This was partly offset by higher loan fees from an increase in undrawn
balances.
Operating
expenses up
$1,258 million, 96%
• The write-down of assets following their annual impairment test increased expenses
$1,156 million. Excluding this impact, expenses were increased $65 million (or 5%) with
most of the increase due to higher risk and compliance costs, and higher software
amortisation expenses; and
• Partly offset by productivity benefits from the consolidation of international operations,
product and process simplification, and operating model changes. FTE was 6% lower
over the year.
Impairment
charges down
$242 million, 60%
• Lower impairment charge was due to a higher collectively assessed provision benefit
from better credit quality metrics and the improved economic outlook partly offset by
a large individually assessed provision related to a fraud; and
• Stressed exposures to TCE of 0.64%, down 39 basis points compared to September
2020, mainly due to upgrades in watchlist facilities.
107WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
Westpac New Zealand
Westpac New Zealand provides banking, wealth and insurance products and services for consumer, business and
institutional customers in New Zealand. Westpac New Zealand operates through a network of branches and ATMs.
Business and institutional customers are also served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking
products and services are provided under the Westpac brand while insurance and wealth products are provided
under Westpac Life and BT brands, respectively.
All figures are in NZ$ unless noted otherwise.
Financial performance
NZ$m202120202019
Net interest income 2,118 1,943 1,967
Non-interest income 345 339 448
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment (charges)/benefits 2,463 2,282 2,415
Operating expenses(1,132)(1,059)(993)
Impairment (charges)/benefits 84 (320) 10
Profit before income tax expense 1,415 903 1,432
Income tax expense(402)(254)(390)
Cash earnings 1,013 649 1,042
Net cash earnings adjustments(3) 7 (1)
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC 1,010 656 1,041
$bn $bn $bn
Deposits and other borrowings
1
75.9 71.0 64.5
Net loans 92.6 88.0 84.2
Total assets 112.4 104.2 97.1
Total funds 12.0 12.2 11.5
Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio 45.96% 46.41% 41.12%
AUD$m202120202019
Net interest income 1,987 1,832 1,860
Non-interest income 323 319 423
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment (charges)/benefits 2,310 2,151 2,283
Operating expenses(1,062)(998)(939)
Impairment (charges)/benefits 79 (302) 10
Profit before income tax expense 1,327 851 1,354
Income tax expense(377)(239)(369)
Cash earnings 950 612 985
Net cash earnings adjustments(2) 7 (1)
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC 948 619 984
$bn $bn $bn
Deposits and other borrowings 72.5 65.7 59.7
Net loans 88.4 81.4 78.0
Total assets 107.1 96.4 90.0
Total funds 11.5 11.3 10.7
Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio
2
45.96% 46.41% 41.12%
1. Refers to total customer deposits in this table.
2. Ratio calculated using NZ$.
108WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
2021 v 2020
Cash earnings of NZ$1,013 million increased NZ$364 million or 56% compared to 2020, primarily driven by a
$404 million turnaround in impairment charges. Net operating income before impairment (charges)/benefits was
also higher from a 3 basis point increase in net interest margin and balance sheet growth partly offset by higher
expenses.
Net interest income
up NZ$175 million,
9%
• Provisions for customer refunds and payments reduced net interest income by
NZ$29 million, excluding this, net interest income increased NZ$204 million or 10%;
• Net loans increased 5%, or NZ$4.6 billion, with NZ$5.7 billion of mortgage growth
partly offset by NZ$0.9 billion decrease in business loans as institutional customers
reduced their gearing;
• Deposits increased 7% or NZ$4.9 billion, fully funding loan growth and lifting the
deposit to loan ratio to 82%. Growth was in at call accounts across businesses and
households. Term deposits were lower as retail customers preferred to retain funds in
at call accounts; and
• Net interest margin increased 3 basis points (5 basis points higher excluding customer
refunds and payments) mostly from higher deposit spreads due to repricing and
portfolio mix (more funds in at call) and lower funding costs. This was partly offset
by lower mortgage spreads and the impact of changes in the portfolio mix (decline in
personal lending). Higher holdings of liquid assets also reduced margin.
Non-interest
income up
NZ$6 million, 2%
• Non-interest income increased NZ$12 million mostly from a gain on sale of the Wealth
Advisory business (NZ$8 million). This was partly offset by an increase in provisions for
customer refunds and payments.
Operating
expenses up
NZ$73 million, 7%
• Costs related to the announced sale of Westpac-NZ-Life, write down of intangible
asset and costs associated with managing customer remediation programs increased
expenses NZ$24 million; and
• Excluding this impact, expenses increased NZ$49 million primarily due to increased
spend on technology, risk, regulatory and compliance projects (including compliance
with RBNZ’s BS11 Outsourcing Policy and Section 95 requirements on liquidity and risk
governance). The number of FTE increased by 476 during the year.
Impairment benefit
of NZ$84 million
compared to an
impairment charge
of NZ$320 million
• Impairment benefit of $84 million was mostly due to a collectively assessed provision
benefit as provisions booked in 2020 were no longer required consistent with better
credit quality metrics and the improved economic outlook; and
• Stressed exposures to TCE of 1.19% were down 40 basis points. The decline was
due to a reduction in lower rated business facilities and lower mortgage 90+ day
delinquencies which were down 22 basis points.
109WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
Specialist Businesses
Specialist Businesses comprises the businesses that Westpac ultimately plans to exit with agreements in place for
the sale of Westpac Life Insurance and motor vehicle dealer finance and novated leasing businesses. These sales
are expected to finalise in 2022, subject to regulatory approvals. During the year, Westpac finalised the sales of
Westpac General Insurance, Vendor Finance and Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance. Other operations include
investment product and services (including margin lending and equities broking), superannuation and retirement
products as well as wealth administration platforms. The division also manages Westpac Pacific which provides a
full range of banking services in Fiji and Papua New Guinea. The division operates under the Westpac, St.George,
BankSA, Bank of Melbourne, and BT brands. Specialist Businesses works with Consumer, Business and WIB in the
provision of select financial services and products. Businesses where an agreement is in place for sale are treated
as held for sale assets and the contribution of those businesses are included in Specialist Businesses results.
Details of the cash earnings contribution of these businesses are shown within this section.
$m202120202019
Net interest income 503 534 555
Non-interest income 1,490 762 1,412
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment (charges)/benefits 1,993 1,296 1,967
Operating expenses(1,477)(1,548)(847)
Impairment (charges)/benefits 66 (255)(111)
Profit before income tax expense 582 (507) 1,009
Income tax expense(387) 3 (292)
Profit attributable to NCI(2)(2)(5)
Cash earnings 193 (506) 712
Net cash earnings adjustments- (31)(45)
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC 193 (537) 667
$bn $bn $bn
Deposits and other borrowings 11.0 9.3 9.3
Net loans
1
13.6 14.9 17.2
Total assets 15.5 22.8 31.1
Total funds 227.4 193.0 207.2
Total operating expenses to net operating income ratio 74.11% 119.44% 43.06%
1. Include loans classified as asset held for sale.
110WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Divisional performance
2021 vs 2020
Cash earnings for 2021 were $193 million compared to a loss of $506 million in 2020. The division’s cash earnings
in 2021 and 2020 have been impacted by expenses associated with the sales and revaluations of businesses either
sold or held for sale, and customer refunds, payments, litigation and associated costs. These have been partly
offset by gains on sales. In 2021 these items reduced cash earnings by $540 million and in 2020 by $922 million.
Excluding the impact of these significant items cash earnings increased $317 million over the year, with higher
insurance income, and an impairment benefit of $66 million compared to an impairment charge of $255 million in
2020 the key drivers of the improved underlying performance.
Earnings were also impacted by the sale of Westpac General Insurance (July 2021), Vendor Finance (July 2021)
and Westpac Lenders Mortgage Insurance (August 2021).
Net interest income
down $31 million,
6%
• Provisions for customer refunds and payments reduced net interest income $18 million.
Excluding this impact, net interest income decreased $13 million or 2%;
• Net loans decreased 9% (or $1.3 billion) with $0.3 billion due the sale of Vendor Finance
in July 2021. Auto Finance and Westpac Pacific lending were also lower reflecting
reduced demand;
• Deposits increased 18% (or $1.7 billion) mostly from the migration of funds from legacy
platforms to Panorama; and
• Net interest margin was up 14 basis points mostly from the roll off of interest rate
reductions related to COVID-19 support. Net interest margin also increased following a
reversal of provisions that were no longer required.
Non-interest
income up
$728 million, 96%
• Non-interest income benefited from a gain on the sale of Westpac General Insurance
and from a reduction in customer refunds and payments and the non-repeat of losses
associated with revaluations of insurance liabilities. Excluding these items, non-interest
income increased $120 million or 10%;
• Insurance income was up $180 million or 61% from:
–LMI contribution was higher from growth in mortgages and lower claims;
–GI revenue was higher from a reduction in severe weather event claims; and
–Life Insurance revenue was higher with favourable valuation movements in life
insurance policyholder liabilities from changes in the discount rate partly offset by
exiting Group Life, higher claims, and higher reinsurance costs.
• Superannuation, Platforms and Investments contribution was down $19 million or
3% mostly from platform and superannuation pricing changes and the migration of
customers from legacy platforms to Panorama. Revenue from managed cash balances
was also lower; and
• Banking income was down $41 million or 29% mostly from lower activity, including
lower revenue in Westpac Pacific from the impact of COVID-19 restrictions on tourism
and associated merchant fees and foreign exchange income.
Operating
expenses down
$71 million, 5%
• Expenses associated with the write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets
in 2021 were $54 million lower than 2020. Excluding these items, expenses were
$17 million or 2% lower; and
• The decrease was due to lower project spend and benefits from organisational
redesign.
Impairment benefit
of $66 million
compared to an
impairment charge
of $255 million
• Impairment benefit from lower collectively assessed provisions driven by improving
credit quality metrics and the better economic outlook; and
• Auto 90+ day delinquencies were 1.97%, down 83 basis points, from lower hardship
volumes and a focus on reducing long-overdue accounts.
111WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Divisional performance
Group Businesses
This segment comprises:
• Treasury which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding,
capital and management of liquidity. Treasury also manages the interest rate risk and foreign exchange
risks inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch between Group assets and liabilities.
Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk
(excluding Westpac New Zealand), within set risk limits;
• Chief Operating Office¹, which includes Group Technology function and Australian banking operations and
property services. Group Technology is responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure
and operations, applications development and business integration in Australia;
• Core Support², which comprises functions performed centrally, including strategy, finance, risk, financial crime,
legal, human resources, customer and corporate relations, and Group head office costs;
• Following the Group’s decision in March 2019 to restructure its wealth operations and exit its Advice business,
the residual Advice operations (including associated remediation) and certain support functions of the former
BTFG division have been transferred to Group Businesses; and
• Group Businesses also includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting entries for certain
intra-group transactions that facilitate presentation of performance of the Group’s operating segments,
earnings from non-core asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the Group’s Fintech investments,
and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.
Financial performance
$m202120202019
Net interest income 835 899 615
Non-interest income 372 144 (617)
Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment (charges)/benefits 1,207 1,043 (2)
Operating expenses(1,018)(2,364)(1,137)
Impairment (charges)/benefits(2) 169 92
Profit before income tax expense 187 (1,152)(1,047)
Income tax expense(175)(158) 213
Profit attributable to NCI(3)- (1)
Cash earnings 9 (1,310)(835)
Net cash earnings adjustments 108 (294)(19)
Net profit attributable to owners of WBC 117 (1,604)(854)
2021 v 2020
Cash earnings were a $9 million profit for 2021, compared with a loss of $1,310 million for 2020.
Net operating
income up
$164 million, 16%
• Gains in 2021 from our investment in Coinbase Inc. and Zip Co Limited ($537 million;
$25 million respectively) were higher than gains in 2020 from our investments in
Zip Co Limited ($303 million); partly offset by
• Higher provisions for estimated customer refunds and repayments ($231 million in 2021,
$156 million in 2020); and
• Lower Treasury income.
Operating
expenses down
$1,346 million, 57%
• Expenses were lower than 2020, due to the non-repeat of a penalty from AUSTRAC
and the associated costs ($1,478 million); partly offset by
• Performance fee related to gains on our investment in Coinbase Inc. ($120 million); and
• Higher CORE program costs, and higher provisions for estimated customer refunds and
payments ($176 million in 2021, $168 million in 2020).
Impairment
charges up
$171 million, large
• 2020 impairment benefit was mainly due to centrally held overlays no longer required.
1. Group Technology and Operations costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group.
2. Core Support costs are partially allocated to other divisions, while Group Head Office costs are retained in Group Businesses.
112WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
Risk and risk management
Risk management
As a Bank we face many different risks, and the management of risk is integral to achieving our purpose of
helping Australians and New Zealanders succeed and our strategy. The key risks we face and manage across
Westpac are detailed below.
The issues identified by our own analysis of Culture, Governance and Accountability and APRA’s subsequent risk
governance review, which resulted in Westpac entering into an Enforceable Undertaking with APRA in December
2020, have highlighted that we must improve the management of our risk, particularly non-financial risk. We
continue to work through a significant program to address our shortcomings in management of risk, to strengthen
accountability for end-to-end risk management and to mature our risk culture, as we become a simpler and
stronger bank.
How we manage risk
Our Risk Management Framework outlines our activities to manage our risks, as set out in the diagram below.
This Framework provides structure and discipline for our risk management activities. Effective risk management
requires all the elements of the framework to operate holistically and independently. Critical to effective risk
management is a strong risk culture, including clear accountability for identifying and managing risks through the
three lines of defence.
RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
WIB Global Forum
Governance
and
Management
Control
Business
Strategy
Risk
Identification
Risk
Appetite
Stress and
Scenarios
Analysis
People and
Infrastructure
Control
Definition and
Effectiveness
Monitoring
and
Reporting
Actions and
Response
Ensuring that appropriate
data, analysis and
recommendations flow to the
right people and forums on a
timely basis to support
decision making
Westpac’s business
plans are shaped
considering the risks
associated with its
strategic objectives
Identifying
new and
emerging
risks in our
business from
internal and
external
environments
Setting risk
appetite to
provide clarity
on the level
of risk we are
prepared to
take
Performing
stress tests to
assess potential
impacts that changes to
existing risks and new
risks may have on the
Group, including on our
capital
Having the right capability,
people, data and systems
to support effective risk
management and decision
making
Embedding
appropriate
Frameworks,
policies,
standards and
controls to
manage the risks
we take
Risks are
assessed
through
ongoing
monitoring,
management,
reporting
and assurance
Appropriate
action plans
are
implemented to
improve our risk
profile
The Risk Management Framework has nine components starting with our ‘Business Strategy’, which defines the
markets and businesses the Group operates in. We are an Australian and New Zealand bank, with a predominant
focus on retail, business and targeted institutional segments. We also operate wealth, insurance and ancillary
banking operations; these are managed in our Specialist Businesses division.
113WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
The activities in our Risk Management Framework include identification of risks, setting appropriate risk appetite
and managing risks within appetite.
Some of our risks are stress tested and/or subject to scenario analysis to assess how major events and changing
operating conditions could impact on our operations, financial performance, balance sheet or reputation. Stress
tests are particularly relevant in the loan portfolios where we assess the impact of changing economic scenarios
on customers’ and our financial position.
The current environment demonstrates the importance of stress testing given the potential impacts from the
COVID-19 pandemic.
We need to have capable people and sound systems to manage risk, and underpin this with our frameworks,
policies, procedures and standards. For example, our Risk Culture Framework sets out how we define, measure,
monitor and manage risk culture.
Risk frameworks, policies, procedures and standards may operate at the Group level, across major risk categories
as well as for individual regulated entities or divisions.
We also have processes in place to monitor and report risks, incidents, issues and actions. These include reporting
limit breaches. We are focused on resolving long-standing issues, taking action to bring risks back within appetite,
and assessing the effectiveness of controls to manage risks.
We have a formal risk governance structure to support our risk management framework by providing appropriate
data, analysis and recommendations to the right people and forums on a timely basis to support decision making.
Risk activities are overseen by established committees (including at Board level, Executive Management, major
risk type Committees, Divisional and Specialist Committees).
Risk Culture
A strong risk culture is essential for the Group’s Risk Management Framework to operate effectively. We have a
Group-wide transformation program to strengthen the management of risk across the entire bank. The Program
supports the delivery of activities that will uplift and reinforce our understanding and capability when it comes to
managing risk and is inclusive of risk culture.
Westpac aspires to a mature risk culture that pro-actively identifies, manages and mitigates risks, learns from
risk events and continuously anticipates new risks and opportunities. To track progress towards our aspiration,
we utilise several risk culture tools and processes designed to assist management better measure, monitor and
manage our risk culture:
•Risk Culture Framework – embedded a framework, articulating the roles and responsibilities for moving our
risk culture maturity towards Westpac’s aspiration, through the use of the tools and processes;
•Risk Culture Maturity Self-Assessment – deployment of an online tool allowing Divisions to annually assess
their current risk culture maturity relative to Westpac’s aspiration, helping to identify and prioritise areas for
improvement;
•Risk Culture Insights Program – undertake a second line deep-dive program of each Division’s risk culture,
identifying the factors that positively and negatively influence the Division’s approach to risk management; and
•Risk Culture Dashboard – provision of a comprehensive database of risk culture metrics, to support an online
automated Risk Culture Dashboard rolled out to Divisions, enabling risk culture to be measured, monitored and
reported in a consistent way across the Group.
114WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
Three Lines of Defence
The three lines of defence model outlines the active roles that all employees play in the end-to-end management
of risk. The first line is responsible for identifying and owning the risks arising from all aspects of their activity. The
second line provides expertise, advice and oversight in how risks are managed. The third line is Internal Audit who
provide independent testing and assurance.
THREE LINES OF DEFENCE
First LineRisk owner
Identify, control
and manage risk
–Own the current and emerging risks of the business/division by identifying,
managing, and monitoring
–Ensure business activities are within approved risk appetite and policies
–Design, implement and maintain controls
–Comply with laws and regulation
–Identify and escalate risk issues
–Responsible for promoting a strong risk culture.
Second LineRisk oversight
Set the risk standards, provide
challenge and advise the first line
–Establish and communicate risk frameworks, appetite, and strategies
–Provide oversight and independent challenge to first line
–Measure, monitor and report risks against appetite
–Includes roles in Risk and Financial Crime, Compliance and Conduct divisions.
Third LineInternal audit
Independent audit
–Provides independent assurance to the Board and Senior Executive on the
adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk management and
internal controls, and tracks remediation progress.
Risk Identification: Major Risk Categories
The Group has identified a number of risk types and classified these under 11 major risk categories. It is important
to note that the major risk categories do not represent every risk the Group may face but rather the most material
risks to the Group.
1
Strategic
Risk
2
Risk
Culture
3
Operational
Risk
4
Conduct &
Compliance
5
Financial
Crime
6
Cyber
Risk
7
Reputational
and
Sustainability
Risk
8
Capital
Adequacy
9
Funding
and
Liquidity
Risk
10
Credit
Risk
11
Market
Risk
Non-financial risksFinancial risks
MAJOR RISK CATEGORIES
We place boundaries on these risks by establishing a risk appetite. Risk appetite is articulated in the Board Risk
Appetite Statement which lists the Group’s major risks and the measures and tolerances used to monitor these
risks. Most of these measures are monitored by “amber” and “red” tolerances which indicate when risks are close
to or over our risk appetite.
The Group has a number of risks which sit outside of our risk appetite or do not meet the expectations of
regulators. Westpac is underway with a comprehensive action plan to address risk management and other culture,
governance and accountability issues including through its CORE program and other activities, as outlined in
‘Significant Developments’ in Section 1.
Here is an explanation of each of our major risk categories, how we consider risk appetite and some examples of
areas of focus in 2021 to illustrate how our Risk Management Framework operates.
115WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
MAJOR RISK CATEGORIES
1
Strategic risk
The risk that the Group makes inappropriate
strategic choices, does not implement its
strategies successfully, or does not respond
effectively to changes in the operating
environment.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to grow our business through a strategy
aligned with the Group’s risk appetite.
We seek to manage the impact of threats, driven
by changes in the operating environment, which
could have a significant impact on our ability to
implement our strategy.
We must continually evaluate our performance
against our plans and in light of changes in
internal and external factors, and we must
respond in a timely manner.
Some areas of focus include:
–Exit of specialist businesses, including transactions
that do not complete.
–The impact of COVID-19.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Actual ROE versus target ROE.
2
Risk culture
The risk that our culture does not promote
and reinforce behavioural expectations and
structures to identify, understand, discuss and
act on risks.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We promote a risk culture which supports our
purpose, vision and values and our ability to
manage risk effectively.
We only have appetite for a risk culture which is
regularly assessed and is supported by initiatives
that seek to reinforce behavioural expectations
and structures to ensure our people identify,
understand, discuss and act on risks.
Some areas of focus include:
–Board approved Risk Culture Framework.
–Deployment of Risk Fundamentals training.
–Year-on-year Risk Culture Maturity self-
assessments.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Internal survey results - % of respondents who feel
safe calling out risks and/or concerns.
3
Operational
Risk
The risk of loss resulting from inadequate or
failed internal processes, people and systems or
from external events.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We recognise that operational risk is a necessary
part of doing business. We seek to be resilient
to operational risk, and minimise the impact of
inadequate processes, people and systems and
of external events through robust processes and
controls.
While we recognise that breakdowns in
processes and controls will occur, material issues
and incidents arising from these breakdowns
must be quickly and effectively remediated.
Some areas of focus include:
–Managing risks in line with value chain process
management.
–Strengthening the control environment, including
rationalisation and automation of controls.
–Strengthening focus on fraud prevention and the
management of key risks such as Data Risk and
Third-Parties risk (including suppliers and COVID-19
impacts).
–Use of AI and analytics to provide real-time
actionable insights to proactively manage risks.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Timely recording and ownership of incidents
identified.
–Effective and adequate management of the quality
of critical data.
116WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
MAJOR RISK CATEGORIES
4
Conduct and
compliance
The risk of failing to abide by compliance
obligations required of us or otherwise failing
to have behaviours and practices that deliver
suitable, fair and clear outcomes for our
customers and that support market integrity.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We comply with relevant laws and regulations,
and conduct our business in a way that delivers
suitable, fair and clear outcomes for our
customers and supports the integrity of the
markets in which we operate. To achieve this, we
establish robust controls and systems to manage
conduct and compliance risk. In doing so, we
have no appetite for:
–Deliberate or reckless breaches of regulatory
requirements
–Conduct that deliberately or recklessly
causes unsuitable, unfair or unclear customer
outcomes or adversely impacts the integrity of
financial markets; or
–Systems or processes that lead to systemic or
material breaches of regulatory requirements.
Non-compliance will occur from time to time and
we have no appetite for the failure to promptly
own, investigate and remediate incidents of non-
compliance.
Some areas of focus include:
–The CORE program which is designed to embed
a strong and proactive risk management culture.
Key compliance and conduct workstreams include
obligations management, breach reporting,
regulatory commitments and conduct risk.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Prevalence of customer remediations with
inaccurate estimates of end dates.
5
Financial
crime
The risk that the Group fails to prevent financial
crime and comply with applicable financial
crime obligations.
Financial Crime includes Anti-Money
Laundering, Counter Terrorism Finance,
Sanctions, Anti-bribery and corruption, Foreign
Account Tax Compliance Act and the Common
Reporting Standard.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We help prevent financial crime by pro-
actively identifying, assessing, mitigating and
reporting financial crime risks and complying
with all applicable global and local financial
crime obligations. This means that our financial
crime risks must be managed through robust
controls and systems, and that we promptly
own, investigate and remediate financial crime
incidents where they do occur.
This means managing our financial crime risks
through robust controls and systems, and
promptly owning, investigating and remediating
financial crime incidents where they occur.
Some areas of focus include:
–Continuing our program to strengthen areas
of control weaknesses and to enhance our
management of financial crime risk.
–Strengthening our financial crime team’s capability,
including through additional training
–Embedding new and enhanced systems and
controls to identify, mitigate and manage financial
crime risk.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Number of AML/CTF & Sanctions exemptions
granted related to risk appetite or policies and
standards.
117WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
MAJOR RISK CATEGORIES
6
Cyber risk
The risk that the Group’s or its third parties’ data
or technology are inappropriately accessed,
manipulated or damaged from cybersecurity
threats or vulnerabilities.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We proactively manage cyber risk to limit the
likelihood of inappropriate access, manipulation
or damage to our and our third parties’ data
and technology, to protect stakeholders
and customers data and to ensure that we
are resilient to cybersecurity threats and
vulnerabilities.
In managing our cyber risk, we seek to ensure
that:
–We manage our risks within the appropriate
regulatory frameworks
–We do not undermine our strategic, financial,
reputational or regulatory standing, and
–We implement cyber controls commensurate
to the cyber threats we respond to.
Some areas of focus include:
–Accelerating delivery of a program to enhance
cybersecurity capability including data protection
controls, and identity and access management.
–Developing a cyber risk management framework to
provide a consistent approach to the management
of cyber risk across the Group.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Control effectiveness against external cyber
threats.
–Number of employees who acted appropriately
during simulated malicious email attacks.
7
Reputational
and
sustainability
risk
Reputation Risk
Reputation Risk is the risk of key stakeholders
forming negative perceptions, beliefs or
unrealistic expectations of the Group.
Sustainability Risk
Sustainability (or ESG) risk is the risk of loss or
negative impact from the failure to recognise
or address environmental, social or governance
(ESG) issues.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
Reputation and Sustainability Risk
We seek to maintain the confidence of all
stakeholders, including to cultivate trust in our
integrity and competence.
We have little appetite for actions, inactions,
transactions, investments and events which may
affect the Group’s integrity or competence.
The principles that govern our approach include:
–Acting with integrity
–Doing the right thing by our customers
–Balancing needs and expectations of
stakeholders and the potential impacts on
people or the environment.
Some areas of focus include:
Lift the consideration or Reputation and Sustainability
Risk across the Group.
Reputation Risk
–Culture reset program.
Sustainability Risk
–Advancing our Paris-aligned financing strategies
and portfolio targets, particularly for sectors
representing the majority of our financed
emissions. This includes working to reduce our
Thermal Coal Mining exposure to zero by 2030.
–APRA Climate Vulnerability Assessment stress
testing and scenario analysis.
–Provide business customers with a range of
innovative sustainable finance solutions including
green deposits, green bonds and sustainability-
linked loans targeting improved ESG performance.
–Capability uplift to support better identification
and management of ESG risk, covering climate
change and human rights, including modern
slavery.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
Reputation Risk
–Employee engagement
–RepTrak Standing – RepTrak is an external
benchmark used by corporations such as Westpac
to measure their reputation, based on consumer
surveys and media coverage
Sustainability Risk
–Sustainalytics ESG Rating
118WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
MAJOR RISK CATEGORIES
8
Capital
adequacy
The risk of an inadequate level or composition
of capital to support our business and meet
regulatory requirements under both normal or
stressed conditions.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to maintain a strong balance sheet,
including in stress scenarios.
We evaluate our approach to Capital
management through an Internal Capital
Adequacy Assessment Process, the key features
of which include:
–A capital management strategy
–Considering economic and regulatory
requirements
–Stress testing
–Considering the perspectives of external
stakeholders.
Some areas of focus include:
–$3.5bn Additional Tier 1 capital and $6.3bn Tier 2
capital instruments raised during FY21.
–Applying a mortgage risk weight floor to 25%
in June 2021 to reflect the anticipated unwind
of temporary COVID-19 stimulus effects and our
expectation that mortgage risk weights will rise
from APRA’s capital changes.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio – a measure
which shows a bank’s capacity to absorb losses.
9
Funding and
liquidity
The risk that the Group cannot meet its
payment obligations or that it does not have the
appropriate amount, tenor and composition of
funding and liquidity to support our business.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We seek to manage our balance sheet such that
we:
–Maintained a diversified, stable and cost-
effective funding base;
–Can source funding as and when we need it;
–Have sufficient securable assets to meet our
funding and repo requirements; and
–Fund new lending growth with stable funding
sources.
Some areas of focus include:
–Fully utilising our Term Funding Facility allowance
of $30 billion.
–Respond to the removal of Committed Liquidity
Facility by the end of 2022.
–Further information on is contained in Note 21 to
the financial statements.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR).
–Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR).
10
Credit risk
The risk of financial loss where a customer
or counterparty fails to meet their financial
obligations to Westpac.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We have appetite for credit risk where:
–We have sufficient expertise to make
appropriate credit decisions
–We understand and are comfortable with
possible downsides
–No excessive exposure concentrations.
We manage credit risk using Program- managed
(high-volume homogeneous credit risk) and
Transaction-managed (individual customer and
transactions) approaches.
Management of credit risk is also supported
by a range of policies, processes, systems, risk
delegated authorities and Board-approved credit
risk limits.
Some areas of focus include:
–Heightened credit risk from COVID-19 including
provisions for expected credit losses
–Climate change and sustainability
–Further information is contained in Notes 13 and 21
to the financial statements, and in Westpac’s Pillar
3 reports.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Top 10 exposures to Corporates and NBFIs as a %
of Total Committed Exposure.
119WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
MAJOR RISK CATEGORIES
11
Market risk
The risk of an adverse impact on earnings
from changes in various market prices such as
exchange rates, interest rates and credit spreads.
Risk Appetite and Mitigation
We have appetite for market risk in approved
products within our limit framework. We seek to
protect our positions from changes in financial
market factors which may affect our activities.
We manage market risk through the daily
measurement and monitoring of Board approved
metrics that capture the risk of adverse
movements in financial markets. The Board has
approved a risk appetite for traded and non-
traded risks via the measurement of Value at
Risk (VaR), Stressed VaR (SVaR), Net Income
at Risk (NaR) and specific structural risk limits.
The management of market risk is supported
by the Market Risk Management Framework
and associated policies, processes, systems and
delegated authorities.
Some areas of focus include:
–Comprehensive review of market risk governance
to enhance the control environment.
–Further information is contained in Note 21 to the
financial statements.
Example of a Risk Appetite measure
–Value at Risk (VaR, $m) measures across products
and portfolios.
–Net interest income at risk.
For further information regarding the role and responsibilities of the BRiskC and other Board committees in
managing risk, refer to Westpac’s 2020 Corporate Governance Statement available at
www.westpac.com.au/corpgov.
120WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
Risk and risk
management
Risk factors
Our business is subject to risks that can adversely impact our financial performance, financial condition and future
performance. If any of the following risks occur, our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or
financial condition could be materially adversely affected, with the result that the trading price of our securities
could decline and as a security holder you could lose all, or part, of your investment. You should carefully consider
the risks described and the other information in this Annual Report before investing in our securities. The risks
and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are
unaware of, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, may also become important factors that affect us.
Risks relating to our business
We have suffered, and could in the future suffer, information security risks, including
cyberattacks
The Group (and its external service providers) is subject to information security risks. These risks are heightened
by:
• new technologies and increased digital service options;
• increased use of the internet and telecommunications to conduct financial transactions;
• the growing sophistication of attackers, and the global increase in cyber crime;
• the COVID-19 pandemic, which has resulted in many Westpac employees (and staff of service providers) and
customers working remotely or from other sites; and
• other external events such as biological hazards, climate change, natural disasters or acts of terrorism, which
could interrupt the usual operations of the Group, its customer and suppliers, potentially providing increased
opportunities for cyber threat actors to exploit.
These risks could result in information security risks such as cyberattacks, espionage and/or errors happening
at an unprecedented pace, scale and reach. Cyberattacks have the potential to cause financial system instability
and could result in serious disruption to customer banking services, or compromise customer data privacy. While
Westpac has systems in place to protect against, detect and respond to cyberattacks, these systems have not
always been, and may not always be, effective. Westpac and its customers could suffer losses from cyberattacks,
information security breaches or ineffective cyber resilience. The Group may not be able to anticipate and
prevent a cyberattack, effectively respond to a cyberattack and/or rectify or minimise damage resulting from a
cyberattack. Our external service providers, and other parties that facilitate our activities, financial platforms and
infrastructure (such as payment systems and exchanges) are also subject to the risk of cyberattacks, which could
in turn impact Westpac.
Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information on our computer systems
and networks, and the systems and networks of external suppliers. Although we implement measures to protect
the confidentiality and integrity of our information, there is a risk that the computer systems, software and
networks on which we, or our service providers, rely may be subject to security breaches, unauthorised access,
malicious software, external attacks or internal breaches that could have an adverse impact on our confidential
information or that of our customers and counterparties.
A range of potential consequences could arise from a successful cyberattack, such as:
• damage to technology infrastructure;
• disruptions or other adverse impacts to network access, operations or availability of services;
• loss of customers and market share or reputational damage;
• loss of data or information;
• customer remediation and/or claims for compensation;
• breach of applicable privacy laws or data protection regulations;
• litigation and adverse regulatory action including fines or penalties and increased regulatory scrutiny; and
• increased need for significant additional resources to modify or enhance our systems or to investigate and
remediate any vulnerabilities or incidents.
All these potential consequences could negatively affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial
performance or financial condition.
As cyber threats evolve, we may need to spend significant resources to modify or enhance our systems or
investigate and remediate any vulnerabilities or incidents.
121WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
COVID-19 has had, and may continue to have (and a pandemic like COVID-19 could in the future
have), an adverse effect on the Group
The Group is vulnerable to the impacts of a communicable disease outbreak or a pandemic. The COVID-19
pandemic has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on our customers, shareholders, employees, third
party suppliers and financial performance, among other adverse effects. The COVID-19 pandemic also heightens
other risks described in this ‘Risk Factors’ section.
The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted, and will continue to disrupt, numerous industries and global supply
chains, while important measures to mitigate its impact have had, and may continue to have, a negative effect on
economic activity.
There continues to be uncertainty associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including the ultimate course, duration
and severity of the disease, emergence of new variants and the availability and effectiveness of vaccination
programs or other medical treatments. There is also uncertainty in relation to future actions that may be taken
by governments, regulators and businesses to attempt to contain the virus or mitigate its impact and the
effectiveness of such actions, as well as the timing and speed of economic recovery. Such uncertainty has the
potential for longer term impacts on Westpac’s customers, business and operations.
Reduction in economic activity over the latter half of 2021 due to these COVID-19 induced factors has affected,
and may in the future affect, demand for Westpac’s products and services. The associated financial stress
on Westpac’s customers has, and is expected to, increase impairments, defaults and write-offs. Westpac has
COVID-19 related overlays to allow for the potential emergence of losses once the effect of support and stimulus
measures reduces in its business portfolios, however, further outlays may be required. For more information refer
to Note 13 and Note 21 to the financial statements.
Westpac has supported customers by lowering interest rates on certain products, waiving certain fees and
granting short term deferrals for certain mortgages, personal loans and small business loans. These initiatives
have had and may continue to have a negative impact on the Group’s financial performance and may see the
Group assume greater risk than it would have normally. There is also the potential for further government or
regulator intervention to support the economy which may require banks (including Westpac) to support those
interventions.
When outbreaks or pandemics occur, Westpac has adjusted and may need to adjust its risk appetite, policies
or controls to respond to outbreaks or pandemics (like the COVID-19 pandemic) and protect the well-being of
staff and customers who visit our premises. These changes could have unforeseen consequences and expose the
Group to increased regulatory focus, media scrutiny and an increased risk of litigation.
Further, to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic, Westpac has implemented (and may in the future implement)
new measures in very short periods of time. Taking this type of action may increase the risk that an operational or
compliance breakdown occurs, potentially leading to financial losses, impacts on customer service or regulatory
and/or legal action.
The COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the Group’s ability to pay dividends and the Group elected not to
pay an interim dividend last financial year given the desire to retain a strong balance sheet and the ongoing
uncertainty in the operating environment. It is possible that the COVID-19 pandemic, or another communicable
disease outbreak or pandemic, will negatively impact the Group’s ability to pay future dividends or make capital
distributions. It could also impact the Group’s ability to raise capital, and have an adverse impact on our financial
condition.
We could be adversely affected by legal or regulatory change
The Group’s business, prospects, reputation, financial performance and financial condition have been, and
could in the future be, adversely affected by changes to law, regulation, policies, supervisory activities and the
expectations of our regulators. The Group operates in an environment where there is increased regulation and
scrutiny of financial services providers.
Regulatory change has directly and adversely affected the Group’s financial performance and financial condition and
could do so in the future. In recent years, laws and regulations have been introduced requiring Westpac to hold more
liquidity and higher capital, and a Bank Levy (based on liabilities) has been imposed on Australia’s largest banks.
Regulatory changes may also affect how we operate and has altered the way we provide our products and
services, in some cases requiring us to change or discontinue our offerings. Regulation could also limit our
flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs, impact the profitability of our businesses, result in the Group being
unable to increase or maintain market share and/or create pressure on margins and fees.
Regulation impacting our business may not always be released in a timely manner before its date of
implementation. Similarly, early announcements of regulatory change may not be specific and significantly differ
from the final regulation. In those cases, the Group may not be able to effectively manage its compliance design
in the timeframes available. Further, increases in the volume of regulatory change being managed simultaneously
has and will continue to create risk through challenging our ability to access required subject matter expertise and
the execution risks associated with implementing simultaneous change.
122WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
Relevant governments or regulators could also revise their application of regulatory policies, thereby impacting
our business (such as macro-prudential limits on lending, as indicated by APRA in its letter to ADIs released in
October 2021 which sets out APRA’s expectations for ADIs to use an interest rate that is at least 3.0 percentage
points above the loan product rate to assess new borrowers’ ability to meet their loan repayments).
It is critical the Group manages regulatory change effectively. The failure to do so has resulted, and could in the
future result, in the Group not meeting its compliance obligations, the risks of which are set out below. We expect
that we will continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and implementation of regulatory
change. Significant management attention and resources may be required to update existing, or implement new,
processes to comply with such new regulations.
There is additional information on certain aspects of regulatory changes affecting the Group in ‘Significant
developments’ and the sections ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ and ‘Future developments in
accounting standards’ in Note 1 to the financial statements.
We have been and could be adversely affected by failing to comply with laws, regulations or
regulatory policy
We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements and industry
codes of practice in the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding.
The Group is subject to conduct and compliance risk. These risks are exacerbated by the increasing complexity
and volume of regulation, including where we interpret our obligations and rights differently to regulators or
a Court, tribunal or other body. The potential for this is heightened when regulation is new, untested or is not
accompanied by extensive regulatory guidance.
The Group’s compliance management system is designed to identify, assess and manage compliance risk.
However, this system has not always been, and may not always be, effective. Breakdowns have, and may in the
future, occur due to flaws in the design or implementation of controls or processes. This has resulted in, and may
in the future result in, potential breaches of compliance obligations as well as poor customer outcomes.
Conduct risk could occur through the provision of products and services to customers that do not meet their
needs or do not meet the expectations of the market, as well as the poor conduct of our employees, contractors,
agents, authorised representatives and external services providers. This could occur through a failure to meet
professional obligations to specific clients (including fiduciary and suitability requirements), weakness in risk
culture, corporate governance or organisational culture, poor product design and implementation, failure to
adequately consider customer needs or selling products and services outside of customer target markets. This
could include deliberate, reckless or negligent actions by such individuals that could result in the circumvention
of Westpac’s controls, processes and procedures. The Group depends on its people to ‘do the right thing’ to meet
its compliance obligations and abide by its Code of Conduct. Inappropriate or poor conduct by these individuals
such as not following a policy or engaging in misconduct has resulted, and could result, in poor customer
outcomes and a failure by the Group to meet its compliance obligations.
While we have frameworks, policies, processes and controls that are designed to manage poor conduct outcomes,
these frameworks, policies, processes and controls have been, and may be, ineffective. This could result in financial
losses (including incurring substantial remediation costs and as a result of litigation by regulators and customers)
and reputational damage, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial
condition.
The Group’s failure, or suspected failure, to comply with a compliance obligation has in the past and could in the
future lead to a regulator commencing surveillance or an investigation. ASIC’s new breach reporting regime, which
commenced on 1 October 2021, significantly expands our obligation to report certain breaches (or likely breaches)
to ASIC, which could give rise to additional regulatory scrutiny. The Group is currently subject to a number of
investigations and reviews by regulators, and is responding to a high volume of regulatory requests from APRA,
ASIC and other regulators. The Group has devoted (and will need to continue to devote) significant resources and
has incurred (and will continue to incur) costs for these reviews and investigations, which may adversely affect
Westpac’s business, operations, reputation and financial performance.
Depending on the circumstances, regulatory reviews and investigations have in the past and may in the future
result in a regulator taking administrative or enforcement action against the Group and/or its representatives.
Regulators have broad powers, and in certain circumstances, can issue directions to us (such as a direction to
take remedial action). Regulators could also pursue civil or criminal proceedings, seeking substantial fines, civil
penalties or other enforcement outcomes. In addition, regulatory investigations may lead to adverse findings
against directors and management, including potential disqualification.
APRA can also require the Group to hold additional capital either through a capital overlay or higher risk weighted
assets. APRA imposed a $500 million overlay to our operational risk capital requirement following the completion
of our self-assessment into our frameworks and practices in relation to culture, governance and accountability and a
further $500 million overlay following the commencement of civil penalty proceedings by AUSTRAC (both overlays
were applied through an increase in risk weighted assets). If the Group incurs additional capital overlays, it may need
to raise additional capital, which could have an adverse impact on our financial performance and financial condition.
123WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
The political and regulatory environment that the Group operates in has seen (and may in the future see) our
regulators (including any new regulator) receive new powers along with materially increased penalties for
corporate and financial sector misconduct. For example, ASIC can commence civil penalty proceedings and seek
civil penalties (currently up to $555 million per offence) against an Australian Financial Services licensee (such
as Westpac) for failing to do all things necessary to ensure that financial services provided under the licence are
provided efficiently, honestly and fairly. The Group may also face significant civil or criminal penalties for failing to
comply with other obligations, and a failure by the Group may result in multiple contraventions leading to large
penalties.
Our regulators have adjusted and may in the future continue to adjust the way they approach oversight,
potentially preferring their enforcement powers over a more consultative approach. For example, APRA has
committed to a revised enforcement approach (including a new Supervision Risk and Intensity Model), indicating
it will use enforcement where appropriate to prevent and address serious prudential risks and hold entities and
individuals to account.
There may also be a shift in the type and focus of enforcement proceedings commenced by regulators in the
future. Regulators may increasingly seek to refer investigations to the Commonwealth Department of Public
Prosecutions or other prosecutorial bodies for potential criminal prosecution. This may result in an increase in
criminal prosecutions against institutions and/or their employees or representatives. Given the size of Westpac,
these investigations could result in findings of a significant number of breaches of obligations, which could lead to
significant financial and other penalties. This could also result in reputational damage and impact the willingness
of customers, investors and other stakeholders to deal with Westpac.
Regulatory action commenced against the Group has exposed and may in the future expose the Group to an
increased risk of litigation brought by third parties (including through class action proceedings), which may
require the Group to pay compensation to third parties and/or undertake further remediation activities.
Regulatory investigations, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties, infringement notices, revocation, suspension or
variation of conditions of regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action or agreements (such
as enforceable undertakings) could, either individually or in aggregate with other regulatory action, adversely
affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition. There is additional
information on certain aspects of regulatory matters that may affect the Group in ‘Significant developments’ and
in Note 26 to the financial statements.
We have suffered, and in the future could suffer, losses and be adversely affected by the
failure to implement effective risk management
Our risk management framework has not always been, or may not in the future prove to be, effective.
This could be because the design of the framework is inadequate or that key risk management policies, controls
and processes may be ineffective, due to inadequacies in their design, technology failures or because of poor
implementation or high execution risk. The potential for these types of failings is heightened if the Group does not
have enough appropriately skilled, trained and qualified employees in key positions.
There are also inherent limitations with any risk management framework as risks may exist, or emerge in the
future, that we have not anticipated or identified, and our controls may not be effective.
The risk management framework may also prove ineffective because of weaknesses in risk culture or risk
governance practices and policies, which may result in risks and control weaknesses not being identified,
escalated or acted upon.
Recent analysis and reviews, in addition to regulatory feedback, have highlighted that the framework is not
operating satisfactorily in a number of respects and needs to be improved. The Group has a number of risks
which sit outside our risk appetite or do not meet the expectations of regulators. Many of these areas requiring
improvement relate to the enforceable undertaking entered into with APRA by Westpac in December 2020.
Further, the design or operation of our remuneration structures may not always encourage prudent risk
management as intended, potentially resulting in staff engaging in excessive risk-taking behaviours.
As part of the Group’s risk management framework, the Group measures and monitors risks against its risk
appetite. If a risk is out-of-appetite, the Group needs to take steps to bring this risk back into appetite in a
timely way. However, the Group may not always be able to achieve this within proposed timeframes. This may
occur because, for example, the Group experiences delays in enhancing its information technology systems or in
recruiting sufficient numbers of appropriately trained staff for required activities. It is also possible that due to
external factors beyond our control, certain risks may be inherently outside of appetite for periods of time. The
Group is required to periodically review its risk management framework to determine if it remains appropriate.
If the Group is unable to bring risks back into appetite, or if it is determined that the Group’s risk management
framework or risk governance practices and policies are no longer appropriate, the Group may incur unexpected
losses and be required to undertake considerable remedial work, including incurring substantial costs. The failure
to remedy this situation could result in increased scrutiny from regulators, who could require (amongst other
things) that the Group hold additional capital or direct the Group to spend money to enhance its risk management
124WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
systems and controls. Weaknesses in risk management systems and controls led to APRA requiring Westpac to
hold additional capital following the completion of its Culture, Governance and accountability self-assessment,
and the payment of a civil penalty of $1.3 billion as a result of the civil penalty proceedings brought by AUSTRAC
against Westpac. In December 2020, APRA accepted an Enforceable Undertaking from Westpac, reflecting the
crystallisation of many of the risks discussed above, and APRA has approved Westpac’s integrated plan in relation
to risk governance. In March 2021 the RBNZ raised concerns in relation to WNZL’s risk governance practices and
policies and as a result, external reviews are being conducted of WNZL’s risk governance and liquidity management.
The RBNZ also amended WNZL’s conditions of registration in March 2021, requiring WNZL to discount the value
of its liquid assets by approximately 14%. Inadequacies in addressing risks or in the Group’s risk management
framework could also result in the Group failing to meet a compliance obligation and/or financial losses.
If any of our governance or risk management processes and procedures prove ineffective or inadequate or are
otherwise not appropriately implemented, as has occurred, we could be exposed to higher levels of risk than
expected which may result in unexpected losses, imposition of capital requirements, breaches of compliance
obligations and reputational damage which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance
or financial condition.
For a discussion of our risk management procedures, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section.
The failure to comply with financial crime obligations has had and could have further adverse
effects on our business and reputation
The Group is subject to anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (AML/CTF) laws, anti-bribery
and corruption laws, economic and trade sanctions laws and tax transparency laws in the jurisdictions in which
it operates. These laws can be complex and, in some circumstances, impose a diverse range of obligations. As a
result, regulatory, operational and compliance risks are heightened.
AML/CTF laws also require Westpac to report certain matters and transactions to regulators (including
international funds transfer instructions, threshold transaction reports and suspicious matter reports) and ensure
that certain information is not disclosed to third parties in a way that would contravene the ‘tipping off’ provisions
in AML/CTF legislation. The failure to comply with these laws has had, and in the future may have, adverse
impacts for the Group.
In recent years there has been, and there continues to be, increased focus on compliance with financial crime
obligations, with regulators globally commencing large-scale investigations and taking enforcement action for
identified non-compliance (often seeking significant penalties). Further, due to the Group’s large number of
customers and transaction volumes, the undetected failure or the ineffective implementation, monitoring or
remediation of a system, policy, process or control (including a regulatory reporting obligation) has resulted, and
could in the future result, in a significant number of breaches of AML/CTF obligations. This in turn could lead to
significant financial penalties and other adverse impacts for the Group, such as reputational damage.
While the Group has systems, policies, processes and controls in place designed to manage its financial crime obligations
(including reporting obligations), these have not always been, and may not in the future always be, effective. This
could be for a range of reasons, including, for example, a deficiency in the design of a control or a technology failure.
Our analysis and reviews, in addition to regulator feedback, have highlighted that our systems, policies, processes and
controls are not always operating satisfactorily in a number of respects and require improvement.
The Group is currently undertaking a significant multi-year program of work to strengthen areas of control
weakness in its financial crime risk management program and to seek to rectify the management of this risk.
In recent years, the Group has increased dedicated financial crime risk expertise and resources to deliver the
financial crime program of work. With increased focus on financial crime, further issues requiring attention have
been identified and may continue to be identified.
Although the Group provides updates to AUSTRAC, the ATO and other regulators on its remediation and
other program activities, there is no assurance that AUSTRAC, the ATO or other regulators will agree that its
remediation and program update activities will be adequate or effectively enhance the Group’s compliance
programs.
If we fail to comply with these financial crime obligations, we could face regulatory enforcement action such as
litigation, significant fines, penalties and the revocation, suspension or variation of licence conditions. Previous
enforcement action by AUSTRAC has resulted in a range of outcomes, depending on the nature and severity of the
relevant conduct and its consequences, including substantial financial penalties (such as the $1.3 billion civil penalty
we paid as a result of civil proceedings brought by AUSTRAC in November 2019), restrictions and other regulator
imposed conditions. There is additional information on financial crime matters in ‘Significant developments’.
Non-compliance or alleged non-compliance with our financial crime related obligations has also resulted in, and
could lead to regulatory investigations, reviews, inquiries, proceedings or other litigation commenced by third
parties (including Australian, US or other class actions), and regulatory action in non-Australian jurisdictions
where we operate. Any such litigation or proceedings could cause significant financial and reputational damage
to us. Reputational damage could result in the loss of customers or restrict the Group’s ability to efficiently
access capital markets, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, reputation, prospects,
financial performance and financial condition. Furthermore, any such effect could harm the Group’s credit ratings.
125WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
Climate change may have adverse effects on our business
We, our customers, external suppliers and communities in which we operate, may be adversely affected by the
physical risks of climate change, including increases in temperatures, rising sea levels, loss of biodiversity and
ecosystem degradation and the frequency and severity of adverse climatic events including fires, storms, floods
and droughts. These effects, whether acute or chronic in nature, may directly impact us and our customers
through, for example, disruptions to business and economic activity or impacts on income and asset values.
Adverse impacts on our customers may lead to human rights risk, and negatively impact loan serviceability and
security values, as well as our profitability.
Westpac is exposed to risk arising from initiatives and trends associated with climate change mitigation (transition
risks). Changes in supervisory expectations of banks, other regulatory changes and changes in investor appetite
could directly impact Westpac, for example, by giving rise to higher compliance and/or funding costs and the
contraction of revenue from sectors materially exposed to transition risk. Examples of regulatory change in this
space include APRA’s Climate Vulnerability Assessment involving major Australian banks including Westpac;
APRA’s draft Prudential Practice Guide on climate change financial risks; and the introduction of proposed
legislation in New Zealand to require mandatory climate-risk reporting for the financial sector.
Westpac is also exposed to transition risk indirectly through its lending to higher risk sectors or regions.
Technological developments, regulatory changes, stakeholder pressure and shifting customer preferences may
place additional pressure on certain customer sectors to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, which could in turn
result in additional credit risk, or loss of revenues due to changes in markets. Conversely, Westpac may not be
able to reduce its lending to higher risk sectors or regions as a result of possible stakeholder requirements to
continue to lend to certain customer sectors.
We may be subject, from time to time, to legal and business challenges due to actions instituted by activist
shareholders or others. An example of areas which have attracted shareholder activism in Australia includes
avoiding financing or interacting with businesses that are not perceived to demonstrate responsible management
of environmental and social issues. Should the Group be required to respond to these challenges, this could give
rise to increased costs, reputational risk and additional disclosures associated with such matters. In addition,
there could be heightened litigation risk due to varying shareholder expectations or additional disclosures or
commitments made by Westpac to shareholders. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of
shareholder activism may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of the business or other instability.
Further, any failure or perceived failure by Westpac to proactively manage and disclose climate change risks
appropriately may in turn increase the risk of third party and shareholder litigation, or regulatory action against
the Group (and/or its customers), with these types of climate-related actions becoming more common in
Australia and globally. Further, we expect scrutiny from shareholders and regulators on the climate-related risk
management practices and lending policies of banks and other financial institutions to remain high in Australia in
coming years.
Westpac is also exposed to broader geopolitical and macro-economic impacts of climate change given its
international portfolio. Climate change may remove stability from both domestic and international economic
conditions and may impact customer confidence in these markets.
Failure to effectively manage and disclose direct and indirect climate-related risks including nature-related risks
such as biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation,
financial performance or financial condition.
Please refer to our 2021 Sustainability Supplement for further details on the identification, assessment and
management of risks relating to climate change.
Reputational damage has harmed and could in the future harm our business and prospects
Reputational risk arises where there are differences between stakeholders’ current and emerging perceptions,
beliefs and expectations and our past, current and planned activities, processes, performance and behaviours.
There are various potential sources of reputational damage. For example, where our actions cause, or are
perceived to cause, a negative outcome for customers, shareholders, stakeholders or the community. Reputational
damage could also arise from the failure to effectively manage risks, failure to comply with legal and regulatory
requirements, enforcement or supervisory action by regulators, adverse findings from regulatory reviews, failure
or perceived failure to adequately respond to community, environmental, social and ethical issues, and inadequate
record keeping, which may prevent Westpac from demonstrating that or determining if a past decision was
appropriate at the time it was made. The AUSTRAC proceedings illustrate a number of these risks.
Westpac also recognises the potential reputational consequences (together with other potential commercial
and operational consequences) of failing to appropriately identify, assess and manage environmental, social and
governance related risks such as climate change risk, human rights risk including customer vulnerability, modern
slavery and child safety risk, or respond effectively to evolving standards and stakeholder expectations.
Our reputation could also be adversely affected by the actions of customers, suppliers, joint-venture partners,
strategic partners, or other counterparties.
126WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
Failure, or perceived failure, to address issues that could or do give rise to reputational risk, has created, and
could in the future create additional legal risk, subject us to regulatory investigations, regulatory enforcement
actions, fines and penalties or litigation or other actions brought by third parties (including class actions), and the
requirement to remediate and compensate customers, including prospective customers, investors and the market.
This could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
We have and could suffer losses due to litigation
Westpac and its subsidiaries are, from time to time, involved in legal proceedings (including class actions),
regulatory actions or arbitration. Such litigation has been and could in the future be commenced by a range of
plaintiffs, such as customers, shareholders, suppliers, counterparties and regulators.
In recent years, there has been an increase in class action proceedings, many of which have resulted in significant
monetary settlements. The risk of class actions has been heightened by a number of factors, including regulatory
enforcement actions (such as the civil penalty proceedings brought by AUSTRAC), an increase in the number
of regulatory investigations and inquiries (such as the Royal Commission), a greater willingness on the part of
regulators to commence court proceedings, more intense media scrutiny and the growth of third-party litigation
funding and other funding arrangements. Class actions commenced against a competitor could also lead to
similar proceedings against Westpac.
Litigation (including class actions) may, either individually or in aggregate, adversely affect the Group’s business,
operations, prospects, reputation or financial condition. This risk is heightened by increases in the severity of
penalties for certain breaches of the law. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and the outcome may
not be predicted accurately. Furthermore, the Group’s ability to respond to and defend litigation may be adversely
affected by inadequate record keeping.
Depending on the outcome of any litigation, the Group has been and may in the future be required to comply with
broad court orders, including compliance orders, enforcement orders or otherwise pay significant damages, fines,
penalties or legal costs.
In addition, the case studies considered by the Royal Commission, and the Royal Commission’s findings, have
led, and may in the future lead to, regulators commencing investigations and/or enforcement action against the
Group.
There is a risk that the actual penalty or damages paid following a settlement or determination by a Court for
any legal proceedings may be materially higher or lower than any relevant provision (where applicable) or that
any contingent liability may be larger than anticipated. There is also a risk that additional litigation or contingent
liabilities arise, all of which could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or
financial condition.
There is additional information on certain legal proceedings that may affect the Group in ‘Significant
developments’ and in Note 26 to the financial statements.
We could suffer losses due to technology failures
Maintaining the reliability, integrity and security of our information and technology is crucial to our business.
While the Group has a number of processes in place to preserve and monitor the availability and recovery of our
systems, there is a risk that our information and technology systems might fail to operate properly or result in
outages, including from events wholly or partially beyond our control.
If we incur a technology failure, we may fail to meet a compliance obligation (such as retaining records and data
for a certain period), or our customers may be adversely affected, including through the inability for them to
access our products and services, privacy breaches or the loss of personal data. This could result in reputational
damage, remediation costs and a regulator commencing an investigation and/or taking action against us. The use
of legacy systems, as well as the work underway to uplift our technological capabilities, may heighten the risk of a
technology failure.
We need to regularly renew and enhance our technology to deliver new products and services, comply with
regulatory obligations and meet our customers’ and regulators’ expectations. Consequently, we are constantly
managing new technology projects. Failure to effectively implement these projects could result in cost overruns,
reduced productivity, outages, operational instability, compliance failures, reputational damage and/or the loss
of market share. This could place us at a competitive disadvantage and adversely affect our business, prospects,
financial performance or financial condition.
We are exposed to adverse funding market conditions
We rely on deposits, money markets and capital markets to fund our business and source liquidity. Our liquidity
and costs of obtaining funding are related to funding market conditions.
127WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
Funding markets can be unpredictable and experience extended periods of extreme volatility, disruption and
decreased liquidity. The main risks we face are damage to market confidence, changes to the access and cost of
funding, a slowing in global economic activity or other impacts on customers or counterparties.
A shift in investment preferences, or an unwind of the RBA’s quantitative easing measures as the economy
continues to improve, could result in deposit withdrawals which could increase our need for funding from other,
potentially less stable, or more expensive sources. In addition, APRA’s announcement on 10 September 2021 that
ADIs should reduce their usage of the Committed Liquidity Facility to zero by the end of 2022 will increase our
need for funding in the calendar year ending 31 December 2022.
If market conditions deteriorate due to economic, financial, political or other reasons, there may also be a loss
of confidence in bank deposits leading to unexpected withdrawals. This could increase funding costs and our
liquidity, funding and lending activities may be constrained and our financial solvency threatened.
If our current sources of funding prove to be insufficient, we may need to seek alternatives which will depend on
factors such as market conditions, our credit ratings and market capacity. Even if available, these alternatives may
be more expensive or on unfavourable terms, which could adversely affect our financial performance, liquidity,
capital resources or financial condition.
If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding, we may be forced to reduce lending or liquidity. This may
adversely impact our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.
If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding for an extended period, or if it can no longer realise liquidity,
Westpac may not be able to pay its debts as and when they fall due or meet other contractual obligations.
Westpac enters into collateralised derivative obligations, which may require Westpac to post additional collateral
based on market movements, which has the potential to adversely affect Westpac’s liquidity or ability to use
derivative obligations to hedge its interest rate, currency and other financial instrument risks.
For a more detailed description of liquidity risk, refer to ‘Funding and liquidity risk’ in Note 21 to the financial
statements.
We could be adversely affected by the risk of inadequate capital levels under stressed conditions
The risk of an inadequate level or composition of capital to support normal business activities and to meet
regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions has been
highlighted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Regulatory change has led banks to hold higher capital, specifically for
the implementation of future capital and risk-weighted assets regulations coming into effect from 2023. APRA
requires banks to maintain bank capital ratios at above the 10.5% “unquestionably strong” benchmark to prepare
for this change although the impact on each bank will be different due to different balance sheet and portfolio
mix. Capital distribution constraints apply when an ADI’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio is within the capital
buffer range (consisting of the Capital Conservation Buffer plus any Countercyclical Capital Buffer). Capital
constraints could have an impact on Westpac’s ability to pay future dividends or make capital distributions.
Adverse conditions and/or adverse regulatory change could impact Westpac’s capital adequacy, trigger capital
distribution constraints, require us to make a highly dilutive capital raising or threaten our financial viability.
Sovereign risk may destabilise financial markets adversely
Sovereign risk is the risk that governments will default on their debt obligations or will be unable to refinance their debts
as they fall due. Potential sovereign debt defaults and the risk that governments will nationalise parts of their economy
including assets of financial institutions such as Westpac could negatively impact the value of our holdings of liquid
assets. Such an event could destabilise global financial markets, adversely affecting our liquidity, financial performance
or financial condition. There may also be a cascading effect to other markets and countries, the consequences of which,
while difficult to predict, may be similar to or worse than those experienced during the Global Financial Crisis.
We could be adversely affected by the failure to maintain our credit ratings
Credit ratings are independent opinions on our creditworthiness. Our credit ratings can affect the cost and availability of
our funding and may be important to certain customers or counterparties when evaluating our products and services.
Credit ratings assigned to us by rating agencies are based on an evaluation of several factors, including the
structure of Australia’s financial system, the economy and Australia’s Sovereign credit rating, as well as our
financial strength, the quality of our governance and risk appetite. A rating downgrade could be driven by a
downgrade of Australia’s Sovereign credit rating, or one or more of the risks identified in this section or by other
events including changes to the methodologies rating agencies use to determine credit ratings.
A credit rating or rating outlook could be downgraded or revised, where credit rating agencies believe there is a
very high level of uncertainty on the impact to key rating factors from a significant event (such as a pandemic).
A downgrade to our credit ratings could have an adverse effect on our cost of funds, collateral requirements,
liquidity, competitive position, our access to capital markets and our financial stability. The extent and nature of
these impacts would depend on various factors, including the extent of any rating change, differences across
agencies (split ratings) and whether competitors or the sector are also impacted.
128WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
Our business is substantially dependent on the Australian and New Zealand economies, and
could be adversely affected by a shock to these economies or other financial systems
Our revenues and earnings are dependent on domestic and international economic activity, business conditions and
the level of financial services our customers require. Most of our business is conducted in Australia and New Zealand
so our performance is influenced by the level and cyclical nature of activity in these countries. The financial services
industry and capital markets have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by volatility, global economic
conditions, external events, geopolitical instability, political developments or a major systemic shock.
Market and economic disruptions could cause consumer and business spending to decrease, unemployment to
rise and demand for our products and services to decline, thereby reducing our earnings. These events could
also undermine confidence in the financial system, reduce liquidity, impair access to funding and adversely affect
our customers and counterparties. In addition, any significant decrease in housing and commercial property
valuations could adversely impact lending activities, possibly leading to higher credit losses.
Due to the economic relationship between Australia/New Zealand and China, particularly in the mining, resources and
agricultural sectors, a slowdown in China’s economic growth and foreign government policies (including the adoption
of protectionist trade measures) could negatively impact the Australian economy. Changes in commodity prices,
Chinese government policies, China’s economic conditions or China’s real estate sector could reduce demand for our
products and services and affect the level of economic activity and the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans.
Monetary policy can significantly impact the Group and the economic conditions of the jurisdictions we operate or
obtain funding in. Interest rate settings (including low or negative rates) and other actions taken by central banks
(such as quantitative easing) may adversely affect our cost of funds, the value of our lending and investments and
our margins. These policies could affect demand for our products and services and/or have a negative impact on
the Group’s customers and counterparties, potentially increasing the risk that they will default.
All these factors could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition. The nature
and consequences of any such event are difficult to predict and there is a risk that our response may be ineffective.
Declines in asset markets could adversely affect our operations or profitability
Potential declines in Australian, New Zealand or other asset markets, including equity, residential and commercial
property markets, have adversely affected, and could in the future adversely affect, our operations and profitability.
Declining asset prices could also impact customers and counterparties and the value of security (including
residential and commercial property) we hold. This may impact our ability to recover amounts owing to us if
customers or counterparties default. It may also affect our impairment charges and provisions, in turn impacting
our financial performance and financial condition.
Declining asset prices also impact our wealth management business as its earnings partly depend on fees based
on the value of securities and/or assets held or managed.
An increase in defaults has adversely affected and could further adversely affect our financial
performance or financial condition
We establish provisions for credit impairment based on current information and our expectations. If economic
conditions deteriorate beyond our expectations, some customers and/or counterparties could experience higher
financial stress, leading to an increase in defaults and write-offs, and higher provisioning. Such events could
adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.
These risks have been heightened by the COVID-19 pandemic, which has negatively impacted economic activity
and caused a range of customers to experience financial stress.
The long-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on customers and the magnitude of defaults or impairments is
uncertain. For example, consumers may permanently decrease discretionary spending, which may increase the
time it takes certain industries to recover.
Credit risk also arises from certain derivative, clearing and settlement contracts we enter into, and from our
dealings in, and holdings of, debt securities issued by other institutions, the financial conditions of which may be
affected to varying degrees by economic conditions in global financial markets.
For a discussion of our risk management, including the management of credit risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’
section and Note 21 to the financial statements.
We face intense competition in all aspects of our business
The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete with a range of firms, including retail and
commercial banks, investment banks, other financial service companies, fintech companies and businesses in
other industries with financial services aspirations. This includes those competitors who are not subject to the
same capital and regulatory requirements as us, which may allow those competitors to operate more flexibly.
Emerging competitors are increasingly altering the competitive environment by adopting new business models or
seeking to use new technologies to disrupt existing business models.
129WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
The competitive environment may also change as a result of increased scrutiny by regulators in the sector and
legislative reforms such as ‘Open Banking’, which will stimulate competition, improve customer choice and likely
give rise to increased competition from new and existing firms.
Competition in the various markets in which we operate has led, and may continue to lead, to a decline in our
margins or market share.
Deposits fund a significant portion of our balance sheet and have been a relatively stable source of funding. If we
are not able to successfully compete for deposits this could increase our cost of funding, lead us to seek access to
other types of funding or result in us reducing our lending.
Our ability to compete depends on our ability to offer products and services that meet evolving customer
preferences. Not responding to changes in customer preferences could see us lose customers. This could
adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
There is additional information in ‘Competition’ in Section 1.
We have and could suffer losses due to operational risks
Operational risk includes, among other things, reputational risk, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing
risk, as well as the risk of business disruption due to external events such as natural disasters, or outbreaks of
communicable diseases, environmental hazards, damage to critical utilities and targeted activism and protest
activity. While we have policies, processes and controls in place to manage these risks, these have not always
been, or may not be, effective.
Ineffective processes and controls have resulted in, and could result in, adverse outcomes for Westpac’s
customers. For example, a process breakdown or a failure to have appropriate product governance and
monitoring processes in place could result in a customer not receiving a product on the terms, conditions, or
pricing they agreed to, potentially to the detriment of the customer. Failed processes could also result in Westpac
incurring losses because we cannot enforce our expected contractual rights. These types of operational failures
may also result in financial losses, customer remediation, regulatory scrutiny and intervention and, depending on
the nature of the failure, result in class action proceedings.
We have and could in the future, incur losses from fraudulent applications for loans or from incorrect or fraudulent
payments and settlements. Fraudulent conduct can also arise from external parties seeking to access the bank’s
systems or customer accounts. If systems, procedures and protocols for managing fraud fail, or are ineffective,
they could lead to losses which could adversely affect our customers, business, prospects, reputation, financial
performance or financial condition.
Westpac is also exposed to model risk, being the risk of loss arising from errors or inadequacies in data or a
model, or in the control and use of a model.
Financial services entities have been increasingly sharing data with third parties, such as suppliers and regulators,
to conduct their business and meet regulatory obligations. Each third party can give rise to a variety of risks,
including financial crime compliance, information security, cyber, privacy, regulatory compliance, reputation,
environmental and business continuity risks.
Westpac also relies on a number of suppliers, both in Australia and overseas, to provide services to it and its
customers. Failures by these third-party contractors and suppliers to deliver services as required could disrupt
Westpac’s ability to provide its products and services and adversely impact our operations, financial performance
or reputation.
Another possible source of disruption to the Group is central banks adopting negative interest rates. If this
occurred, the technology systems used by the Group, its counterparties and/or financial infrastructure providers
may not operate correctly and this may cause loss or damage to the Group and/or its counterparties.
For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of operational risk, refer to the
‘Risk management’ section.
130WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
We could suffer losses due to market volatility
We are exposed to market risk due to our financial markets businesses, our defined benefit plan and through asset
and liability management (including through volatility in prices of equity securities we hold or are exposed to).
Market risk is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as foreign
exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, and interest rates (including low or negative interest rates and any
resulting pressure placed on the Group’s interest margins). This includes interest rate risk in the banking book due to
a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities arising from the normal course of business activities.
Changes in markets could be driven by numerous developments resulting in market volatility which could lead to
substantial losses (including changes in the return on, value of or market for securities or other instruments). This may
adversely affect our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.
The planned cessation of parts of the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (‘LIBOR’) regime from 1 January 2022,
continuation of some U.S. Dollar LIBOR settings until 30 June 2023 and possible pre–cessation events will also
continue to impact market pricing. Industry pressure to migrate to alternative reference rates is likely to occur
earlier. Any future changes in the administration of LIBOR or other market benchmarks could have adverse
consequences for the return on, value of and market for securities and other instruments linked to any such
benchmark, including securities or other instruments issued by the Group. While we are monitoring our exposure
to LIBOR, we remain dependent on market developments in relation to the LIBOR transition, which may have
an impact on market pricing for, or valuations of, our LIBOR exposures and migrated alternative reference rate
exposures. For further information on the Group’s LIBOR exposure, refer to Note 21 to the financial statements.
For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of market risk, refer to the
‘Risk management’ section.
Poor data quality could adversely affect our business and operations
Accurate, complete and reliable data, along with appropriate data control, retention and access frameworks and
processes, is critical to Westpac’s business. Data plays a key role in how we provide products and services to
customers, our systems, our risk management framework and our decision-making and strategic planning.
In some areas of our business, we are affected by poor data quality. This has occurred and could arise in the
future in a number of ways, including through inadequacies in systems, processes and policies, or the ineffective
implementation of data management frameworks.
Poor data quality could lead to poor customer service, negative risk management outcomes, and deficiencies
in credit systems and processes. Any deficiency in credit systems and processes could, in turn, have a negative
impact on Westpac’s decision making in the provision of credit and the terms on which it is provided. Westpac
also needs accurate data for financial and other reporting.
Poor data or poor records management has affected, currently affects and may in the future continue to affect
Westpac’s ability to monitor our business, respond to regulatory notices and conduct remediation.
In addition, poor data or poor data retention has affected, currently affects and may in the future continue to
affect Westpac’s ability to meet its compliance obligations (including its regulatory reporting obligations) which
could lead to a regulator taking action against us. For example, APRA has raised concerns regarding Westpac’s
data quality, including missing data and its increasing trend of resubmissions of regulatory reporting. The RBA
and ABS also footnote that they exclude Westpac data from certain economic and financial statistics reports. Due
to the importance of data, the Group has and will likely continue to incur substantial costs and devote significant
effort to improving the quality of data and data frameworks and processes and remediating deficiencies where
necessary.
The consequences and effects arising from poor data quality or poor data retention could have an adverse impact
on the Group’s business, operations, prospects, reputation, financial performance and/or financial condition.
Breakdowns in processes and procedures have required, and could in the future require, us to
undertake remediation activity
Breakdowns in Westpac’s processes and procedures have led to, and could in the future lead to, adverse
outcomes for customers, employees or other third parties which Westpac is required to remediate.
The Group has, on a number of occasions, incurred significant remediation costs (including compensation
payments and costs of correcting the issue), and there is a risk that similar or new issues will arise or be identified
in the future requiring remediation. These may be identified as we implement the Group’s Fix and Simplify
strategic priorities.
There are significant challenges and risks involved in remediation activities. Westpac’s ability to investigate
the underlying issue could be impeded if the issue is old and occurred beyond our record retention period, or
our records are inadequate. It may also be difficult and take significant time to properly quantify and scope a
remediation activity.
131WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Risk and risk management
Determining how to compensate customers, employees or third parties properly and fairly can also be
complicated, involving numerous stakeholders. The Group’s proposed approach to a remediation may be
affected by a number of events, such as affected customers commencing a class action, or a regulator requiring
a remediation to be done in a specific way or within a specific timeframe. These factors could delay Westpac in
completing the remediation and may lead to a regulator commencing enforcement action against the Group. In
turn, this could result in increased reputational risk, and we could be challenged by regulators, affected customers,
the media and other stakeholders.
If the Group cannot effectively scope, quantify, implement or complete a remediation activity in a timely way,
there could be an adverse impact on our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial
condition and could lead to further regulatory action and/or oversight.
Our failure to recruit and retain key executives, employees and Directors may have adverse
effects on our business
Key executives, employees and Directors play an integral role in the operation of Westpac’s business and its
pursuit of its strategic objectives. The unexpected departure of an individual in a key role, or the Group’s failure to
recruit and retain appropriately skilled and qualified persons into these roles, could each have an adverse effect
on our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.
We could suffer losses due to environmental factors or external events
We and our customers operate businesses and hold assets in a diverse range of geographic locations. Any
significant environmental change or external event (including climate change, biodiversity loss and ecosystem
degradation, drought, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, outbreaks or pandemics of communicable diseases such
as the COVID-19 pandemic, civil unrest, war, heightened tension or terrorism) in any of these locations has the
potential to disrupt business activities, damage property, affect asset values and impact our ability to recover
amounts owing to us. In addition, such an event could have an adverse impact on economic activity, consumer
and investor confidence or the levels of volatility in financial markets, all of which could adversely affect our
business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
The high dependency of the global economy on nature means loss of biodiversity and ecosystem degradation
represent a risk to Westpac, primarily through its exposure to customers in sectors that are materially dependent
on biodiversity and ecosystem services. Biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation can also contribute to, and
be accelerated by, climate change. Increasing recognition and market-based responses to this risk also create
expectations on Westpac. We acknowledge the goal of the Taskforce of the Nature-related Financial Disclosures is
to provide a framework for organisations to report on risks from biodiversity loss and ecosystem degradation.
Certain strategic decisions may have adverse effects on our business
The Group routinely evaluates and implements strategic decisions and objectives including diversification,
innovation, divestment, acquisitions or business expansion initiatives.
Each of these activities can be complex and costly. For example, they may cause reputational damage, or we may
experience difficulties in completing certain transactions, separating or integrating businesses, disruptions to
operations, diversion of management resources or higher than expected transaction costs. Multiple divestments
and/or acquisitions at the same time may intensify these risks.
Furthermore, approvals may be required from shareholders, regulators or other stakeholders in order to divest
businesses and assets, and there is a risk that these approvals may not be received, as seen recently with the
attempted sale of Westpac Pacific, or that the purchaser does not complete these transactions for other reasons.
In addition, our failure to successfully divest businesses or assets could result in interested parties taking action
against the Group. As a result, we may not receive the anticipated business benefits and the Group could
otherwise be adversely affected.
In addition, as part of the Specialist Businesses transactions we have given a number of warranties and indemnities
in favour of counterparties relating to certain pre-completion matters, and made certain other contractual
commitments (including in relation to transitional services). Claims under these warranties, indemnities and other
contractual commitments may result in Westpac being liable to make significant payments to these counterparties.
Additional operating risk capital is expected to be required to be held against the risk pursuant to APRA’s recently
published guidance. The Group’s contingent liabilities are described in Note 26 to the financial statements.
Westpac also acquires and invests in businesses. These transactions involve a number of risks and costs. A
business Westpac invests in may not perform as anticipated or may ultimately prove to have been overvalued
when the transaction was entered into. Operational, cultural, governance, compliance and risk appetite differences
between Westpac and an acquired business may lead to lengthier and more costly integration exercises.
132WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Risk and risk management
There are also risks involved in failing to appropriately respond to changes in the business environment (including
changes related to economic, geopolitical, regulatory, technological, environmental, social and competitive
factors). This could have a range of adverse effects on Westpac, such as being unable to increase or maintain
market share or resulting pressure on margins and fees.
Any of these risks could have a negative impact on the Group’s business, prospects, reputation, engagement with
regulators, financial performance or financial condition.
We could suffer losses due to impairment of capitalised software, goodwill and other
intangible assets that may adversely affect our business, operations or financial condition
In certain circumstances Westpac may incur a reduction in the value of intangible assets.
Westpac is required to assess the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible asset balances at least annually
or wherever an indicator of impairment exists. For this purpose, Westpac uses a discounted cash flow calculation.
Changes in the methodology or assumptions in calculations together with changes in expected cash flows, could
materially impact this assessment.
Estimates and assumptions used in assessing the useful life of an asset can also be affected by a range of factors
including changes in strategy, changes in technology and regulatory requirements.
In the event that an asset is no longer in use, or its value has been reduced or that its estimated useful life has
declined, an impairment will be recorded, adversely impacting the Group’s financial performance.
We could suffer losses due to insurance risk
Insurance risk is the risk in our licensed life insurance businesses of lapses being greater than expected, or the
costs of claims being greater than expected due to a failure in product design, underwriting or reinsurance
arrangements. There is also a risk of policyholders or a Court interpreting policy wording differently to the way
the Group or the industry has applied it, or policy wording not being sufficiently clear.
In life insurance, risk arises primarily through mortality and morbidity (illness and injury) risks, the costs of
claims relating to those risks being greater than was anticipated and policy lapses. Due to the long term nature
of the life insurance business, any future adverse variation in these risks or our capacity to adjust premiums on
account of these variations would be reflected in the current period. Where the business does not have adequate
future profitability to offset these variations then there is a risk that accounting losses could impact our financial
position.
If our reinsurance arrangements are ineffective, this could lead to more retained losses than anticipated. The
Group has been unable to, and may in the future be unable to, renew reinsurance arrangements on similar terms,
including in relation to the cost, duration and amount of reinsurance cover provided. There is also a risk that we
will not be able to obtain and have not obtained appropriate reinsurance or insurance coverage for the risks that
the Group may be exposed to.
Changes in critical accounting estimates and judgements could expose the Group to losses
The Group is required to make estimates, assumptions and judgements when applying accounting policies
and preparing its financial statements, particularly in connection with the calculation of provisions (including
remediation and expected credit losses) and the determination of the fair value of financial instruments. A change
in a critical accounting estimate, assumption and/or judgement resulting from new information or from changes in
circumstances or experience could result in the Group incurring losses greater than those anticipated or provided
fo r.
This could have an adverse effect on the Group’s financial performance, financial condition and reputation. The
Group’s financial performance and financial condition may also be impacted by changes to accounting standards
or to generally accepted accounting principles.
We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down underwritten securities
As a financial intermediary, we underwrite listed and unlisted debt and equity securities. We could suffer losses
if we fail to syndicate or sell down this risk to others. This risk is more pronounced in times of heightened market
volatility.
133WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Other Westpac business information
Non-financial summary
1
Key trends across a range of non-financial areas of performance are provided in the following non-financial
summary, with a more detailed account of sustainability performance included in our Sustainability Supplement
and Datasheet.
(in $m unless otherwise indicated)202120202019
Customers
Total customers (millions)
2
13.914.1 14.2
Digitally active customers (millions)
3
6.15.9 5.8
Branches
4
9971,105 1,145
Branches with 24/7 capability (%)
5
3336 35
ATMs⁶1,8682,036 2,847
Smart ATMs (%)
7
7069 54
Change in consumer complaints (%) - Australia833145 94
Change in consumer complaints (%) - New Zealand(9)6 2
Number of approved applications for financial assistance from customers experiencing financial
hardship
9
81,06275,36752,025
Employees
Total employees (full-time equivalent)
10
40,14336,849 33,288
Voluntary attrition (%)
11
118 11
New starter retention (%)
12
83.385.8 84.5
Organisational Health Index (OHI)
13
7470 -
Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR)
14
0.30.4 0.4
Whistleblower reporting - number of new concerns
15
186184278
Women as percentage of the total workforce (%)5557 58
Women in leadership (%)
16
5050 50
Environment
Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions - (tonnes CO
2
-e)
17
61,832107,634 121,168
Total Scope 3 supply chain emissions - (tonnes CO
2
-e)
18
71,73891,616 87,262
Carbon neutralityMaintainedMaintainedMaintained
Sustainable lending
Climate change solutions attributable financing - Aust and NZ ($m)10,86210,059 9,263
Proportion of electricity generation financing in renewables including hydro - Aust and NZ (%)
19
7975 75
Electricity generation portfolio emissions intensity (tonnes CO
2
-e/MWh)
20
0.260.25 0.26
Finance assessed under the Equator Principles - Group ($m)
21
816126 454
Social impact
Community investment excluding commercial sponsorships ($m)144153 130
Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax profits - Group (%)1.693.58 1.33
Community investment as a percentage of pre-tax operating profit (cash earnings basis)1.723.21 1.32
Financial education (participants)
22
1,246,1981,009,232 619,995
Supply chain
Spend with Indigenous Australian suppliers - Australia ($m)
23
1.64.9 3.6
Other Westpac
business information
134WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Other Westpac business information
1. All data represents Group performance as at 30 September unless otherwise stated.
2. All customers with an active relationship (exclude channel only and potential relationships). Decrease due to the sale of some
businesses.
3. Westpac Group customers who, as at 30 September, have successfully authenticated at least once into the Bank’s digital banking
platforms (including Quick zone) within the last 90 days.
4. Includes all points of presence including Advisory, Community Banking Centres and Kiosks. Kiosks have been restated in comparatives.
5. Branches that allow customers to self-serve 24/7 via a range of devices that allow them to withdraw and deposit cash, coin exchange
etc. (not all these services would be available at every 24/7 zone). Access determined by individual location (i.e. shopping centre
opening hours may prevent 24/7 access).
6. Includes sale of 28 ATMs to Prosegur in Full Year 2021.
7. ATMs with deposit taking functionality. Excludes envelope deposit machines.
8. Total Australia complaints excluding WIB MyClient data. Full Year 2019 change trend reflects updates to our complaints policy and
standard which now requires people to log all complaints, even if they are resolved within five days.
9. Number of approved applications for financial assistance from Westpac Group customers experiencing financial hardship. Financial
hardship occurs when a person is willing but unable to meet their repayment obligations for a period of time due to an unexpected
event or unforeseen change in circumstances, such as illness or injury, a relationship breakdown or a change in employment.
10. Full-time equivalent employees include permanent (full-time and pro-rata part-time staff) employees, and temporary (overtime,
temporary and contract staff) employees.
11. Employee voluntary attrition refers to the total voluntary separation of permanent employees over the 12 months average total
permanent headcount for the period (includes full time, part time and maximum term employees).
12. New starter retention over the 12 months rolling new starter headcount for the period (includes full time and part time permanent
employees).
13. Organisational Health Index (OHI) is a measurement of organisational health, which is defined as the ability of an organisation to
align its actions to a purpose, execute with excellence, and renew itself to achieve sustainable performance. It is measured through
nine underlying outcomes, and 37 management practices, and benchmarked against a robust, global database.
14. Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) measures the number of Lost Time Injuries, defined as injuries or illnesses (based on workers
compensation claims accepted) resulting in an employee being unable to work for a full scheduled day (or shift) other than the day
(or shift) on which the injury occurred where work was a significant contributing factor, per one million hours worked in the rolling
12 months reported.
15. Number of concerns entered into the whistleblower case management database that has come via: a direct entry by the whistleblower,
the whistleblower external hotline, the Group’s Whistleblower Protection Officer, or other Eligible Recipients.
16. Women in Leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in leadership roles across the Group. It
includes the CEO, Group Executives, General Managers, senior leaders with significant influence on business outcomes (direct reports
to General Managers and their direct reports) large (3+) team people leaders three levels below General Manager, and Bank and
Assistant Bank Managers.
17. Scope 1 emissions are the release of greenhouse gases (GHG) into the atmosphere as a result of Westpac Group’s direct operations
for the period 1 July to 30 June. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act
2007 (NGER Act). New Zealand data is prepared in accordance with the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment guidance for GHG
reporting and Toitū carbonzero programme rules. Scope 2 emissions are indirect greenhouse gas emissions from consumption of
purchased electricity from the Westpac’s operations for the period 1 July to 30 June. Australian data is prepared in accordance with
the NGER Act 2007. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance with the New Zealand Ministry for the Environment guidance for
GHG reporting and Toitū carbonzero programme rules. 2021 is the first year Westpac is reporting market-based emissions to account
for renewable energy investment. The base year of our Scope 1 & 2 and Scope 3 Supply Chain GHG reduction targets is calculated
applying the location-based accounting method. Historic location-based data is used as a proxy for a market-based method as
electricity supplier emission factors or residual emissions factors for some international operations are not available.
18. Scope 3 emissions are indirect greenhouse gases (GHG) emitted as a consequence of Westpac Group operations but occur at sources
owned or controlled by another organisation for the period 1 July to 30 June. Australian data is prepared in accordance with the
Climate Active Carbon Neutral Standard for Organisations. New Zealand data is prepared in accordance with the New Zealand Ministry
for the Environment guidance on GHG reporting and Toitū carbonzero programme rules. 2019 figures restated to reflect methodology
update in 2020.
19. Measured as the percentage that renewables represents of Westpac Group’s indirect and direct financing (total committed exposure)
to electricity generation assets in the Australian and New Zealand electricity markets.
20. Data is based on the reported exposures to electricity generation (AUD lending only). The average financed emissions intensity is
calculated by weighting each loan (total committed exposures) by the emissions intensity of each company.
21. The Equator Principles is a voluntary set of standards for determining, assessing and managing social and environmental risk in project
financing.
22. Total number of interactions by employees, customers and general public with financial education materials offered by the Westpac
Group during the year, delivered through face to face and online platforms. Uplift from 2019 number of participants driven by the
inclusion of our Life Moments and Help for your Business Education pages.
23. Annual spend with businesses that are at least 50% owned by individuals of Australian Indigenous descent and the business must
be accredited by Supply Nation or listed with an Australian Indigenous Chamber of Commerce. Westpac relies on industry bodies
for the verification of supplier diversity status. The 2019 and 2020 values have been adjusted due to an error identified with the
accreditation process of diverse businesses, which resulted in two suppliers incorrectly flagged in the spend data. Westpac is working
in collaboration with industry bodies to review and strengthen the verification processes of diverse organisations.
135WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
2 GROUP PERFORMANCE
3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 STRATEGIC REPORT
4 SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Other Westpac business information
Employees
The number of employees in each area of business as at 30 September:
202120202019
Consumer 9,636 9,925 9,447
Business 4,678 3,827 3,537
Westpac Institutional Bank 1,539 1,629 1,481
Westpac New Zealand 4,830 4,354 4,140
Specialist Businesses 3,749 4,037 3,576
Group Businesses 15,711 13,077 11,107
Total Group
1
40,143 36,849 33,288
2021 v 2020
Through the year, we added 3,294 FTE mainly in response to additional resources to support our Fix strategic
priority, responding to higher mortgage volumes, providing COVID-19 support, and bringing more than 1,000
previously outsourced roles back to Australia. Additionally, increased expenses from the changes to our software
capitalisation policy and increased short-term incentives were partly offset by savings from organisational
streamlining and reductions in our branch network.
Property
We occupy premises primarily in Australia and New Zealand including 997 branches (2020: 1,105) as at
30 September 2021. As at 30 September 2021, we owned approximately 1% (2020: 1%) of the retail premises
we occupied in Australia and none (2019: none) in New Zealand. The remainder of premises are held under
commercial lease with terms generally ranging between two to five years. As at 30 September 2021, the carrying
value of our directly owned Corporate and Retail premises and sites was $69 million (2020: $72 million).
Westpac Place in the Sydney CBD is the Group’s head office. Westpac has a lease over levels 1-23, allowing
continued occupation until 2030 and a lease over levels 24-32 until 2024. A refurbishment of the building was
completed in 2020. Westpac also has a lease over levels 1-28 of International Tower 2, Barangaroo, Sydney until
2030. Together these sites provide capacity for almost 20,000 staff in an agile environment.
In the Sydney metro area, we continue to maintain a corporate office at Kogarah, with a lease commitment
to 2034 and options to extend thereafter. We have also entered into Agreements for Lease for 8 levels of
8, Parramatta Square, Parramatta. This will replace existing premises at Parramatta and Concord, providing
capacity for over 3,000 staff in an agile environment.
In Melbourne, Westpac has a lease over the majority of 150 Collins Street until 2026, providing capacity for over
2,000 staff.
Westpac on Takutai Square is Westpac New Zealand’s head office, located at the eastern end of Britomart
Precinct near Customs Street in Auckland, contains 25,854 square metres of office space across three buildings.
Lease commitment at this site extends to 2031, with two six-year options (for two buildings) and one six-year
option to extend on the third building.
Significant long-term agreements
Westpac has no individual contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, that
would constitute a material contract.
Related party disclosures
Details of our related party disclosures are set out in Note 35 to the financial statements and details of Directors’
interests in securities are set out in the Remuneration Report included in the Directors’ Report.
Other than as disclosed in Note 35 to the financial statements and the Remuneration Report, if applicable, loans
made to parties related to Directors and other key management personnel of Westpac are made in the ordinary
course of business on normal terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral). Loans are made on
the same terms and conditions (including interest rates and collateral) as they apply to other employees and
certain customers in accordance with established policy. These loans do not involve more than the normal risk
of collectability or present any other unfavourable features.
1. Total employees include full-time, pro-rata part-time, overtime, temporary and contract staff.
136WESTPAC GROUP 2021 ANNUAL REPORT
Other Westpac business information
Auditor’s remuneration
Auditor’s remuneration, including goods and services tax, to the external auditor for the years ended
30 September 2021 and 2020 is provided in Note 34 to the financial statements.
Audit related services
Westpac’s Group Finance function monitors the application of t
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.